Home

06-006 ADAL Hangar No. 2 Addition Table of Contents Building 210

1. 1 20 1 21 1 22 INSPECTION OF BUILDING SITE Contractor shall visit the site verifying all existing items indicated on plans and or specified and familiarize himself with the existing work conditions hazards grades actual formations soil conditions and local re guirements The submission of bids shall be deemed evidence of each visit All Proposals shall take these existing conditions into consideration and the lack of specific information on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility ROOF PENETRATIONS Roof openings shall be made in accordance with Division 7 of these Specifications ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS Specifications and drawings are intended to indicate a minimum standard of guality for materials and eguipment which is established by the listing of manufacturers names and catalog numbers and or the de fining of the technical characteristics in detail or by referenced standards Materials and eguipment that do not comply with these standards of guality will NOT be considered Contractor shall be responsible to identify any deviation of the submittal from the specified manufacturer product eguipment or material Approval by the Contract Officer shall NOT be considered as acceptance of the deviation unless specifically identified and acknowledged by the Contract Officer during the submit tal process Where only one manufacturer s name is listed in the eguipment specification other manufa
2. 1 4 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Requirements Product storage and handling requirements B Accept metal fabrications on site in labeled shipments Inspect for damage ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Fabrications Building 210 05500 2 1 5 06 006 C Protect metal fabrications from damage by exposure to weather FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS STEEL A Steel Sections ASTM A36 A36M B Steel Tubing ASTM A500 Grade B C Plates ASTM A283 A283M D Pipe ASTM A53 A53M Grade B Schedule 40 E Bolts Nuts and Washers ASTM A325 galvanized to ASTM A153 A153M for galvanized components F Welding Materials AWS D1 1 type required for materials being welded G Touch Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces SSPC Paint 20 Type Inorganic zinc rich 2 2 LINTELS A Lintels Steel sections size and configuration as indicated on Drawings length to allow 8 inches minimum bearing on both sides of opening 1 Exterior Locations Galvanized Prime paint two coats 2 Interior Locations Prime paint two coats 2 3 STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS A Other Structural Supports Steel sections shape and size as indicated on Drawings required to support applied loads with maximum deflection of 1 240 of the span prime paint two coats interior galvanize exterior 2 4 ANCHOR BOLTS A Anchor Bolts ASTM A307 3 4 inch steel bolt standard
3. PON J Install the following sizes for duct mounting rectangular access doors One Hand or Inspection Access 8 by 5 inches 200 by 125 mm Two Hand Access 12 by 6 inches 300 by 150 mm Head and Hand Access 18 by 10 inches 460 by 250 mm Head and Shoulders Access 21 by 14 inches 530 by 355 mm Body Access 25 by 14 inches 635 by 355 mm Body Plus Ladder Access 25 by 17 inches 635 by 430 mm OO PONS K Install the following sizes for duct mounting round access doors One Hand or Inspection Access 8 inches 200 mm in diameter Two Hand Access 10 inches 250 mm in diameter Head and Hand Access 12 inches 300 mm in diameter Head and Shoulders Access 18 inches 460 mm in diameter Body Access 24 inches 600 mm in diameter GUE eh na L Install the following sizes for duct mounting pressure relief access doors One Hand or Inspection Access 7 inches 175 mm in diameter Two Hand Access 10 inches 250 mm in diameter Head and Hand Access 13 inches 330 mm in diameter Head and Shoulders Access 19 inches 480 mm in diameter Pons M Label access doors according to Division 15 Section Mechanical Identification N Install flexible connectors immediately adjacent to equipment in ducts associated with fans and motorized equipment supported by vibration isolators O For fans developing static pressures of 5 inch wg 1250 Pa and higher cover flexible connectors with loaded vinyl sheet h
4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected INSTALLATION Install diffusers registers and grilles level and plumb Ceiling Mounted Outlets and Inlets Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts fittings and accessories Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume noise criteria airflow pattern throw and pressure drop Make final locations where indicated as much as practicable For units installed in lay in ceiling panels locate units in the center of panel Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation notify Contract Officer for a determination of final location Floor Mounted Outlets and Inlets Drawings indicate general arrangement of ducts fittings and accessories Air outlet and inlet locations have been indicated to achieve design requirements for air volume noise criteria airflow pattern throw and pressure drop Make final locations where indicated as much as practicable Where architectural features or other items conflict with installation notify Contract Officer for a determination of final location Install diffusers registers and grilles with airtight connections to ducts and to allow service and maintenance of dampers air extractors and fire dampers ADJUSTING After installation adjust diffusers registers and grilles to air patterns indicated or as directed before starting air balan
5. 2 Submit manufacturer s parts lists and templates D Samples 1 Submit one sample of typical hinge latchset lockset and closer illustrating style color and finish 2 Approved samples may be incorporated into Work Samples will be returned to supplier E Electronic Security Hardware Coordinate installation of the electronic security with the Architect and provide installation and technical data to the Architect and other related sub contractor s Upon completion of the electronic security hardware installation verify that all components are working properly and state in the required guarantee that this inspection has been preformed F Wiring Diagrams Provide complete wiring diagrams for each opening requiring electrified hardware except openings where only magnetic hold opens are specified Provide a copy with each hardware schedule submitted after approval Supply a copy with delivery of hardware to job site and another copy to owner at time of job completion G Doors and Frames used in positive pressure opening assemblies shall meet U B C 7 2 97 and UL10C in areas where this specification includes Gasketing for smoke door H Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention 1 5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Closeout procedures B Project Record Documents Record actual locations of installed cylinders and th
6. ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 3 ODG Engineering Inc 24 2 5 2 6 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS Building Attachments Concrete inserts powder actuated fasteners or structural steel fasteners appropri ate for building materials 12 Use powder actuated concrete fasteners for standard weight aggregate concretes or for slabs more than 4 inches 100 mm thick 2 Exception Do not use powder actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches 100 mm thick Hanger Materials Galvanized sheet steel or round threaded steel rod 1 Hangers Installed in Corrosive Atmospheres Electrogalvanized all thread rod or galvanized rods with threads painted after installation 2 Straps and Rod Sizes Comply with SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible for sheet steel width and thickness and for steel rod diameters Duct Attachments Sheet metal screws blind rivets or self tapping metal screws compatible with duct materials Trapeze and Riser Supports Steel shapes complying with ASTM A 36 A 36M 1 Supports for Galvanized Steel Ducts Galvanized steel shapes and plates 2 Supports for Stainless Steel Ducts Stainless steel support materials 3 Supports for Aluminum Ducts Aluminum support materials unless materials are electrolytically separated from ductwork RECTANGULAR DUCT FABRICATION General Fabricate ducts elbows transitions
7. Furnish joint components in single length wherever practical Minimize site splicing 2 4 FACTORY FINISHING A Floors Mill finish B Walls and Ceilings Clear anodized ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies Building 210 05810 2 06 006 C Resilient Filler Exposed to View Gray PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify joint preparation and affected dimensions are acceptable 3 2 PREPARATION A Provide anchoring devices for installation and embedding B Provide templates and rough in measuremenis 3 3 INSTALLATION A Align work plumb and level flush with adjacent surfaces B Rigidly anchor to substrate to prevent misalignment 3 4 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Protecting installed construction B Do not permit traffic over unprotected floor joint surfaces C Install removable strippable coating to protect finish surface 3 5 SCHEDULES A Floor to Floor C10 11 41 B Floor to Wall C10 32 41 C Ceiling to Ceiling J10 71 44 D Ceiling to Wall J10 72 44 E Wall to Wall H10 51 14 F Wall to Wall Inside Corner H10 61 14 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies Building 210 05810 3 06 006 END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies Building 210 05810 4 06 006 SECTION 06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY PART 1 G
8. e Paint Zinc chromate primer f Number of Coats One g Dry Film Thickness Not less than 2 0 mils h Promptly repair any damaged coating with primer PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PRE ERECTION INSPECTION A Immediately report to Architect any errors in shop fabrication or deformation resulting from handling and transportation that prevents proper assembly and fitting of parts Obtain approval of method or correction Approved corrections shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner Examine the areas and conditions under which structural steel work is to be installed Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 ERECTION A Erect structural steel in accordance with the Building Code of local jurisdiction and AISC Specifications with modifications and additional requirements of this Section Where a conflict occurs between the standards specified the more stringent shall govern Connections shall be inspected by the testing laboratory Anchor bolts and anchors shall be properly located and built into connection work Bolts and anchors shall be preset by the use of templates or such other methods as may be required to locate the anchors and anchor bolts accurately Provide any temporary shoring and additional bracing of steel framing necessary to adequately and safely support any or all loads imposed on structure during construction As erection progresses the work shall be sec
9. 09111 Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System 09220 Portland Cement Plaster 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies 09510 Acoustical Ceilings 09900 Paints and Coatings DIVISION 10 SPECIALTIES 10523 Fire Extinguishers and Cabinets DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Not Used DIVISION 14 CONVEYING SYSTEMS Not Used DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL 15050 Basic Mechanical Materials amp Methods 15060 Hangers and Supports 15075 Mechanical Identification 15081 Duct Insulation 15815 Metal Ducts 15820 Duct Accessories 15855 Diffusers Registers and Grilles 15990 Testing Adjusting and Balancing ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 002 1 OoRA 8 4 1 4 4 5 12 6 mah b h h k 18 8 4 10 8 10 ab i h oh mah mah d 12 Table of Contents 2 DIVISION 16 ELECTRICAL 16050 16060 16075 16110 16120 16140 16475 16510 16710 Basic Electrical Material and Methods Grounding and Bonding Electrical Identification Raceways and Boxes Conductors and Cables Wiring Devices Safety Switches Fuses and Enclosed Circuit Breakers Interior Lighting Building Telecommunications Cabling System ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 ra h h ee ee ee ob b 1 NN NB OOM 1 N O Table of Contents 3 06 002 END ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Table of Contents Building 210 4 06 006 SECTION 01100 SUMMARY PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUD
10. 3 Joints between metal frames and other materials 4 Other exterior nontraffic joints for which no other sealant is indicated 2 General Purpose Traffic Bearing Sealant Polyurethane ASTM C920 Grade P Class 25 Use T single component a Type SL 1 manufactured by Sonneborn b Color Standard colors matching finished surfaces C Applications Use for exterior and vehicular traffic bearing joints 3 Exterior Metal Lap Joint Sealant Butyl or polyisobutylene non drying non skinning non curing ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Joint Sealers Building 210 07900 2 06 006 a Applications Use for concealed sealant bead in sheet metal work and concealed sealant bead in siding overlaps 4 General Purpose Interior Sealant Acrylic emulsion latex ASTM C834 single component paintable a Type Sonnelac manufactured by Sonneborne b Color Standard colors matching finished surfaces G Applications Use for interior wall and ceiling control joints joints between door and window frames and wall surfaces and other interior joints for which no other type of sealant is indicated 5 Tile Sealant White silicone ASTM C920 Uses M and A single component mildew resistant a Type Silicone Sanitary 1700 Sealant manufactured by GE b Applications Use for joints between plumbing fixtures and floor and wall surfaces and joints between toilet room counter tops and wall surfaces 6 Acoustical Sealant Butyl or acrylic seala
11. A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Protecting installed construction END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Glazing Building 210 08800 6 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A 06 006 SECTION 09111 NON LOAD BEARING METAL FRAMING SYSTEM Section includes metal stud framing and accessories at interior and exterior locations Related Sections 1 2 w NONA Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Veneer masonry supported by stud wall Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Metal fabrications attached to stud framing Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Rough wood blocking within stud framing Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Wall sheathing Section 07213 Batt Insulation Insulation between framing members Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Metal studs for partitioning 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM A123 A123M Standard Specification for Zinc Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 2 ASTM A591 A591M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Electrolytic Zinc Coated for Light Coating Mass Applications 3 ASTM A653 A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc lron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process 4 ASTM C645 Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members 5 ASTM C754 Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Re
12. PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM C 602 1995a R 2001 Agricultural Liming Materials ASTM D 4427 1992 R 2002e1 Peat Samples by Laboratory Testing ASTM D 4972 2001 pH of Soils U S DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE USDA AMS Seed Act 1940 R 1988 R 1998 Federal Seed Act DOA SSIR 42 1996 Soil Survey Investigation Report No 42 Soil Survey Laboratory Methods Manual Version 3 0 1 2 DEFINITIONS 1 2 1 Stand of Turf 95 percent ground cover of the established species 1 3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS Section 31 00 00 EARTHWORK applies to this section for pesticide use and plant establishment requirements with additions and modifications herein 1 4 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 03 Product Data Wood cellulose fiber mulch Fertilizer Include physical characteristics and recommendations SD 06 Test Reports Topsoil composition tests reports and recommendations ADAL Hangar No 2 Addi
13. Standard Test Method for Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units 9 ASTM E576 Standard Test Method for Frost Point of Sealed Insulating Glass Units in the Vertical Position 10 ASTM E773 Standard Test Methods for Seal Durability of Sealed Insulating Glass Units 11 ASTM E774 Standard Specification for Sealed Insulating Glass Units D Glass Association of North America ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Glazing Building 210 08800 1 E F 06 006 1 GANA FGMA Sealant Manual 2 GANA Glazing Manual 3 GANA Laminated Glass Design Guide National Fire Protection Association 1 NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors Fire Windows Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL Building Materials Directory 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Provide glass and glazing materials for continuity of building enclosure vapor retarder and air barrier 1 In conjunction with materials described in Section 04820 Membrane flashing 2 To utilize inner pane of multiple pane sealed units for continuity of air barrier and vapor retarder seal 3 To maintain continuous air barrier and vapor retarder throughout glazed assembly from glass pane to heel bead of glazing sealant 14 SUBMITTALS A B Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures Product Data 1 Glass Provide structural physical and environmental characteristics size limitations special handling or installation requirements 2 Glazin
14. Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements Dn eO N Product Description Different types of products by multiple manufacturers are acceptable as required to meet specified system description and performance requirements provide only one type for each similar application 1 Silicone Firestopping Elastomeric Firestopping Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant 2 Foam Firestopping Compounds Single component foam compound 3 Formulated Firestopping Compound of Incombustible Fibers Formulated compound mixed with incombustible non asbestos fibers 4 iber Stuffing and Sealant Firestopping Composite of mineral or ceramic fiber stuffing insulation with silicone elastomer for smoke stopping oe Mechanical Firestopping Device with Fillers Mechanical device with incombustible fillers and silicone elastomer covered with sheet stainless steel jacket joined with collars penetration sealed with flanged stops 6 Intumescent Firestopping Intumescent putty compound which expands on exposure to surface heat gain 7 Firestop Pillows Formed mineral fiber pillows Color As selected from manufacturer s full range of colors 2 2 ACCESSORIES A Primer Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces and suitable for required fire ratings Dam Material Permanent 1 Mineral fiberboard 2 Mineral fiber matting 3 Sheet metal Installation Accessori
15. 1 12 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL A Provide all necessary excavation and BACKFILL for the installation of the plumbing heating air condition ing and ventilating work in accordance with Division 2 of these Specifications B The Contractor shall be responsible for submitting a site specific trench safety system prepared by a regis tered professional engineer which meets OSHA standards and any additional state and local standards ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 6 ODG Engineering Inc C Trenches for all underground piping shall be excavated to the required depths The bottoms of the trenches shall be tamped hard and graded to secure maximum fall Bell holes shall be excavated to as sure the pipes resting for its entire length on solid ground Should rock be encountered it shall be exca vated to a depth 6 below the bottom of the pipe and shall be backfilled to the proper grade with pea gravel thoroughly tamped Pipe laid in trenches dug in fill shall be supported down to load bearing undisturbed soil When the pipes have been inspected and approved by inspecting authorities the trenches shall be backfilled The trenches shall be carefully backfilled with select fill material or pea gravel to a depth of six 6 inches above the top of the pipe The next layer and subsequent layers of backfill may be excavated materials if of earth loam sand or gravel free of large clods and with rocks no
16. 1 6 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section 1 7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Maintain uniform temperature of minimum 60 degrees F and maximum humidity of 40 percent prior to during and after acoustic unit installation 1 8 SEQUENCING A Section 0110 Summary Work sequence B Sequence Work to ensure acoustic ceilings are not installed until building is enclosed sufficient heat is provided dust generating activities have terminated and overhead work is completed tested and approved C Install acoustic units after interior wet work is dry 1 9 EXTRA MATERIALS A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Spare parts and maintenance products B Furnish 200 sq ft of extra tile to Owner ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Acoustical Ceilings Building 210 09510 2 06 006 PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS A Manufacturers 1 Armstrong World Industries 2 Celotex Building Products 3 USG Interiors 4 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements 2 2 COMPONENTS A Acoustic Tile ASTM E1264 conforming to the following 1 Size 24 x 48 inches 2 Thickness 5 8 inches 3 Composition Wet formed mineral 4 Light Reflectance LR 0 80 percent 5 NRC Range 0 55 6 Ceiling Attenuation Class Class CAC Range Minimum 35 7 Fire
17. AFC Cable Systems C Southwire Company d Okonite Company e Perilli Cable North America 3 Connectors for Wires and Cables a AMP Incorporated b General Signal O Z Gedney Unit C Monogram Co AFC d Square D Co Anderson e 3M Company Electrical Products Division 2 2 BUILDING WIRES AND CABLES A General UL listed building wires and cables with conductor material insulation type cable construction and rating as specified herein shall comply with applicable NEMA standards B Conductor Material Copper 98 minimum conductivity soft drawn annealed C Stranding Stranded conductor for No 12 AWG and larger D Control wire Copper stranded only E Metal Clad Cable MC Cable shall be two or more factory assembled insulated conductors and an insu lated green wire ground enclosed in a metallic sheath of interlocked galvanized steel strip in accordance with UL Standard 1569 The insulated conductors shall have a minimum operating temperature of 90 C and shall meet all other requirements herein specified 2 3 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES A UL listed factory fabricated wiring connectors of size ampacity rating material type and class for appli cation and service indicated Comply with Project s installation requirements and as herein specified PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine raceways and building finishes to receive wires and cables for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and othe
18. Automation Inc d Square D Corp Groupe Schneider 2 Fuses a Bussmann b Gould Shawmut c Littlefuse 3 Enclosed Circuit Breakers Eaton Corp Cutler Hammer Products General Electric Co Electrical Distribution and Control Division Siemens Energy amp Automation Inc Square D Corp Groupe Schneider 200p 2 2 DISCONNECT SWITCHES A Enclosed Fusible Switch NEMA Type HD clips to accommodate specified fuses enclosure consistent with environment where located B Disconnect Switch Features and Accessories Standard frame sizes trip ratings and number of poles 1 Handle Lockable with two padlocks and interlocked with cover in CLOSED position 2 Lugs Mechanical style suitable for number size trip ratings and material of conductors 3 Auxiliary Switch One single pole double throw SPDT switch with a and b contacts a con tacts mimic circuit breaker contacts b contacts operate in reverse of circuit breaker contacts 2 3 FUSES A Main Service Class L fast acting B Main Feeders Class J time delay C Motor and Transformer Branch Circuits Class RK1 time delay D Other Branch Circuits Class RK5 non time delay 2 4 ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS A Molded Case Circuit Breaker NEMA AB 1 with interrupting capacity to meet available fault currents and lockable with two padlocks Molded case circuit breakers shall be thermal magnetic with inverse time current element for low level overloads and
19. Blue Condenser Water Natural Cold Water Non Potable Yellow Fuel Oil Yellow Cold Water Green Sprinkler Red Letter Color According to the following OO ND ew gt Cold Water White Hot Water Black Fire Protection White Sprinkler White Gas Black Chilled Water White Condenser Water Black Cold Water Non Potable Black Fuel Oil Black Install glass frame mounted valve schedule in each major equipment room EQUIPMENT SIGNS AND MARKERS Install engraved plastic laminate signs or equipment markers on or near each major item of mechanical equipment Include signs for the following general categories of equipment S CONDURN Main control and operating valves including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas out lets Fire department hose valves and hose stations Meters gages thermometers and similar units Fuel burning units including boilers and heaters Pumps compressors chillers and similar motor driven units Cooling towers and similar eguipment Fans blowers primary balancing dampers and mixing boxes Packaged HVAC air handling units and fan coil units Tanks and pressure vessels Strainers filters humidifiers water treatment systems and similar eguipment ADJUSTING AND CLEANING Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices that have become visually blocked by work of this or other Divisions Clean faces of identification devices and glass frames of v
20. Busway Supply Circuits Install insulated equipment grounding conductor from the grounding bus in the ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 3 ODG Engineering Inc 3 3 3 4 switchgear switchboard or distribution panel to eguipment grounding bar terminal on busway Isolated Grounding Receptacle Circuits Install an insulated eguipment grounding conductor connected to the receptacle grounding terminal Isolate grounding conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived sys tem or service unless otherwise indicated Isolated Equipment Enclosure Circuits For designated equipment supplied by a branch circuit or feeder isolate equipment enclosure from supply raceway with a nonmetallic raceway fitting listed for the purpose Install fitting where raceway enters enclosure and install a separate equipment grounding conductor Iso late equipment grounding conductor from raceway and from panelboard grounding terminals Terminate at equipment grounding conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or service unless otherwise indicated Water Heater Heat Tracing and Antifrost Heating Cables Install a separate equipment grounding con ductor to each electric water heater heat tracing and antifrost heating cable Bond conductor to heater units piping connected equipment and components Signal and Communicati
21. C Samples 1 Submit two paper chip samples 6 x 6 inch in size illustrating range of colors available for each surface finishing product scheduled D Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special surface preparation procedures substrate conditions requiring special attention ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 1 06 006 1 5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Closeout procedures B Operation and Maintenance Data Submit data on cleaning touch up and repair of painted and coated surfaces 1 6 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience B Applicator Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum five years documented experience C 1 7 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 Administrative Reguirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section 1 8 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Reguirements Product storage and handling requirements B Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers inspect to verify acceptability C Container Label Include manufacturer s name type of paint brand name lot number brand code coverage surface preparation drying time cleanup requirements color designation and instructions fo
22. Coordinate installation of wood bucks anchors and wood blocking with electrical and mechanical work to be placed within or behind stud framing N Blocking Secure wood blocking to studs Install blocking for support of plumbing fixtures toilet partitions wall cabinets toilet accessories hardware opening frames and other locations indicated on the Drawings O Refer to Drawings for indication of partitions extending stud framing through ceiling to structure above Maintain clearance under structural building members to avoid deflection transfer to studs Install extended leg ceiling runners P Coordinate placement of insulation in stud spaces after stud frame erection 3 3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Variation From Indicated Position 1 8 inch in 10 feet G Maximum Variation From Plumb 1 8 inch in 10 feet END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Building 210 09111 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Building 210 09111 6 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A B 06 006 SECTION 09220 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER Section includes Portland cement plaster system Related Sections 1 2 3 Section 09111 Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Metal stud framing behind plaster base Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Section 09900 Painting 1 2 REFERENCES A AS
23. D Stripping forms 1 2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Division 2 B Division 3 C Division 4 D Division 5 1 3 REFERENCES A ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings B ACI 347 Recommended Practice for Concrete Formwork C PS 1 Construction and Industrial Plywood 1 4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Design engineer and construct formwork shoring and bracing to meet design and code requirements so that resultant concrete conforms to required shapes lines and dimensions 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Construct and erect concrete formwork in accordance with ACI 301 and 347 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver store and handle materials under provisions of Division 1 B Deliver form materials in manufacturer s packaging with installation instructions ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Concrete Formwork Building 210 03100 1 C 06 006 Store off ground in ventilated and protected area to prevent deterioration from moisture or damage PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 WOOD FORM MATERIALS A B Plywood Yellow Pine or Douglas Fir species solid one side sound undamaged sheets with straight edges Utility grade or better with grade stamp clearly visible 2 3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES A Form Ties Snap off metal of adjustable length with waterproofing washer and free of defects so as to leave holes not larger than one inch diameter in concrete surface Form Release Agent Colorless mater
24. G Close openings in exterior surfaces to protect existing work from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity H Remove cut and patch Work in manner to minimize damage and to permit restoring products and finishes to original or specified condition Refinish existing visible surfaces to remain in renovated rooms and spaces to renewed condition for each material with neat transition to adjacent finishes J Where new Work abuts or aligns with existing provide smooth and even transition Patch Work to match existing adjacent Work in texture and appearance K When finished surfaces are cut so that smooth transition with new Work is not possible terminate existing surface along straight line at natural line of division and submit recommendation to Contracting Officer for review L Where change of plane of 1 4 inch or more occurs submit recommendation for providing smooth transition to Contracting Office for review M Trim existing doors to clear new floor finish Refinish trim to original or specified condition ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Administrative Requirements Building 210 01300 5 06 006 N Patch or replace portions of existing surfaces which are damaged lifted discolored or showing other imperfections O Finish surfaces as specified in individual product sections END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Administrative Requirements Building 210 01300 6 06 006 SECTION 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
25. Install level plumb parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components unless otherwise indicated Equipment Install to facilitate service maintenance and repair or replacement of components Connect for ease of disconnecting with minimum interference with other installations Right of Way Give to raceways and piping systems installed at a required slope WIRING METHODS Splices and Taps Installation shall be compatible with conductor material and shall possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors Wiring at Outlets Install wiring at outlets with at least 12 inches 300 mm of slack conductor at each out let Outlet Locations The exact location of outlets shall be approved by the Owner who reserves the right to change the position of any outlet by a distance of 6 feet 1 8 m in any direction from the position shown on the drawings before work is roughed in without cost to the Owner Outlet boxes shall NOT be in stalled back to back in walls Electrical Capacities Verify the electrical capacities of all motors and electrical equipment furnished under the other sections of these specifications and install wiring as required to completely connect all equipment requiring electrical power Control Wiring Except as otherwise indicated in Division 16 control wiring is provided under Division 15 Power Wiring Except for such items that are normally wired at
26. Less than 5 percent Lamp Current Crest Factor Less than 1 7 Compact fluorescent ballasts shall be series wired THD lt 10 minimum starting temperature of 0 Deg F maximum case temperature of 70 Deg C and allow for remote mounting up to 18 feet Ballast factor shall be 0 95 1 05 for normal light output Ballast input voltage shall be universal volt age 120 volts through 277volts E Ballasts for Dimmer Controlled Fixtures Comply with general and fixture related requirements above for electronic ballasts 1 Compatibility Certified by manufacturer for use with specific dimming system indicated for use with each dimming ballast 2 Power Factor Designed with high power factor greater than 0 90 continuous dimming to levels indicated on the Drawings high power factor throughout the entire dimming range ANSI cathode voltage and EMI RFI shielding 3 Ballasts shall have anti flash circuitry that will start the lamp in any level mode without flashing to full light output Light level output shall be continuous even and flicker free over the entire dimming range F Ballasts for Low Temperature Environments As follows 1 Temperatures 0 Deg F Minus 17 Deg C and Above Electronic or electromagnetic type rated for 0 Deg F Minus 17 Deg C starting temperature 2 Temperatures Minus 20 Deg F Minus 29 Deg C and Above Electromagnetic type designed for use with high output lamps 2 4 HIGH INTENSITY DISCHARGE HID LAMP BALL
27. NATIONAL HARDWOOD LUMBER ASSOCIATION NHLA P O Box 34518 Memphis TN 38184 0518 Ph 901 377 1818 Fax 901 382 6419 e mail info natlhardwood org Internet http www natlhardwood org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR CERTIFICATION IN ENGINEERING TECHNOLOGIES NICET 1420 King Street Alexandria VA 22314 2794 Ph 888 476 4238 Internet http www nicet org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 18 06 006 NATIONAL INSTITUTE FOR OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH NIOSH Mail Stop C 13 4676 Columbia Parkway Cincinnati OH 45226 1998 Ph 800 356 4674 Fx 513 533 8573 Internet http www cdc gov niosh homepage html To order pubs for which a fee is charged order from Superintendent of Documents U S Government Printing Office 732 North Capitol Street NW Mailstop SDE Washington DC 20401 Ph 866 512 2800 or 202 512 1800 Fax 202 512 2250 Internet http www gpo gov NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY NIST 100 Bureau Drive Stop 3460 Gaithersburg MD 20899 3460 Ph 301 975 NIST Internet http www nist gov Order Publications From Superintendent of Documents U S Government Printing Office 732 North Capitol Street NW Mailstop SDE Washington DC 20401 Ph 866 512 1800 or 202 512 1800 Fax 202 512 2250 Internet http www gpo gov or National Technical Information Services NTIS 5285 Port Royal Rd Springfie
28. PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 FILL MATERIAL Comply with excavating backfilling and compacting procedures for soils used as backfill material to fill basements voids depressions or excavations resulting from demolition or deconstruction of structures Fill material shall be waste products from demolition or deconstruction until all waste appropriate for this purpose is consumed Fill material must conform to the definition of satisfactory soil material as defined in AASHTO M 145 Soil Classification Groups A 1 A 2 4 A 2 5 and A 3 In addition fill material must be free from roots and other organic matter trash debris frozen materials and stones larger than 50 millimeter 2 inches in any dimension Proposed fill material must be sampled and tested by an approved soil testing laboratory as follows Soil classification AASHTO M 145 Moisture density relations AASHTO T 180 Method B or D PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED Inspect and evaluate existing structures on site for reuse Existing construction scheduled to be removed for reuse shall be disassembled Dismantled and removed materials are to be separated set aside and prepared as specified and stored or delivered to a collection point for reuse remanufacture recycling or other disposal as specified Materials shall be designated for reuse on site whenever possible 3 1 1 Utilities and Related Equipment 3 1 1 1 General Requirements Do not interrupt existing utili
29. Plus 5 to plus 10 percent 2 Air Outlets and Inlets 0 to minus 10 percent 3 9 REPORTING A Initial Construction Phase Report Based on examination of the Contract Documents as specified in Ex amination Article above prepare a report on the adequacy of design for systems balancing devices Recommend changes and additions to systems balancing devices to facilitate proper performance meas uring and balancing Recommend changes and additions to HVAC systems and general construction to allow access for performance measuring and balancing devices B Status Reports As Work progresses prepare reports to describe completed procedures procedures in progress and scheduled procedures Include a list of deficiencies and problems found in systems being tested and balanced Prepare a separate report for each system and each building floor for systems serv ing multiple floors 3 10 FINAL REPORT A General Typewritten or computer printout in letter quality font on standard bond paper in 3 ring binder tabulated and divided into sections by tested and balanced systems B Include a certification sheet in front of binder signed and sealed by the certified testing and balancing en gineer Tes Include a list of the instruments used for procedures along with proof of calibration ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 8 ODG Engineering Inc C Final Report Contents In addition to the certified field
30. STEEL DOOR INSTITUTE SDOI 30200 Detroit Rd Cleveland OH 44145 1967 Ph 440 899 0010 Fax 440 892 1404 Internet http www steeldoor org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE SJl 3127 Tenth Ave North Ext Myrtle Beach SC 29577 6760 Ph 843 626 1995 Fax 843 626 5565 Internet http www steeljoist org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 THE SOCIETY FOR PROTECTIVE COATINGS SSPC 40 24th Street 6th Floor Pittsburgh PA 15222 4656 Ph 412 281 2331 Fax 412 281 9992 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 Quality Requirements 01400 22 Internet http Awww sspc org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 TILE COUNCIL OF AMERICA TCA 100 Clemson Research Blvd Anderson SC 29625 Ph 864 646 8453 FAX 864 646 2821 Internet http www tileusa com e mail literature tileusa com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL 333 Pfingsten Rd Northbrook IL 60062 2096 Ph 847 272 8800 Fax 847 272 8129 Internet http www ul com e mail northbrook us ul com AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 UNI BELL PVC PIPE ASSOCIATION UBPPA 2655 Villa Creek Dr Suite 155 Dallas TX 75234 Ph 214 243 3902 Fax 214 243 3907 Internet http www uni bell org e mail info uni bell org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 U S AIR FORCE USAF Air Force Publishing Distribution Center Ph 410 687 3330 E mail afpdc service pentagon af mil Internet http www afpubs hg af mil AOK 4 02 LOK 0 00 U S ARMY DA U S Army Publications
31. Screw on pigtail connectors may be used for splicing wire up to and including No 8 AWG Wires shall be twisted together with a minimum of one turn of the stripped conductors before insertion into connectors Connectors shall be installed so that the conductor is fully insulated by a skirt or taped in such a manner that cold flow of the insulation will not be induced when the conductor is positioned in its final operational position Terminations or splices for copper conductors No 6 AWG and larger shall utilize hydraulically crimped copper crimp connectors UL approved for the application in which they are used Crimped connectors shall be applied using only tooling specifically recommended by the connector manufacturer and tooling shall not release the connector until proper crimping force has been achieved Where 3 or more conductors are installed in wiring gutter utilize a screw type Power Distribution Block Install splices and tapes that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than conductors being spliced Use splice and tap connectors compatible with conductor material Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer s published torque tightening val ues END OF SECTION 16120 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Conductors And Cables Building 210 16120 4 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16140 WIRING DEVICES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general prov
32. Suite 1125 Landover MD 20785 2230 Ph 301 459 3200 Fax 301 459 8077 Internet http www arema org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 7 06 006 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR NONDESTRUCTIVE TESTING ASNT 1711 Arlingate Lane P O Box 28518 Columbus OH 43228 0518 Ph 800 222 2768 Fax 614 274 6899 Internet http www asnt org AOK 4 02 LOK 5 02 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS ASTM INTERNATIONAL 100 Barr Harbor Drive West Conshohocken PA 19428 2959 Ph 610 832 9585 Fax 610 832 9555 Internet http www astm org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING REFRIGERATING AND AIR CONDITIONING ENGINEERS ASHRAE 1791 Tullie Circle NE Atlanta GA 30329 Ph 800 527 4723 or 404 636 8400 Fax 404 321 5478 Internet http www ashrae org AOK 4 02 LOK 3 01 AMERICAN SOCIETY OF SANITARY ENGINEERING ASSE 901 Canterbury Suite A Westlake OH 44145 Ph 440 835 3040 Fax 440 835 3488 E mail asse ix netcom com Internet http www asse plumbing org AOK 4 02 LOK 3 01 AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION AWWA 6666 West Quincy Denver CO 80235 Ph 800 926 7337 303 794 7711 Fax 303 794 7310 Internet http www awwa org AOK 4 02 LOK 3 01 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 8 AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS 550 N W LeJeune Road Miami FL 33126 Ph 800 443 9353 305 443 9353 Fax 305 443
33. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids D Do not install grout in lifts greater than 16 inches without consolidating grout by rodding E Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout F Remove excess mortar from grout spaces 3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Establishing Mortar Mix In accordance with ASTM C270 END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Masonry Mortar And Grout Building 210 04065 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A 06 006 SECTION 04810 UNIT MASONRY ASSEMBLIES Section includes brick concrete masonry units reinforcement anchorage and accessories Related Sections 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Section 04065 Masonry Mortar and Grout Mortar and grout Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Product requirements for loose steel lintels for placement by this section Section 07110 Dampproofing Dampproofing masonry surfaces Section 07212 Board Insulation Insulation for cavity spaces Section 07600 Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Product requirements for flashings for placement by this section Section 07900 Joint Sealers Rod and sealant at control and expansion joints Section 08115 Standard Steel Frames Product requirements for frame anchors for placement by this section 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM A615 A615M Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement 2 ASTM A641 A641M Standard
34. advance notice of scheduled meeting time and location 1 Agenda Items Include at least the following Submittal distribution requirements Contract Documents examination report Testing adjusting and balancing plan Work schedule and Project site access requirements Coordination and cooperation of trades and subcontractors Coordination of documentation and communication flow Tp 200p ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 2 ODG Engineering Inc C Certification of Testing Adjusting and Balancing Reports Certify the testing adjusting and balancing field data reports This certification includes the following 1 Review field data reports to validate accuracy of data and to prepare certified testing adjusting and balancing reports 2 Certify that the testing adjusting and balancing team complied with the approved testing adjust ing and balancing plan and the procedures specified and referenced in this Specification D Testing Adjusting and Balancing Reports Use standard forms from AABC s Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems E Instrumentation Type Quantity and Accuracy As described in AABC s Procedural Standards for Test ing Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems Section II Required Instrumentation for AABC Certification F Instrumentation Calibration Calibrate instruments at least every 6 month
35. grommets in corners for mounting D Fasteners for Nameplates and Signs Self tapping stainless steel screws or No 10 32 stainless steel machine screws with nuts and flat lock washers ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Electrical Identification Building 210 16075 2 ODG Engineering Inc 2 3 MISCELLANEOUS IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS Cable Ties Fungus inert self extinguishing one piece self locking Type 6 6 nylon cable ties Minimum Width 3 16 inch 5 mm Tensile Strength 50 Ib 22 3 kg minimum Temperature Range Minus 40 to plus 185 deg F Minus 40 to plus 85 deg C Color According to color coding Powe Metal Rings Embossed brass with metal hook type mounting strap 1 Minimum Diameter 1 inch 26 mm 2 Minimum Size Lettering 3 16 inch 5 mm Paint Formulated for the type of surface and intended use Primer for Galvanized Metal Single component acrylic vehicle formulated for galvanized surfaces Primer for Concrete Masonry Units Heavy duty resin block filler Primer for Concrete Clear alkali resistant binder type sealer Enamel Silicone alkyd or alkyd urethane as recommended by primer manufacturer RO Ni PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION General 1 Identification Materials and Devices Install at locations for most convenient viewing without inter ference with operation and maintenance of equipment 2 Lettering Colors and Graphics Coordinate names abbreviations colors and other de
36. http www iso ch e mail central iso ch AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 15 INTERNATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATION UNION ITU Order from U S Dept of Commerce National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield VA 22161 Ph 703 605 6040 FAX 703 605 6887 Internet http www ntis gov For documents not avail from Dept of Commerce Sales Service International Telecommunication Union Place des Nations CH 1211 Geneve 20 Switzerland E Mail sales itu ch Ph 41 22 730 6141 Fax 41 22 730 5194 Internet http www itu org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 MANUFACTURERS STANDARDIZATION SOCIETY OF THE VALVE AND FITTINGS INDUSTRY MSS 127 Park St NE Vienna VA 22180 4602 Ph 703 281 6613 Fax 703 281 6671 Internet htp www mss hg com e mail info mss hg com Section 01420 Page 10 AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 MARBLE INSTITUTE OF AMERICA MIA 30 Eden Alley Suite 301 Columbus OH 43215 Ph 614 228 6194 Fax 614 461 1497 Internet http www marble institute com e mail info marble institute com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 16 06 006 MASTER PAINTERS INSTITUTE MPI 4090 Graveley Street Burnaby BC CANADA V5C 3T6 PH 888 674 8937 Fx 888 211 8708 Internet http www paintinfo com mpi AOK 4 02 LOK 0 00 MIDWEST INSULATION CONTRACTORS ASSOCIATION MICA 2017 So 1
37. low the surface contours as much as practical Run parallel or banked raceways together on common supports where practical Make bends in parallel or banked runs from same centerline to make bends parallel Use factory elbows only where elbows can be installed parallel otherwise provide field bends for parallel raceways N Join raceways with fittings designed and approved for the purpose and make joints tight Make raceway terminations tight and use insulating bushings to protect conductors O Tighten set screws of threadless fittings with suitable tools P Where raceways are terminated with locknuts and bushings align raceways to enter squarely and install locknuts with dished part against the box Where terminations are not secure with a single locknut use multiple locknuts i e one inside and one outside the box Q Where EMT enters a box the joint between the connector and the box shall be made tight in an approved manner by a steel compression fitting with an insulated throat device R Where raceways are terminated with threaded hubs screw raceways or fittings tightly into the hub so the end bears against the wire protection shoulder Where chase nipples are used align raceways so the coupling is square to the box and tighten the chase nipple so no threads are exposed S Install pull wires in empty raceways Use No 14 AWG zinc coated steel or monofilament plastic line with not less than 200 Ib 90 kg tensile strength Lea
38. quirements The submission of bids shall be deemed evidence of each visit All Proposals shall take these existing conditions into consideration and the lack of specific information on the drawings shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility 1 18 ROOF PENETRATIONS A Roof openings shall be made in accordance with Division 7 of these Specifications 1 19 DEFINITIONS A Approved As specified or having received Contract Officer s approval B Furnish Purchase and deliver to job site C Install Fix permanently in place and make all necessary connections as related to all trades involved place in operation and test D Provide Furnish and install E Replace Remove and provide F Relocate Remove and install in new location G Contractor Contractor responsible for all trades under the specifications covered by this Division H Work Labor and or materials accruing in the provision of a system as defined by the drawings and these specifications ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 5 ODG Engineering Inc Store Provide an environmentally controlled space to protect the stored eguipment from damage prior to installation J Remove De energize disconnect and de commission the designated eguipment as related to the trades reguired to take the eguipment out of service This shall include transporting the eguipment to an off site location as reguired by authorities
39. testing and operation of the equipment specified herein and on the drawings 1 3 7 3 Design Services Installations requiring designs or modifications of fire detection fire alarm or fire suppression systems shall require the services and review of a qualified fire protection engineer For the purposes of meeting this requirement a qualified fire protection engineer is defined as an individual meeting one of the following conditions a An engineer having a Bachelor of Science or Masters of Science Degree in Fire Protection Engineering from an accredited university engineering program plus a minimum of 2 years work experience in fire protection engineering b A registered professional engineer P E in fire protection engineering 1 3 8 Detail Drawings The Contractor shall submit detail drawings consisting of a complete list of equipment and material including manufacturer s descriptive and technical literature catalog cuts and installation instructions Note that the contract drawings show layouts based on typical detectors The Contractor shall check the layout based on the actual detectors to be installed and make any necessary revisions in the detail drawings The detail drawings shall also contain complete wiring and schematic diagrams for the equipment furnished equipment layout and any other details required to demonstrate that the system has been coordinated and will properly function as a unit Detailed point to point wirin
40. 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate placement of components within stud framing system specified in other sections PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 METAL FRAMING SYSTEM A Manufacturers 1 Dietrich Industries Inc 2 Harrison Manufacturing Co 3 Unimast Incorporated 4 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements 2 2 COMPONENTS A Studs ASTM A591 A591M Coating Class C non load bearing rolled steel channel shaped punched for utility access as follows 1 Depth As indicated on drawings 2 Thickness 20 gage thick minimum exterior walls 18 gage B Tracks and Headers Same material and thickness as studs bent leg retainer notched to receive studs Ceiling Runners With extended leg retainer C Furring and Bracing Members Of same material as studs thickness to suit purpose D Fasteners ASTM C1002 self drilling self tapping screws E Sheet Metal Backing 0 036 inch galvanized ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Building 210 09111 3 06 006 F Anchorage Devices Power actuated drilled expansion bolts screws with sleeves as reguired for application G Acoustic Sealant As specified in Section 09260 H Touch Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces SSPC Paint 20 Type Inorganic 2 3 FABRICATION A Fabricate assemblies of sizes and profiles required B Fit reinforce and brace framing members to suit design requirements
41. 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive Work 3 2 PREPARATION A Clean and strip primed steel items to bare metal where site welding is required B Supply steel items required to be cast into concrete or embedded in masonry with setting templates to appropriate sections ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Fabrications Building 210 05500 4 06 006 3 3 INSTALLATION Install items plumb and level accurately fitted free from distortion or defects Make provisions for erection stresses Install temporary bracing to maintain alignment until permanent bracing and attachments are installed Field weld components indicated on Drawings Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1 1 Obtain approval of Architect prior to site cutting or making adjustments not scheduled After erection touch up welds abrasions and damaged finishes with prime paint or galvanizing repair paint to match shop finishes 3 4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Variation From Plumb 1 4 inch per story or for every 12 ft in height whichever is greater non cumulative C Maximum Offset From Alignment 1 4 inch D Maximum Out of Position 1 4 inch END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Fabrications Building 210 05500 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Fabrications Building 210 05500
42. 1 Fabrication assembly and installation including plans elevations sections components and at tachments to other work 2 Duct layout indicating pressure classifications duct sizes and bottom of duct elevations on plans 3 Fittings ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 1 ODG Engineering Inc Reinforcement and spacing Seam and joint construction Penetrations through fire rated and other partitions Terminal unit coil and humidifier installations Hangers and supports including methods for building attachment vibration isolation seismic re straints and duct attachment OA Oia C Coordination Drawings Reflected ceiling plans drawn to scale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling mounted items Show the following 1 Ceiling suspension assembly members 2 Other systems installed in same space as ducts 3 Ceiling and wall mounted access doors and panels required to provide access to dampers and other operating devices 4 Coordination with ceiling mounted items including lighting fixtures diffusers grilles speakers sprinkler heads access panels and special moldings D Field Test Reports Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements E Record Drawings Indicate actual routing fitting details reinforcement support and installed accessories and devices 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Comply with NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and
43. 1 2 FINAL INSPECTION A Pre Final Inspection The Contractor shall request a pre final inspection to verify that the facility is complete and ready to be occupied A Government Pre Final Punch List may be developed as a result of this inspection The Contractor s Quality Control Inspection Personnel shall ensure that all items on this list have been corrected before notifying the Government so a Final Inspection with the customer can be scheduled Any items noted on the Pre Final Inspection shall be corrected in a timely manner These inspections and any deficiency corrections shall be accomplished within the time stated for completion of the entire work or any particular increment of the work if the project is divided into increments by separate completion dates ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Execution Requirements Building 210 01700 1 06 006 B Final Acceptance Inspection The Contractor s Quality Control Inspection personnel plus the superintendent or other primary management person and the Contracting Officer s Representative shall be in attendance at the final inspection Additional Government personnel including but not limited to those from the Base Civil Facility Engineer user groups and major commands may be in attendance The final acceptance inspection will be formally scheduled by the Contracting Officer based upon the request of the Contractor Notice shall be given to the Contracting officer at least seven 7 days prior to the
44. 2 cylinders of each set shall be tested at 7 days and two 2 cylinders at 28 days ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 1 06 006 7 Reports of above tests and field guality control tests Provide copies of test reports a 1 copy to Engineer b 1 copy to Architect C 1 copy to Contractor d 1 copy to Owner 8 Mill Reports The Contractor shall furnish mill test reports of cement showing compliance with specifications 9 All expenses for concrete testing shall be paid by the Owner Inspection of Reinforcing Steel and Concrete Placing Before any concrete is placed on any particular portion of project reinforcing steel will be observed by Architect and Engineer Correct any errors or discrepancies before concrete is placed Such checking and approval shall not relieve Contractor from his responsibility to comply with the Contract requirements 1 4 REFERENCE STANDARDS 9 9 m H ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates ASTM C150 Portland Cement ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete ASTM C494 Chemical Admixtures for Concrete ASTM C94 Ready Mixed Concrete ACI 304 Recommended Practice for Measuring Mixing Transporting and Placing Concrete ACI 305 Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting ACI 306 Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting ACI 301 Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings 1 5 SUBMITTALS A B
45. 210 2002 Installation Maintenance and Use of Emergency Services Communications Systems 2005 National Electrical Code 2002 National Fire Alarm Code 2002 Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL 2000 Rev thru May 2003 Electrical Intermediate Metal Conduit Steel 2002 Rev thru May 2004 Signaling Devices for the Hearing Impaired 1996 Rev thru Oct 2003 Smoke Detectors for Fire Alarm Signaling Systems 1999 Rev thru Jun 2001 Manual Signaling Boxes for Fire Alarm Systems 2003 Rev thru Oct 2003 Audible Signal Appliances 1999 Rev thru Oct 2002 Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling Systems 2000 Rev thru May 2003 Rigid Metal Conduit 2004 Electrical Metallic Tubing Steel 2003 Rev thru Oct 2003 Control Units and Accessories for Fire Alarm Systems Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable 16720 1 ODG Engineering Inc 12 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 02 Shop Drawings Detail Drawings Detail drawings prepared and signed by a Registered Professional
46. 6 06 006 SECTION 05810 EXPANSION JOINT COVER ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes expansion joint assemblies for interior floor wall and ceiling surfaces Related Sections 1 Section 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories Execution reguirements for placement of joint assembly frames in formwork 2 Section 03300 Cast in Place Concrete Expansion and contraction joints in junction of concrete slab on grade and perimeter walls 3 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Execution reguirements for placement of joint assembly frames specified in this section in concrete masonry 4 Section 07900 Joint Sealers Expansion and control joint finishing utilizing sealant and bond breaker 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM B221 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Extruded Bars Rods Wire Profiles and Tubes 2 ASTM B308 B308M Standard Specification for Aluminum Alloy 6061 T6 Standard Structural Profiles 3 ASTM B455 Standard Specification for Copper Zinc Lead Alloy Leaded Brass Extruded Shapes 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal requirements B Shop Drawings Indicate joint and splice locations miters layout of work affected adjacent construction and anchorage locations C Product Data Submit joint assembly profiles profile dimensions anchorage devices available colors and finish D Samples Submit two
47. 7559 Internet http www amweld org AOK 4 02 LOK 3 01 AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS ASSOCIATION AWPA P O Box 5690 Grandbury TX 76049 0690 Ph 817 326 6300 Fax 817 326 6306 Internet http www awpa com AOK 4 02 LOK 3 01 ARCHITECTURAL WOODWOKK INSTITUTE AWI 1952 Isaac Newton Sguare West Reston VA 20190 Ph 703 733 0600 Fax 703 733 0584 Internet http www awinet org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 ASBESTOS CEMENT PIPE PRODUCERS ASSOCIATION ACPPA PMB114 1745 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington VA 22202 Ph 514 861 1153 Fax 514 861 1152 Internet None AOK 4 02 LOK 0 00 ASME INTERNATIONAL ASME Three Park Avenue New York NY 10016 5990 Ph 212 591 7722 Fax 212 591 7674 Internet http www asme org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 Quality Requirements 01400 9 ASSOCIATED AIR BALANCE COUNCIL AABC 1518 K St NW Suite 503 Washington DC 20005 Ph 202 737 0202 Fax 202 638 4833 Internet http www aabchg com E mail aabchq aol com AOK 4 02 LOK 4 020 ASSOCIATION OF EDISON ILLUMINATING COMPANIES AEIC 600 No 18th St P O Box 2641 Birmingham AL 35291 Ph 205 257 2530 Fax 205 257 2540 Internet http www aeic org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 BUILDERS HARDWARE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION BHMA 355 Lexington Ave 17th floor New York NY 10017 6603 Section 01420 Page 5 Ph 212 297 2122 Fax 212 370 9047 Internet http www builders
48. A Provide all necessary excavation and backfill for the installation of electrical work in accordance with Divi sion 2 of these Specifications B Trenches for all underground conduits shall be excavated to the required depths The bottoms of the trenches shall be tamped hard and evenly graded to assure the conduit is supported for its entire length on solid ground Should rock be encountered it shall be removed and backfilled to the proper grade with pea gravel or select fill thoroughly tamped Conduit laid in trenches dug in fill shall be supported on thoroughly tamped load bearing soil After the conduits have been inspected and approved by inspecting authorities the trenches shall be backfilled C Trenches shall be carefully backfilled with select fill material or pea gravel to a depth of 6 inches above the top of the conduit The next layer and subsequent layers of backfill may be excavated materials if of earth loam sand or gravel free of large clods and with rocks no larger than 1 1 2 inch 38 mm in diame ter Backfill shall be installed in layers 12 inches 300 mm deep adequately tamped and wetted down or flushed before the second layer of earth is laid in place D Underground cables or conduits shall be installed in accordance with the National Electrical Code but in no case shall the buried depth be less than 24 inches 600 mm below finished grade ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 21
49. All Pressures 0 040 inch 1 0 mm thick with two piece welded construction 5 Round Gored Elbow Metal Thickness Same as non elbow fittings specified above ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 5 ODG Engineering Inc 2 9 Ductwork Lagging 2 high density filter glass 6lb cu ft covered with 2 layers of 5 8 thick sheetrock similar to US Gypsum fire rated Seal with acoustical sealant PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 DUCT INSTALLATION GENERAL Duct installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections Drawings indicate general ar rangement of ducts fittings and accessories Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure classification indicated Install round ducts in lengths not less than 12 feet 3 7 m unless interrupted by fittings Install ducts with fewest possible joints Install fabricated fittings for changes in directions changes in size and shape and connections Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with a minimum of projections into duct Install ducts unless otherwise indicated vertically and horizontally parallel and perpendicular to building lines avoid diagonal runs Install ducts close to walls overhead construction columns and other structural and permanent enclosure elements of building Install ducts with a clearance of 1 inch 25 mm plus allowance for insulation thickness Conceal ducts from view in finished spaces D
50. B 3 Perform optical fiber field inspection tests via attenuation measurements on factory reels and provide results along with manufacturer certification for factory reel tests Remove failed cable reels from project site upon attenuation test failure 3311 Inspection Visually inspect UTP and optical fiber jacket materials for UL or third party certification markings Inspect cabling terminations in telecommunications rooms and at workstations to confirm color code for T568A or T568B pin assignments and inspect cabling connections to confirm compliance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 Visually confirm Category 6 marking of outlets cover plates outlet connectors and patch panels 3 3 1 2 Verification Tests UTP backbone copper cabling shall be tested for DC loop resistance shorts opens intermittent faults and polarity between conductors and between conductors and shield if cable has overall shield Test operation of shorting bars in connection blocks Test cables after termination but not cross connected For multimode optical fiber perform optical fiber end to end attenuation tests in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 and EIA TIA EIA 526 14A using Method A Optical Power Meter and Light Source for multimode optical fiber For single mode optical fiber perform optical fiber end to end attenuation tests in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 and EIA TIA EIA 526 7 using Method A Optical Power Meter and
51. C Fit and assemble in largest practical sections for delivery to site ready for installation 2 4 SHOP FINISHING A Studs Galvanize to G90 coating class B Tracks and Headers Galvanize to G90 coating class C Accessories Same finish as framing members PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify rough in utilities are in proper location 3 2 INSTALLATION A Align and secure top and bottom runners at 16 inches oc B Place two beads of acoustic sealant between runners and substrate studs and adjacent construction to achieve acoustic seal C Place two beads of acoustic sealant between studs and adjacent vertical surfaces to achieve acoustic seal D Fit runners under and above openings secure intermediate studs to same spacing as wall studs E Install studs vertically at 16 inches oc F Align stud web openings horizontally ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Building 210 09111 4 06 006 G Secure studs to tracks using fastener method Do not weld H Stud splicing not permissible l Fabricate corners using minimum of three studs J Double stud at wall openings door and window jambs not more than 2 inches from each side of openings K Brace stud framing system rigid L Coordinate erection of studs with reguirements of door frames window frames and install supports and attachments M
52. Characteristics of Soil Using Modified Effort 56 000 ft lbf cu ft 2 700 kN m cu m ASTM D 1883 1999 CBR California Bearing Ratio of Laboratory Compacted Soils ASTM D 2167 1994 R 2001 Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Rubber Balloon Method ASTM D 2434 1968 R 2000 Permeability of Granular Soils Constant Head ASTM D 2487 2000 Soils for Engineering Purposes Unified Soil Classification System ASTM D 2922 2004 Density of Soil and Soil Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods Shallow Depth ASTM D 2937 2000e1 Density of Soil in Place by the Drive Cylinder Method ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 3 06 006 ASTM D 3017 2004 Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods Shallow Depth ASTM D 422 1963 R 2002 Particle Size Analysis of Soils ASTM D 4318 2000 Liquid Limit Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index of Soils ASTM D 698 2000ae1 Laboratory Compaction Characteristics of Soil Using Standard Effort 12 400 ft lbf cu ft 600 KN m cu m U S ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS USACE EM 385 1 1 2003 Safety Safety and Health Requirements U S ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY EPA EPA 600 4 79 020 1983 Methods for Chemical Analysis of Water and Wastes EPA SW 846 3 3 1999 Third Edition Update III A Test Methods for Evaluating Solid Waste Physical Chemical Methods U S GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION GSA FS A A 203 Rev C Notice 2 Paper Kraft Untreate
53. Coronado Paints Devoe Paint Co The Glidden Co ICI Paint Stores Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements DRN 2 2 COMPONENTS A Coatings Ready mixed except field catalyzed coatings Prepare coatings 1 To soft paste consistency capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to homogeneous coating 2 For good flow and brushing properties 3 Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags B Accessory Materials Linseed oil shellac turpentine paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve finishes specified commercial quality C Patching Materials Latex filler D Fastener Head Cover Materials Latex filler ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 3 06 006 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A D Section 01300 Administrative Reguirements Coordination and project conditions Verify surfaces and substrate conditions are ready to receive Work as instructed by product manufacturer Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work Report conditions capable of affecting proper application Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials 3 2 PREPARATION A Surface Appurtenances Remove electrical plates hardware light fixture trim escutcheons and fittings prior to preparing surfaces or finishing Surfaces Correct defects and clean surfaces capable of
54. DN600 if little or no insulation is required 5 Pipe Hangers MSS standards For suspension of pipes NPS 1 2 to NPS 4 DN15 to DN100 to allow off center closure for hanger installation before pipe erection 6 Adjustable Swivel Split or Solid Ring Hangers MSS standards For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes NPS 3 4 to NPS 8 DN20 to DN200 7 Adjustable Steel Band Hangers MSS standards For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes NPS 1 2 to NPS 8 DN15 to DN200 8 Adjustable Band Hangers MSS standards For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes NPS 1 2 to NPS 8 DN15 to DN200 9 Adjustable Swivel Ring Band Hangers MSS standards For suspension of noninsulated station ary pipes NPS 1 2 to NPS 2 DN15 to DN50 10 Split Pipe Ring with or without Turnbuckle Adjustment Hangers MSS standards For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes NPS 3 8 to NPS 8 DN10 to DN200 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 3 ODG Engineering Inc 11 Extension Hinged or Two Bolt Split Pipe Clamps MSS standards For suspension of noninsulated stationary pipes NPS 3 8 to NPS 3 DN10 to DN80 12 U Bolts MSS standards For support of heavy pipe NPS 1 2 to NPS 30 DN15 to DN750 13 Clips MSS standards For support of insulated pipes not subject to expansion or contraction 14 Pipe Saddle Supports MSS standards For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 DN100 to DN900
55. Division 1 1 Mix Design and Tests The mix design for all concrete shall be established by a testing laboratory selected by the Owner The mix shall have been designed within six 6 months of the beginning of placement of concrete All tests as herein specified shall be performed by the testing laboratory selected by the Owner All tests shall be performed in accordance with standard ASTM procedures as follows a ASTM C172 Standard Method of Sampling Fresh Concrete b ASTM C31 Standard Method of Making and Curing Concrete Compressive and Flexural Strength Test Specimens in the Field C ASTM C143 Standard Method of Test for Slump of Portland Cement Concrete d ASTM C39 Standard Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Molded Concrete Cylinders Access The Architect shall have access to all places where materials are stored proportioned or mixed Proportions The testing laboratory shall submit prior to the start of concrete work contemplated portions and the results of preliminary 7 day compression tests Submit a separate set of proportions and test results for pumpcrete if used Slump test shall be made by the testing laboratory of concrete delivered to the site for each set of test cylinders Standard test cylinders of all concrete placed in the work shall be made by the testing laboratory One 1 set of four 4 cylinders shall be taken for each 100 cubic yards or fraction thereof poured on each day Two
56. E Mail cjjourdain worldnet att net AOK 4 02 LOK 0 00 SCIENTIFIC CERTIFICATION SYSTEMS SCS 1939 Harrison Street Suite 400 Oakland CA 94612 Ph 510 832 1415 FAX 510 832 0359 Internet http www scs1 org AOK 4 02 LOK SHEET METAL amp AIR CONDITIONING CONTRACTORS NATIONAL ASSOCIATION SMACNA 4201 Lafayette Center Dr Chantilly VA 20151 1209 Ph 703 803 2980 Fax 703 803 3732 Internet http www smacna org e mail info smacna org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 SOCIETY OF AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERS INTERNATIONAL SAE 400 Commonwealth Dr Warrendale PA 15096 0001 Ph 724 776 4841 Fax 724 776 5760 Internet http www sae org e mail custsvc sae org AOK Kitchen Ventilation Systems and Food Service Equipment Fabrication and Installation Guidelines LOK 6 00 SOUTHERN CYPRESS MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION SCMA 400 Penn Center Boulevard Suite 530 Pittsburgh PA 15235 Ph 412 829 0770 Fax 412 829 0844 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 21 Internet http www cypressinfo org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 SOUTHERN PINE INSPECTION BUREAU SPIB 4709 Scenic Highway Pensacola FL 32504 9094 Ph 850 434 2611 Fax 850 433 5594 e mail spib spib org Internet http www spib org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SDI P O Box 25 Fox River Grove IL 60021 0025 Ph 847 462 1930 Fax 847 462 1940 Internet http www sdi org e mail Steve sdi org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00
57. END OF SECTION 260500 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 13 ODG Engineering Inc ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 14 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16060 GROUNDING AND BONDING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes grounding of electrical systems and equipment Grounding requirements specified in this Section may be supplemented by special requirements of systems described in other Sections SUBMITTALS Product Data For each product specified including grounding conductors clamps and accessories QUALITY ASSURANCE Engage an independent Testing Agency that is a member company of the InterNational Electrical Testing Association and that is acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction Testing Agency s Field Supervisor shall be a person that is currently certified by the InterNational Electrical Testing Association to supervise on site testing as herein specified Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled The Terms Listed and Labeled shall be as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdic tion and marked for intended use Comply
58. Engineer or a NICET Level 3 Fire Alarm Technician as specified SD 03 Product Data Storage Batteries Substantiating battery calculations for supervisory and alarm power requirements Ampere hour requirements for each system component and each panel component and the battery recharging period shall be included Low Battery Voltage Voltage drop calculations for notification appliance circuits to indicate that sufficient voltage is available for proper appliance operation Special Tools and Spare Parts Spare parts data for each different item of material and equipment specified not later than 3 months prior to the date of beneficial occupancy Data shall include a complete list of parts and supplies with the current unit prices and source of supply and a list of the parts recommended by the manufacturer to be replaced after 1 year of service Technical Data and Computer Software G Technical data which relates to computer software Testing Detailed test procedures prepared and signed by a Registered Professional Engineer or a NICET Level 3 4 Fire Alarm Technician for the fire detection and alarm system 60 days prior to performing system tests SD 06 Test Reports Testing Test reports in booklet form showing field tests performed to prove compliance with the specified performance criteria upon completion and testing of the installed system Each test report ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detec
59. G Bonding Agent Latex type H Calcium chloride is not permitted 2 3 ADMIXTURES A Plasticizer Water reducing type if recommended by Testing Laboaratory 2 4 MIXES A Mortar Mixes 1 Mortar For Non Structural Masonry ASTM C270 Type N using Property specification 2 Mortar For Non Structural Masonry ASTM C270 Type S using Property specification B Mortar Mixing 1 Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in accordance with ASTM C270 in quantities needed for immediate use 2 Achieve uniformly damp sand immediately before mixing process 3 Add mortar color to achieve uniformity of mix and coloration 4 Re temper only within two hours of mixing C Grout Mixes 1 Bond Beams Lintels Fill Cores at Jambs 3000 psi strength at 28 days 8 10 inches slump mixed in accordance with ASTM C476 fine grout D Grout Mixing 1 Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476 2 Add admixtures mix uniformly PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Reguest inspection of spaces to be grouted ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Masonry Mortar And Grout Building 210 04065 3 06 006 3 2 PREPARATION A Apply bonding agent to existing concrete surfaces 3 3 INSTALLATION A Install mortar and grout in accordance with ASTM C270 B Install grout to reguirements of the specific masonry section C
60. Hangar No 2 Addition Mobilization and Demobilization Building 210 01722 1 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Mobilization and Demobilization Building 210 01722 2 06 006 SECTION 02220 DEMOLITION 10 06 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 GENERAL 11 REFERENCES 1 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 3 SUBMITTALS 1 4 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS 1 41 Notifications 1 4 1 1 General Requirements 1 4 2 Receipts DUST AND DEBRIS CONTROL PROTECTION 1 6 1 Traffic Control Signs 1 6 2 Existing Conditions Documentation 1 6 3 Items to Remain in Place 1 6 4 Existing Construction Limits and Protection 1 6 5 Weather Protection 1 6 6 Trees 1 6 7 Utility Service 1 6 8 Facilities 1 6 9 Protection of Personnel BURNING RELOCATIONS REQUIRED DATA 0 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION 1 USE OF EXPLOSIVES 2 AVAILABILITY OF WORK AREAS ak mek oo a ok ot sk ek PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 FILL MATERIAL PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXISTING FACILITIES TO BE REMOVED 3 1 1 Utilities and Related Equipment 3 1 1 1 General Requirements 3 1 1 2 Disconnecting Existing Utilities 3 1 2 Chain Link Fencing 3 1 3 Paving and Slabs 3 1 4 Patching 3 2 CONCURRENT EARTH MOVING OPERATIONS 3 3 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 1 06 006 3 3 1 Title to Materials 3 3 2 Reuse of Materials and Eguipment 3 4 CLEANUP 3 5 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS 3 5 1 Regulation of Removed Materials 3 5 2 Burning on Government Property 3 5 3 Removal to Spoil Are
61. Institute Ais AWI Quality Standards Illustrated E American Wood Preservers Association 1 AWPA C1 All Timber Products Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process F Federal Specification Unit 1 FS A A 1936 Adhesive Contact Neoprene Rubber G Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association 1 HPVA HP 1 American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood H National Institute of Standards and Technology al NIST PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finish Carpentry Building 210 06200 1 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 1 7 06 006 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform work in accordance with AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards Illustrated Custom DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Requirements Product storage and handling requirements B Protect work from moisture damage FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify field measurements prior to fabrication SEQUENCING A Section 01100 Summary Work sequence B Sequence work to ensure utility connections are achieved in orderly and expeditious manner COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate work with plumbing rough in electrical rough in installation of associated and adjacent components PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 COMPONENTS A Softwood Lumber AWI Grade Custom maximum moisture content of 6
62. Light Source for single mode optical fiber Perform verification acceptance tests 3 3 1 3 Performance Tests Perform testing for each outlet and MUTOA as follows ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 10 ODG Engineering Inc a Perform Category 6 link tests in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 and EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 Tests shall include wire map length insertion loss NEXT PSNEXT ELFEXT PSELFEXT return loss propagation delay and delay skew b Optical fiber Links Perform optical fiber end to end link tests in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 End of Section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 11 ODG Engineering Inc This page intentionally left blank SECTION 28 31 64 00 10 FIRE DETECTION AND ALARM SYSTEM ADDRESSABLE PART 1 GENERAL 11 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS IEEE IEEE C62 41 1991 R 1995 Recommended Practice for Surge Voltages in Low Voltage AC Power circuits NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 1221 NFPA 70 NFPA 72 NFPA 90A UL 1242 UL 1971 UL 268 UL 38 UL 464 UL 521 UL 6 UL 797 UL 864 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building
63. Lighted Signs As follows 1 Lamps for AC Operation Fluorescent two for each fixture 20 000 hours rated lamp life 2 Lamps for AC Operation Light emitting diodes 70 000 hours minimum rated lamp life Self Powered Exit Signs Battery Type Integral automatic charger in a self contained power pack 1 Battery Sealed maintenance free nickel cadmium type with special warranty 2 Charger Fully automatic solid state type with sealed transfer relay 3 Operation Relay automatically energizes lamp from unit when circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal or below When normal voltage is restored relay disconnects lamps and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger Visibility and Luminance Compliance Comply with visibility and luminance requirements of NFPA 101 for exit signs EMERGENCY LIGHTING UNITS General Requirements Self contained units Comply with UL standards Units include the following fea tures 1 Battery Sealed maintenance free lead acid type with minimum 10 year nominal life and special warranty ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 5 ODG Engineering Inc Charger Fully automatic solid state type with sealed transfer relay 3 Operation Relay automatically turns lamp on when supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below Lamp automatically disconnects from battery when voltage approaches deep discharge level When normal volta
64. Lines During trench backfilling for exterior underground power control signal and communication lines install continuous underground plastic line marker located directly above line at 6 to 8 inches 150 to 200 mm below finished grade Where width of multiple lines installed in a common trench or concrete envelope does not exceed 16 inches 400 mm overall use a single line marker Install line marker for underground wiring both direct buried cables and cables in raceway G Secondary Service Feeder and Branch Circuit Conductors Color code throughout the secondary electri cal system a Color code 208 120 V system as follows a Phase A Black b Phase B Red Phase C Blue d Neutral White e Ground Green f Isolated Ground Green with yellow stripe 2 Color code 480 277 V system as follows a Phase A Brown b Phase B Orange C Phase C Yellow d Neutral Gray e Ground Green 3 Factory apply color the entire length of conductors except the following field applied color coding methods may be used instead of factory coded wire for sizes larger than No 10 AWG a Colored pressure sensitive plastic tape in half lapped turns for a distance of 6 inches 150 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Electrical Identification Building 210 16075 4 ODG Engineering Inc mm from terminal points and in boxes where splices or taps are made Apply last two turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible unwinding Use 1 i
65. MSS standards For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required 15 Horizontal Travelers MSS standards For supporting piping systems subject to linear horizontal movement where head room is limited G Saddles and Shields Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections install the following types 1 2 3 Steel Pipe Covering Protection Saddles MSS standards To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation Protection Shields MSS standards Of length recommended by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation Thermal Hanger Shield Inserts For supporting insulated pipe 360 degree insert of high density 100 psi 690 kPa minimum compressive strength water repellent treated calcium silicate or cellu lar glass pipe insulation same thickness as adjoining insulation with vapor barrier and encased in 360 degree sheet metal shield H Spring Hangers and Supports Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Speci fication Sections install the following types 1 Restraint Control Devices MSS standards Where indicated to control piping movement 2 Spring Cushions MSS standards For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1 1 4 inches 32 mm 3 Spring Cushion Roll Hangers MSS standards For equipping Type 41 roll hanger with springs 4 Spring Sway Braces MSS standards To retard sway shock vi
66. Manufacturer s standard finish unless bare metal surfaces are indicated 2 Nonmetallic Coatings On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing Thermal Hanger Shield Inserts 100 psi 690 kPa minimum compressive strength insulation encased in sheet metal shield 1 Material for Insulated Cold Piping Applicable ASTM Standards Type calcium silicate with vapor barrier 2 Material for Insulated Hot Piping Water repellent treated applicable ASTM Standards Type cal cium silicate 3 For Trapeze or Clamped System Insert and shield cover entire circumference of pipe 4 For Clevis or Band Hanger Insert and shield cover lower 180 degrees of pipe ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 2 ODG Engineering Inc 2 3 5 Insert Length Extend 2 inches 50 mm beyond sheet metal shield for piping operating below am bient air temperature MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS Powder Actuated Drive Pin Fasteners Powder actuated type drive pin attachments with pull out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used Mechanical Anchor fasteners Insert type attachments with pull out and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used Structural Steel Applicable ASTM standard steel plates shapes and bars black and galvanized All ex terior pipe support systems shall be zinc rich hot d
67. No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 14 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A B 06 006 SECTION 08800 GLAZING Section includes glass glazing for metal frames and doors Related Sections 1 2 3 4 Section 07900 Joint Sealers Sealant and back up material other than glazing sealants Section 08114 Standard Steel Doors Glazed doors Section 08212 Flush Wood Doors Glazed doors Section 10800 Toilet Bath and Laundry Accessories Metal framed mirrors 1 2 REFERENCES A American National Standards Institute 1 ANSI Z97 1 Safety Glazing Materials Used in Buildings Safety B American Society of Civil Engineers 1 ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures C ASTM International T ASTM C864 Standard Specification for Dense Elastomeric Compression Seal Gaskets Setting Blocks and Spacers 2 ASTM C920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants 3 ASTM C1036 Standard Specification for Flat Glass 4 ASTM C1048 Standard Specification for Heat Treated Flat Glass Kind HS Kind FT Coated and Uncoated Glass 5 ASTM C1193 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants 6 ASTM E90 Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements 7 ASTM E330 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows Curtain Walls and Doors By Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 8 ASTM E546
68. Performance and Testing of Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay in Panel Ceilings 2 ASTM C636 Standard Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay In Panels 3 ASTM E1264 Standard Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products Ceilings and Interior Systems Construction Association 1 CISCA Acoustical Ceilings Use and Practice Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1s UL Fire Resistance Directory Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed 1 WH Certification Listings 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Product Data Submit data on metal grid system components acoustic units C Samples Submit two 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating material and finish of acoustic units ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Acoustical Ceilings Building 210 09510 1 06 006 D Samples Submit two 12 inches long of suspension system main runner cross runner and perimeter molding E Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special procedures perimeter conditions requiring special attention 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Conform to CISCA requirements 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience B Installer Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience
69. Product For each electrical identification product indicated submit product data and procedures used 1 4 MANUFACTURERS A Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following Brady Company Ideal Industries Panduit Corporation Seaton Pons 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Comply with applicable OSHA ANSI UL and NFPA Standards ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Electrical Identification Building 210 16075 1 ODG Engineering Inc PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 RACEWAY AND CABLE LABELS A General Comply with applicable OSHA and ANSI standards for minimum size of letters for legend and for minimum length of color field for each raceway and cable size Labels shall be black letters on orange field indicating the voltage and feeder designation B Adhesive Labels Preprinted flexible self adhesive vinyl with legend overlaminated with a clear weather and chemical resistant coating C Pretensioned Wraparound Plastic Sleeves Flexible preprinted color coded acrylic band sized to suit the diameter of the line it identifies and arranged to stay in place by pretensioned gripping action when placed in position D Colored Adhesive Tape Self adhesive vinyl tape not less than 3 mils thick by 1 to 2 inches wide 0 08 mm thick by 25 to 51 mm wide E Underground Line Warning Tape Permanent bright colored continuous printed vinyl tape not less than 6 inches wide by 4 mils thick 152 mm wide by 0 102 mm t
70. Product Data For conduits fittings expansion joints assembly through wall and floor seals assembly sur face raceways wireways floor boxes hinged cover enclosures and cabinets B Shop Drawings Provide layout drawings showing conduit routing drawings sections elevations and de tails Include all pullboxes manholes expansion fitting and supports 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Listed and Labeling Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled The Terms Listed and Labeled shall be as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to Au thorities Having Jurisdiction and marked for intended use B Standards Comply with applicable UL and NEMA Standards Comply with NECA s Standard of Installa tion ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Raceways And Boxes Building 210 16110 1 ODG Engineering Inc 1 5 COORDINATION A Coordinate layout and installation of raceways and boxes with other construction elements to ensure ade quate headroom working clearance and access PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following 1 Metal Conduit and Tubing a Alflex Corp b Anamet Inc Anaconda Metal Hose C Anixter Brothers Inc d Carol Cable Co Inc e Cole Flex Corp f Electri Flex Co g Flexcon Inc Coleman Cable Systems Inc h Grinnell Co Allied Tube and Conduit Div Monogram C
71. Report Data Include the following System and air handling unit number Location and zone Traverse air temperature in deg F deg Duct static pressure in inches wg Pa Duct size in inches mm Duct area in sq ft sg m Design airflow rate in cfm L s Design velocity in fpm m s Actual airflow rate in cfm L s Actual average velocity in fpm m s Barometric pressure in psig Pa ATT sero pp ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 9 ODG Engineering Inc G Instrument Calibration Reports For instrument calibration include the following 1 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 Report Data Include the following DOD Instrument type and make Serial number Application Dates of use Dates of calibration END OF SECTION 15990 Testing Adjusting And Balancing 15990 10 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16050 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY It is the intent of the Contract Documents to provide an installation complete in every respect In the event that additional details or special construction may be required for work indicated or specified in this section or work specified in other sections it shall be t
72. Specification for Zinc Coated Galvanized Carbon Steel Wire 3 ASTM A951 Standard Specification for Masonry Joint Reinforcement 4 ASTM B370 Standard Specification for Copper Sheet and Strip for Building Construction 5 ASTM C126 Standard Specification for Ceramic Glazed Structural Clay Facing Tile Facing Brick and Solid Masonry Units 6 ASTM C1405 7 ASTM C129 Standard Specification for Nonloadbearing Concrete Masonry Units 8 ASTM C140 Standard Test Methods of Sampling and Testing Concrete Masonry Units B The Masonry Society 1 TMS MSJC Building Code for Masonry Structures ACI 530 ASCE 5 TMS 402 Specification for Masonry Structures ACI 530 1 ASCE 6 TMS 602 and Commentaries ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Unit Masonry Assemblies Building 210 04810 1 06 006 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal requirements B Product Data Submit data for glazed face brick masonry units and fabricated wire reinforcement wall ties anchors and other accessories C Samples Submit four samples of glazed face brick and face brick units to illustrate color texture and extremes of color range D Manufacturer s Certificate Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with TMS MSJC Code and TMS MSJC Specification 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A Installer Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years of doc
73. Warranty Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories failing to achieve airtight seal watertight seal exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion and sealants which do not cure 1 4 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Joint Sealers Building 210 07900 1 06 006 B Applicator Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Products Requirements B Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by sealant manufacturer during and after installation 1 6 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate Work with sections referencing this section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 JOINT SEALERS A Manufacturers 1 Dow Corning Corp 2 GE Silicones 3 Pecora Corp 4 Sonneborn 5 Substitutions Section 01600 Products Requirements B Products Description 1 High Performance General Purpose Exterior Nontraffic Sealant Polyurethane ASTM C920 Grade NS Class 25 Uses M G and A multi component a Type Sonolastic NPII manufactured by Sonneborn b Color Colors as selected by Architect C Applications Use for 1 Control expansion and soft joints in masonry 2 Joints between concrete and other materials
74. Zinc Coated for Light Coating Mass Applications 2 ASTM A653 A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc Iron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process National Fire Protection Association 1 NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors Fire Windows 2 NFPA 252 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL 10B Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Uniform Building Code 1 UBC Standard 7 2 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Frames Building 210 08115 1 B C 06 006 Shop Drawings Indicate frame elevations reinforcement anchor types and spacing location of cut outs for hardware and finish Product Data Submit frame configuration and finishes 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A B Conform to requirements of ANSI A250 8 Fire Rated Frame Construction Conform to NFPA 252 UL 10B and UBC Standard 7 2 Fabricate fire rated steel frames in accordance with the requirements of Underwriter s Laboratories Inc UL and Factory Mutual FM Place UL labels where visible when frames are installed in position Refer to drawings for class requirements Installed Frame Assembly Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class same as fire door 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing prod
75. a Link Seal by Thunderline or Pipe Linx by Mason Inc wall sleeve or shall fabricate a sleeve in accordance with recommendation and sizing furnished by the Thunderline Corporation or Mason Incorporated Sleeves passing through fire rated walls or floors shall be sealed with an approved fire stop material after installation of the conduit such that the fire rating of the wall or floor is not degraded ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 9 ODG Engineering Inc 2 2 2 3 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers Subject to compliance with reguirements provide products by one of the following 1 Dielectric Unions a Watts Industries Inc Water Products Div b Capitol Manufacturing Co Cc Zurn Industries Inc Wilkins Div 2 Dielectric Flanges a Capitol Manufacturing Co b Central Plastics Co C Watts Industries Inc Water Products Div 3 Dielectric Flange Insulating Kits a Calpico Inc b Central Plastics Co 4 Dielectric Couplings a Calpico Inc b Lochinvar Corp 5 Dielectric Nipples a Grinnell Corp Grinnell Supply Sales Co b Perfection Corp C Victaulic Co of America 6 Metal Flexible Connectors a Grinnell Corp Grinnell Supply Sales Co b Hyspan Precision Products Inc G Metraflex Co 7 Mechanical Sleeve Seals a Calpico Inc b Metraflex Co c Thunderline Link Seal PIPE AND PIPE FITTINGS Refer to individual Division 1
76. action as deemed appropriate by the Contracting Officer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Administrative Requirements Building 210 01300 3 06 006 1 7 PARTNERING MEETINGS Partnering meetings will be held throughout the project on a weekly basis to discuss work progress The Contractor s superintendent shall attend PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 CUTTING AND PATCHING A Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform cutting and patching B Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements affecting 1 Structural integrity of element 2 Integrity of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements 3 Efficiency maintenance or safety of element 4 Visual gualities of sight exposed elements 5 Work of Owner or separate contractor C Execute cutting fitting and patching including excavation and fill to complete Work and to 1 Fit the several parts together to integrate with other Work 2 Uncover Work to install or correct ill timed Work 3 Remove and replace defective and non conforming Work 4 Remove samples of installed Work for testing 5 Provide openings in elements of Work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work D Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other Work and to provide proper surfaces to receive patching and finishing E Cut masonry and concrete materials using masonry saw or core drill F Restore Work with new products in accordance w
77. affecting work of this section Remove or repair existing coatings exhibiting surface defects Impervious Surfaces Remove mildew by scrubbing with solution of tetra sodium and bleach Rinse with clean water and allow surface to dry Aluminum Surfaces Scheduled for Paint Finish Remove surface contamination by steam or high pressure water Remove oxidation with acid etch and solvent washing Apply etching primer immediately following cleaning Insulated Coverings Remove dirt grease and oil from canvas and cotton Concrete Floors Remove contamination acid etch and rinse floors with clear water Verify required acid alkali balance is achieved Allow to dry Gypsum Board Surfaces Fill minor defects with filler compound Spot prime defects after repair Galvanized Surfaces Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent Apply coat of etching primer Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish Remove dirt loose mortar scale salt or alkali powder and other foreign matter Remove oil and grease with solution of tri sodium phosphate rinse well and allow to dry Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water Allow to dry ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 4 Q 06 006 Plaster Surfaces Fill hairline cracks small holes and imperfections with latex patching plaster Make s
78. and subgrades to a smooth and compact surface in accordance with the lines grades and cross sections or elevations shown Provide the degree of finish for graded areas within 30 mm 0 1 foot of the grades and elevations indicated except that the degree of finish for subgrades specified in paragraph SUBGRADE PREPARATION Finish gutters and ditches in a manner that will result in effective drainage Finish the surface of areas to be turfed from settlement or washing to a smoothness suitable for the application of turfing materials Repair graded topsoiled or backfilled areas prior to acceptance of the work and re established grades to the reguired elevations and slopes 3 11 1 Subgrade and Embankments During construction keep embankments and excavations shaped and drained Maintain ditches and drains along subgrade to drain effectively at all times Do no disturb the finished subgrade by traffic or other operation The Contractor is responsible for protecting and maintaining the finsihed subgrade in a satisfactory condition until ballast subbase base or pavement is placed Do not permit the storage or stockpiling of materials on the finished subgrade Do not lay subbase base course ballast or pavement until the subgrade has been checked and approved and in no case place subbase base surfacing pavement or ballast on a muddy spongy or frozen subgrade 3 11 3 Grading Around Structures Construct areas within 1 5 m 5 feet outside of each bu
79. between equipment items in a building The horizontal system shall be wired in a star topology Provide telecommunications pathway systems referenced herein as specified in Section 16402 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM 1 6 SUBMITTALS A Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval or information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES 1 SD 03 Product Data Telecommunications cabling G Telecommunications outlet connector assemblies G Connector blocks G Spare Parts G ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 3 ODG Engineering Inc Submittals shall include the manufacturer s name trade name place of manufacture and catalog model or number Include performance and characteristic curves Submittals shall also include applicable federal military industry and technical society publication references Should manufacturer s data require supplemental information for clarification the supplemental information shall be submitted as specified in paragraph REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS and as required in Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 06 Test Reports Telecommunications cabling testing G SD 07 Certifi
80. component details anchorage to structure type and location of fasteners and accessories or items required of other related work 2 Describe method for securing studs to tracks splicing and for blocking and reinforcement to framing connections C Product Data Submit data describing standard framing member materials and finish product criteria load charts and limitations 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C754 and NAAMM ML SFA 540 B Form fabricate install and connect components in accordance with NAAMM ML SFA 540 C Furnish framing materials in accordance with SSMA Product Technical Information 1 6 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 Framing Manufacturer Current member of Steel Stud Manufacturers Association ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Building 210 09111 2 06 006 B Installer Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience C Design structural elements under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in the State of Texas 1 7 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section 1 8 COORDINATION A Section
81. concrete has gained sufficient strength to carry its own weight and construction and design load which may be imposed upon it Verify strength of concrete by compressive test results Remove formwork progressively and in accordance with code requirements and so that no shock loads or unbalanced loads are imposed on structure Loosen forms carefully Do not wedge pry bars hammers or tools against concrete surfaces Leave forms loosely in place against vertical surfaces for protection until complete removal is reviewed by Architect Reshore structural members where required due to design requirements or construction conditions and as required to permit progressive construction Remove load supporting forms only when concrete has attained 75 percent of required 28 day compressive strength provided construction is reshored Remove forms not directly supporting weight of concrete as soon as stripping operations will not damage concrete END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Concrete Formwork Building 210 03100 4 06 006 SECTION 03200 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Reinforcing steel bars fabricated steel bars welded wire mesh and rod mats for cast in place concrete complete with tie wire as shown on the drawings B Support chairs bolsters bars supports and spacers for reinforcing 1 2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 03100 Concrete Formwork B Section 0
82. condition and of proper consistency for placing with commercial mulch blowing eguipment Straw shall contrain no fertile seed ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 6 06 006 25 2 Hay Air dry condition and of proper consistency for placing with commercial mulch blowing eguipment Hay shall be sterile containing no fertile seed 2 5 3 Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch Dleted 2 6 WATER Source of water shall be approved by Contracting Officer and of suitable guality for irrigation containing no elements toxic to plant life 2 7 EROSION CONTROL MATERIALS Erosion control material shall conform to the following 2 71 Erosion Control Blanket 100 percent agricultural straw stitched with a degradable nettings designed to degrade within 12 months 2 7 2 Erosion Control Fabric Fabric shall be knitted construction of polypropylene yarn with uniform mesh openings 3 4 to 1 inch square with strips of biodegradable paper Filler paper strips shall have a minimum life of 6 months 2 7 3 Erosion Control Net Net shall be heavy twisted jute mesh weighing approximately 1 22 pounds per linear yard and 4 feet wide with mesh openings of approximately 1 inch square 2 7 4 Hydrophilic Colloids Hydrophilic colloids shall be physiologically harmless to plant and animal life without phytotoxic agents Colloids shall be naturally occurring silicate powder based and shall form a water insoluble membrane after curing Colloids shall res
83. construction complexity to the telecommunications system proposed for this solicitation Include specific experience in installing and testing telecommunications systems and provide the names and locations of at least two project installations successfully completed using optical fiber and copper telecommunications cabling systems All of the existing telecommunications system installations offered by the key persons as successful experience shall have been in successful full time service for at least 18 months prior to the issuance date for this solicitation Provide the name and role of the key person the title location and completed installation date of the referenced project the referenced project owner point of contact information including name organization title and telephone number and generally the referenced project description including system size and construction complexity Indicate that all key persons are currently employed by the telecommunications contractor or have a commitment to the telecommunications contractor to work on this project All key persons shall be employed by the telecommunications contractor at the date of issuance of this solicitation or if not have a commitment to the telecommunications contractor to work on this project by the date that the bid was due to the Contracting Officer Note that only the key personnel approved by the Contracting Officer in the successful proposal shall do work on this solicitation
84. corrosion resistance Connections are flanged with stainless steel screws and oil resistant gaskets B Description PVC plastic extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated with snap on cover and mechanically coupled connections using plastic fasteners C Fittings and Accessories Include couplings offsets eloows expansion joints adapters hold down straps end caps and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system 2 6 SURFACE RACEWAYS A Surface Metal Raceways Galvanized steel with snap on covers Finish with manufacturer s standard prime coating ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Raceways And Boxes Building 210 16110 4 ODG Engineering Inc 2 7 2 8 2 9 Surface Nonmetallic Raceways Two piece construction manufactured of rigid PVC compound with matte texture and manufacturer s standard color Accessories Types sizes and channels as indicated and required for each application with fittings that match and mate with raceways OUTLET DEVICE PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES Sheet Metal Boxes UL Listed galvanized steel metal boxes shall comply with applicable NEMA and ANSI Standards Cast Metal Outlet Boxes UL Listed Type FD cast box with gasketed cover Cast Metal Boxes UL Listed cast aluminum with gasketed cover FLOOR BOXES Floor Boxes Cast metal fully adjustable rectangular Type Provide one gang two gang or three gang as required with isolation barriers between communic
85. dampproofing to protect from damage Adhere protection board to substrate with mastic Scribe and cut boards around Projections penetrations and interruptions 3 4 SCHEDULES A CMU Back Up Wall Two coatings of asphalt dampproofing to achieve specified thickness B Gypsum Board Sheathing Stucco substrate Two coatings of asphalt dampproofing to achieve specified thickness END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Dampproofing Building 210 07110 3 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Dampproofing Building 210 07110 4 06 006 SECTION 07213 BATT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes batt insulation in exterior wall roof construction and batt insulation for filling crevices in exterior wall and roof Related Sections 1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry 2 Section 07220 Roof Insulation 3 Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies 4 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International Te ASTM C665 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing 2 ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials National Fire Protection Association 1 NFPA 255 Standard Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL 723 Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 1 3 SUBMITTALS A B Se
86. deposits reach one third of the height of the barrier When a silt fence is no longer required it shall be removed The immediate area occupied by the fence and any sediment deposits shall be shaped to an acceptable grade The areas disturbed by this shaping shall be watered in accordance with Section 02300 EARTHWORK All silt fences shall be removed by the Contractor prior to the resumption of aircraft operations on the runway 3 2 CONSTRUCTION PRACTICES Dewatering Operations The Contractor and subcontractor shall prevent discharge of sediment by methods of sediment control containment and disposal In project areas suspected of potential toxic or petroleum products contamination the water shall be tested to determine method of disposal Paving Operations The Contractor and subcontractor shall avoid discharge of pollutants to storm drains by avoiding paving in wet weather or anticipation of such event storing material in covered containers covering and berming storage areas establish control structures cover on site storm grates and worker and subcontractor training Structure Construction and Painting The Contractor and subcontractor shall prevent pollutants in storm runoff by covering or berming material storage areas keeping job site clean and orderly using safer alternate products stabilizing adjacent disturbed areas storing material in secondary containment protecting on site storm drain establish control structur
87. diagonal distortion Maximum Width Distortion Cup 1 8 inch measured with straight edge or taut string edge to edge over imaginary 36 x 84 inches surface area 3 4 ADJUSTING A B C Section 01700 Execution Requirements Testing adjusting and balancing Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement Adjust closer for full closure 3 5 SCHEDULE A Refer to Door and Frame Schedule in the Drawings END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flush Wood Doors Building 210 08212 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flush Wood Doors Building 210 08212 6 06 006 SECTION 08710 DOOR HARDWARE PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Work under this section comprises of furnishing and installing hardware specified herein and noted on drawings for a complete and operational system including any electrified hardware components systems controls and hardware for aluminum entrance doors Any door shown on the drawing and not specifically referenced in the hardware sets shall be provided with identical hardware as specified on other similar openings and shall be included in the finish hardware suppliers bid B Items included but are not limited to the following Hinges Pivots Flush Bolts Exit Devices Locksets and Cylinders Push Plates Pulls Coordinators Closers Kick Mop and Protection Plates Stops Wall Bumpers Overhead controls 10 Electrified Hold Open Devices 11 Thresholds Gasketing an
88. dirty filter operation and record the point at which maintenance personnel must change filters 3 Measure static pressures entering and leaving other devices such as sound traps heat recovery equipment and air washers under final balanced conditions ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 6 ODG Engineering Inc 3 6 3 7 4 Compare design data with installed conditions to determine variations in design static pressures versus actual static pressures Compare actual system effect factors with calculated system effect factors to identify where variations occur Recommend corrective action to align design and actual conditions 5 Adjust fan speed higher or lower than design with the approval of the Contract Officer Make re guired adjustments to pulley sizes motor sizes and electrical connections to accommodate fan speed changes 6 Do not make fan speed adjustments that result in motor overload Consult eguipment manufactur ers about fan speed safety factors Modulate dampers and measure fan motor amperage to en sure no overload will occur Measure amperage in full cooling full heating and economizer modes to determine the maximum reguired brake horsepower Adjust volume dampers for main duct submain ducts and major branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances 1 Measure static pressure at a point downstream from the balancing damper and adjust volume dampers unti
89. equipment Field Welding Comply with AWS Standards Structural Welding Code Steel DEMOLITION Disconnect demolish and remove Work specified in Division 15 Sections If pipe ductwork insulation or equipment to remain is damaged or disturbed remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity and quality Accessible Work Remove indicated exposed pipe and ductwork in its entirety Work Abandoned in Place Cut and remove underground pipe a minimum of 2 inches 50 mm beyond face of adjacent construction Cap and patch surface to match existing finish Removal Remove indicated equipment from Project site Temporary Disconnection Remove store clean reinstall reconnect and make operational equipment indicated for relocation CUTTING AND PATCHING Cut channel chase and drill floors walls partitions ceilings and other surfaces necessary for mechani cal installations Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces GROUTING Install nonmetallic nonshrink grout for mechanical equipment base bearing surfaces pump and other equipment base plates and anchors Mix grout according to manufacturer s written instructions Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout Provide forms as required for placement of grout ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 17 ODG Engineering Inc D
90. evidence of or the potential for pollutants entering the drainage system Erosion and sediment control measures identified in the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan shall be observed to ensure that they are operating correctly Discharge locations or points shall be inspected to ascertain whether erosion control measures are effective in preventing significant impacts to receiving waters Locations where vehicles exit the site shall be inspected for evidence of offsite sediment tracking 3 8 3 Inspection Reports For each inspection conducted the Contractor shall prepare a report summarizing the scope of the inspection name s and gualifications of personnel making the inspection the date s of the inspection major observations relating to the implementation of the Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan maintenance performed and actions taken The report shall be furnished to the Contracting Officer within 24 hours of the inspection as a part of the Contractor s daily CQC REPORT A copy of the inspection report shall be maintained on the job site 3 9 PERMANENT STABILIZATION Permanent stabilization on disturbed unpaved and graded areas shall be initiated no more than 14 days after construction activities have ceased permanently Final or permanent stabilization shall be in accordance with specification sections 0291 Seeding End of Section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 0135
91. fabricators suppliers and purchasing agents a A description of the quality control organization including a chart showing lines of authority and acknowledgment that the CQC staff shall implement the three phase control system for all aspects of the work specified The staff shall include a CQC System Manager who shall report to the project superintendent ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 1 06 006 b The name qualifications in resume format duties responsibilities and authorities of each person assigned a CQC function c A copy of the letter to the CQC System Manager signed by an authorized official of the firm which describes the responsibilities and delegates sufficient authorities to adequately perform the functions of the CQC System Manager including authority to stop work which is not in compliance with the contract The CQC System Manager shall issue letters of direction to all other various quality control representatives outlining duties authorities and responsibilities Copies of these letters shall also be furnished to the Government d Procedures for scheduling reviewing certifying and managing SECTION 1330 submittals including those of subcontractors offsite fabricators suppliers and purchasing agents These procedures shall be in accordance with Section 1330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES e Control verification and acceptance testing procedures for each specific test to include
92. final acceptance inspection and shall include the Contractor s assurance that all specific items previously identified to the Contractor as being unacceptable along withal remaining work performed under the contract will be complete and acceptable by the date scheduled for the final acceptance inspection Failure of the Contractor to have all contract work acceptably complete for this inspection will delay final payment of the contract 1 3 FINAL CLEANING A Execute final cleaning prior to pre final inspection B Clean interior and exterior glass surfaces exposed to view remove temporary labels stains and foreign substances polish transparent and glossy surfaces C Clean equipment and fixtures to sanitary condition with cleaning materials appropriate to surface and material being cleaned D Replace filters of operating equipment E Clean debris from roofs gutters downspouts and drainage systems F Clean site sweep paved areas rake clean landscaped surfaces G Remove waste and surplus materials rubbish and construction facilities from site 1 4 STARTING OF SYSTEMS A Coordinate schedule for start up of various equipment and systems B Notify Contracting Officer seven days prior to start up of each item C Verify each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication drive rotation belt tension control sequence and for conditions which may cause damage D Verify tests meter readings an
93. for 12 9 FT36W 2G11 1250 lumens for 9 0 and 10 5 FT18W 2G11 OP ON D Metal Halide Color Temperature and Minimum Color Rendering Index 3600 Deg K and 70 CRI or higher unless otherwise indicated 1 2 3 4 Lamps and ballasts must be compatible All metal halide lamps for indoor use shall be coated lamps All low wattage metal halide lamps less than or equal to 150 watts shall contain a protective shroud or other suitable containment material for use in open fixtures Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule for specific lamp requirements High Pressure Sodium Lamps Lamps shall be rated for 24 000 hours be coated have a CRI rating of 60 or higher and have a color temperature of 2200 Deg K FINISHES A General Manufacturer s standard unless otherwise indicated B Paint Finish Factory applied over corrosion resistant treatment or primer free or defects Apply after fix ture body has been fabricated PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION A Fixtures Set level plumb and square with ceiling and walls and secure according to manufacturer s writ ten instructions authority having jurisdiction and approved submittal materials Install lamps in each fix ture B Support for Fixtures in or on Grid Type Suspended Ceilings Use grid for support 1 2 3 Install ceiling support system rods or wires from the structure for each fixture as required by the au thority having jurisdiction S
94. gabions or geotextiles have been employed The Contractor s field and operation specific SWPPP shall 1 sequence major construction activities 2 discuss erosion and sediment control measures and 3 sequence temporary or permanent stabilization It shall also include Install silt fences or straw bale dikes around perimeter amp down slope of construction site Construct stabilized construction entrances Install controls around contractor staging stockpiled storage parking borrow and disposal areas for on site and off site locations Install inlet protections at all existing storm grates i e curb inlets surface inlets manholes etc Install controls i e rock berm check check dam sediment log diversion earth dike at outfall locations and natural drainage ways down stream from the construction site Demolition of structures Grading Cover all excavated or other soil stockpiles with soil retention blankets at the end of each work day and at the threat of precipitation Install inlet protections at all new storm grates i e curb inlets surface inlets manholes etc Backfill the utility trenches in a timely manner to minimize erosion Monitor weather using National Weather Services reports to track conditions and alert crews to forecast rainfall or dust storm event and avoid paving concrete saw cutting dust or pollutant generating activities Stabilize disturbed soil before rainfall events Paving and other flatwork Implement permanent
95. galvanized sheet steel or 0 032 inch 0 8 mm thick aluminum sheets Select metal compatible with ducts D Indoor System Flexible Connector Fabric Glass fabric double coated with neoprene 1 Minimum Weight 26 oz sg yd 880 g sg m 2 Tensile Strength 480 Ibf inch 84 N mm in the warp and 360 Ibf inch 63 N mm in the filling 3 Service Temperature Minus 40 to plus 200 deg F Minus 40 to plus 93 deg C E Outdoor System Flexible Connector Fabric Glass fabric double coated with weatherproof synthetic rubber resistant to UV rays and ozone 1 Minimum Weight 24 oz sq yd 810 g sq m 2 Tensile Strength 530 Ibf inch 93 N mm in the warp and 440 Ibf inch 77 N mm in the filling 3 Service Temperature Minus 50 to plus 250 deg F Minus 45 to plus 121 deg C ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 7 ODG Engineering Inc 2 11 2 12 High Temperature System Flexible Connectors Glass fabric coated with silicone rubber f Minimum Weight 16 oz sq yd 542 g sq m 2 Tensile Strength 285 Ibf inch 50 N mm in the warp and 185 Ibf inch 32 N mm in the filling 3 Service Temperature Minus 67 to plus 500 deg F Minus 55 to plus 260 deg C FLEXIBLE DUCTS Manufacturers 1 Ductmate Industries Inc 2 Flexmaster U S A Inc 3 McGill AirFlow Corporation Insulated Duct Connectors UL 181 Class 1 black polymer film supported by helically wound spring steel wire fibrous glass insu
96. hangers riser clamps straps threaded C clamps with retainers ceiling trapeze hangers wall brackets and spring steel clamps or click type hangers E Cable Supports for Vertical Conduit Factory fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulat ing wedging plug for non armored electrical cables in riser conduits Plugs shall have number and size of conductor gripping holes as reguired to suit individual risers Body constructed of malleable iron casting with hot dip galvanized finish SLEEVES A Each and every conduit regardless of material which passes through a concrete slab except slab on grade masonry wall roof or other portion of the building structure shall be free from the structure and shall pass through a sleeve B Above grade and dry location sleeves shall be constructed from 20 gauge galvanized steel and shall be flush on both sides of wall surface penetrated The sleeves shall be sized to allow free passage of the conduit to be inserted and when this conduit is to be provided with firestopping the sleeves shall be large enough to pass the conduit and install the necessary firestopping material Floor sleeves shall extend two 2 inches above the finished floor slab elevation C Sleeves passing through walls or floors except slab on grade at or below finished grade elevation and or in moist areas shall be constructed of galvanized steel schedule 40 pipe and shall be designed with suit able flange in the
97. hardened concrete on forms or metal reinforcement above the level of the concrete Concrete that has partially hardened shall not be deposited in the work Compact thoroughly using approved mechanical vibrators Provide pour holes in forms to the extent necessary to insure filling or to allow necessary inspection 6 Use mechanical vibrator at each point of dump A stand by vibrator in good working order shall be kept on the job until all concrete is placed 7 Contractor shall provide runways or supports for pump concrete hose at all times during pouring At no time shall hose be allowed to rest or drag on forms and reinforcing 8 Set continuous expansion joint strips where edge of slab abuts vertical surfaces and where shown on the drawings Allow for sealant application oe Concrete on Fill 1 Miscellaneous concrete slabs and beams for equipment and similar uses shall be placed as indicated on the drawings 2 Place concrete of required thickness and strike off at proper levels to receive finishes shown on drawings Provide wood runways where wheeled equipment is used for transporting concrete 3 Set continuous expansion joint strips where edge of slab abuts vertical surfaces and where shown on the drawings Allow for sealant application 3 5 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS A Contractor shall submit location and details of construction joints to Engineer for review and approval B Roughen and clean entire surface of joint Clean for
98. hardware in a dry secure location to protect against loss and damage C Install finish hardware in accordance with approved hardware schedule and manufacturers printed instructions Pre fit hardware before finish is applied to door remove and reinstall after finish is complete and dry Install and adjust hardware so that parts operate smoothly close tightly and do not rattle D Mortise and cutting to be done neatly and evidence of cutting to be concealed in the finished work Protect all Finish hardware from scratching or other damage 3 3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Architectural Hardware Consultant inspect installation and certify hardware and installation has been furnished and installed in accordance with manufacturer s instructions and as specified 3 4 ADJUSTING A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Testing adjusting and balancing B Adjust hardware for smooth operation ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 11 3 5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION 06 006 A Section 01700 Execution Reguirements Protecting installed construction B Do not permit adjacent work to damage hardware or hardware finish 3 6 SCHEDULES A The following hardware sets are intended to establish type and standard of quality when used together with this section requirements Examine Drawings and Specifications and furnish proper hardware for door openings HW SET 01 DOOR NUMBER 102 EACH TO HAVE 2 E
99. have local representation local factory authorized service and a local stock of repair parts within 100 miles of the Project site Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction All work shall be performed in the best and most workmanlike manner by mechanics skilled in their respec tive trades and properly licensed Equipment Selection Equipment of higher electrical characteristics physical dimensions capacities and ratings may be furnished provided such proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting me chanical and electrical services circuit breakers conduit motors bases and equipment spaces are in creased Additional costs shall be approved in advance by appropriate Contract Modification for these in creases If minimum energy ratings or efficiencies of equipment are specified equipment must meet de sign and commissioning requirements PRODUCT UNIFORMITY In order to insure an integrated mechanical system providing ease of maintenance operation and repair similar types of equipment shall be provided by a single manufacturer DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Deliver pipes tubes and ductwork with factory or shop applied end caps Maintain end caps through shipping storage and handling to prevent pipe end damage and prevent entrance of dirt debris and moisture Protect stored pipes tubes and ducts from moisture and dirt Elevate above grade Do not exceed struc tural capacity of floor if sto
100. having jurisdiction and regulatory agencies unless directed otherwise by the Contract Officer 1 20 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS A Specifications and drawings are intended to indicate a minimum standard of quality for materials and equipment which is established by the listing of manufacturers names and catalog numbers and or the de fining of the technical characteristics in detail or by referenced standards Materials and equipment that do not comply with these standards of quality will NOT be considered B Contractor shall be responsible to identify any deviation of the submittal from the specified manufacturer product equipment or material Approval by the Contract Officer shall NOT be considered as acceptance of the deviation unless specifically identified and acknowledged by the Contract Officer during the submit tal process C Where only one manufacturer s name is listed in the equipment specification other manufacturers of simi lar characteristics and of equal or better performance capacities may be considered for or equal approval by the Contract Officer Where more than one manufacturer is listed in the equipment specification only those named manufacturers will be considered D Should a substitution be accepted and should the substitute material prove defective or otherwise unsat isfactory for the service intended within the guarantee or warranty period this material or eguipment shall be replaced with the material or egu
101. instantaneous magnetic trip element for short circuits Ad justable magnetic trip setting for circuit breaker frame sizes 200 amperes and larger B Molded Case Circuit Breaker Features and Accessories Standard frame sizes trip ratings and number of poles 1 Lugs Mechanical style suitable for number size trip ratings and material of conductors 2 Shunt Trip 120 V trip coil energized from separate circuit 3 Auxiliary Switch One single pole double throw SPDT switch with a and b contacts a con tacts mimic circuit breaker contacts b contacts operate in reverse of circuit breaker contacts ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Safety Switches Fuses And Enclosed Circuit Breakers Building 210 16475 2 ODG Engineering Inc 2 5 ENCLOSURES Applicable NEMA standards to meet environmental conditions of installed location Indoor Locations NEMA Type 1 Outdoor Locations NEMA Type 3R Kitchen Areas NEMA Type 4X and stainless steel Other Wet or Damp Indoor Locations NEMA Type 4 Hazardous Areas NEMA Type suitable for the Division Class and Group of the hazardous envi ronment IRN PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 3 3 INSTALLATION Install disconnect switches and circuit breakers level and plumb in locations as indicated according to manufacturer s written instructions and with proper working clearances Connect disconnect switches circuit breakers and components to wiring system and to gro
102. items penetrating surfaces to receive dampproofing are securely installed 3 2 PREPARATION A Protect adjacent surfaces not designated to receive dampproofing B Clean and prepare surfaces to receive dampproofing C Do not apply dampproofing to surfaces unacceptable to manufacturer or applicator D Do not apply dampproofing to surfaces requiring membrane flashing E Apply mastic to seal penetrations small cracks or minor honeycomb in substrate 3 3 INSTALLATION A Prime surfaces in accordance with manufacturer s instructions B Apply cold bitumen by spray application C Apply bitumen at temperature limited by equiviscous temperature EVT plus or minus 25 degrees F do not exceed finish blowing temperature for four hours D Apply bitumen in two coats continuous and uniform at rate to achieve a dry film thickness of 30 mils 30 inch minimum ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Dampproofing Building 210 07110 2 06 006 Apply to the following surfaces Above grade concrete masonry backup wall concrete beams concrete columns and over entire surface of gypsum board sheathing Place 6 inch wide membrane flashing specified in Section 04810 at perimeter of wall openings and over masonry control joints Extend membrane full height and length of joints Do not apply dampproofing to surfaces reguiring membrane flashing Seal items Projecting through dampproofing surface with mastic Seal watertight Immediately backfill against
103. larger than 1 1 2 in diame ter Backfill shall be installed in layers 12 deep adequately tamped and wetted down or flushed before the second layer of earth is laid in place D Underground pipes and conduits shall be installed below the local frost line depth but in no case shall the bury depth be less than 24 inches below finished grade E Obtain soil report from Owner and evaluate existing conditions and make allowance to provide filled and compacted areas relating to Mechanical Electrical and Fire Protection work 1 13 FLAME SPREAD PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS A All materials and adhesives used for air conditioning filters acoustical lining and insulation etc shall con form to NFPA and UL life and safety and flame spread properties of materials The composite classifica tions shall not exceed 25 for a flame spread rating and 50 for a smoke developed rating for these classifi cations as listed for the basic materials the finishes adhesives etc specified for each system and shall be such when completely assembled 1 14 FLOOR CEILING AND WALL PLATES A In each finished space furnish a chromium plated sectional escutcheon on each pipe or hanger rod pene trating a wall floor or ceiling Escutcheons shall be sized to fit snugly to all lines and where the lines are insulated the escutcheons shall fit snugly over the insulation Where required these plates shall be pro vided with set screws so that they fit snugly against the f
104. material from utility construction Straw Bale Dike shall not be used in stream or swale Straw Bale Dike shall only be used where the effectiveness is required for less than 3 months Sediment at 1 2 height of the bale barrier shall be removed The Contractor shall inspect Straw Bale Dike locations and ensure the bales are intact and eliminating sediment from storm runoff 1 4 2 3 Stabilized Construction Ingress Egress The Contractor shall establish inspect and maintain the stabilized construction ingress egress The Contractor shall determine locations for stabilized construction entrance egress on the Contractor s field If possible small entrance shall be incorporated into small lot construction 1 4 2 4 Contractor Staging Parking Material Storage Borrow and Disposal Areas Protection Device The Contractor shall establish storm water control structures around the staging parking material stockpiled areas borrow and disposal areas The Contractor s SWPPP shall show these locations on the vicinity map and or site drawings and identify the applicable storm water control devices The Contractor shall inspect and maintain the control structures at these locations 1 4 2 5 Rock Berm or Check Dam Rock Berm or Check Dam is acceptable control structure along stream or steeply sloped or barren swales The control structure shall have open graded rock of 4 to 8 inches diameter The graded rock shall be secured with woven sheath of 1 inch diame
105. metal stretch out or exposure and latest printed SMACNA guidelines and criteria Fabricate new metal in longest practical lengths up to ten feet so as to minimize joints solder points welds and seal offs Provide for thermal movement of all exposed sheet metal devices All metal flanges flashings and other metal items coming in contact with bituminous built up roof assembly are to be completely primed with asphalt cut back type primer and as applicable set in uniform bed of plastic cement for horizontal surfaces or flashing cement for vertical surfaces GENERAL INSTALLATION Includes all sheet metal items associated with the Work Counterflashing and receiver joints shall be lapped a minimum of 4 and have a 1 4 bead of sealant pressed between the pieces The sealant shall not be visible from the exterior The bottom hemmed edge of the counterflashing shall be neatly hooked in bayonet fashion Metal counterflashings shall completely cover all fasteners used to hold in place top terminations of composition base flashings Install all sheet metal flashings and accessories in accordance with the latest printed SMACNA guidelines and in accord with recognized roofing and sheet metal industry standards Fit flashings tightly in place using square and true mitered corners Surfaces shall be true and straight and lines accurate to profiles encountered Install new 6 wide cover and backer plates at all new gravel guard fabricated of match
106. mil 0 025 mm thick heat bonded polyethylene and kraft paper E Stainless Steel Jacket Deep corrugated sheets of stainless steel complying with applicable ASTM standards for type 304 or 316 0 10 inch 2 5 mm thick and roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming to indicate size 1 Moisture Barrier 1 mil 0 025 mm thick heat bonded polyethylene and kraft paper 2 Jacket Bands Stainless Steel Type 304 inch 19 mm wide 2 4 ACCESSORIES AND ATTACHMENTS A Glass Cloth and Tape Provide Type for cloth and Type II for tape Woven glass fiber fabrics plain weave presized a minimum of 8 oz sg yd 270 g sg m 1 Tape Width 4 inches 100 mm B Bands 3 4 inch 19 mm wide in one of the following materials compatible with jacket 1 Stainless Steel Applicable ASTM Standards Type 304 0 020 inch 0 5 mm thick 2 Galvanized Steel 0 005 inch 0 13 mm thick ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 3 ODG Engineering Inc 2 5 Wire 0 062 inch 1 6 mm soft annealed stainless steel Self Adhesive Anchor Pins and Speed Washers Galvanized steel plate pin and washer manufactured for attachment to duct and plenum with adhesive Pin length sufficient for insulation thickness indicated VAPOR RETARDERS Mastics Materials recommended by insulation material manufacturer that are compatible with insulation materials jackets and substrates PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 3 3 EXAMI
107. minimum ambient temperature before during and 24 hours after installation of glazing compounds 1 10 WARRANTY A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Product warranties and product bonds B Furnish ten year warranty to include coverage for sealed glass units from seal failure interpane dusting or misting and replacement of same 1 11 GLAZING A Manufacturers 1 Libbey Owens Ford Inc 2 Viracon 3 Guardian 4 PPG Industries Inc 5 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements B Wired Glass Manufacturers 1 Guardian Industries Inc 2 Hordis Brothers Inc 3 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Glazing Building 210 08800 3 06 006 1 12 COMPONENTS A Flat Glass Type FG Minimum 1 4 inch unless otherwise indicated 1 Clear Float Glass Type FG CF ASTM C1036 Type 1 transparent flat Class 1 clear Quality q3 glazing select 2 Clear Heat Strengthened Glass Type FG CH ASTM C1048 Kind HS heat strengthened Condition A uncoated Type 1 transparent flat Class 1 clear Quality q3 glazing select 3 One Way Reflective Mirror Glass Type FG OM ASTM C1036 Type 1 transparent flat Class 1 clear Quality q2 mirror size noted on Drawings Safety Glass Type SG Conform to ANSI Z97 1 minimum thickness 1 4 inch unless otherwise indicated 1 Clear Tempered Glass Type SG CT ASTM C1048 Kind FT Fully tempered Condition A uncoated Type 1 transparent flat Cl
108. mounted fully hydraulic rack and pinion action with high strength iron or aluminum cylinder to provide control throughout the entire door opening cycle G Size all closers in accordance with the manufacturer s recommendations at the factory D All closers to have adjustable spring power sizes 1 or 2 through 4 or 6 and separate tamper resistant brass non critical regulating screw valves for closing speed latching speed and back check control as a standard feature E All closer covers to be rectangular full cover type of non ferrous non corrosive material painted to match closer Provide closer covers only if provided as a standard part of the door closer package F Closers shall have heavy duty arms All closer arms shall be of sufficient length to accommodate the reveal depth and to insure proper installation The hardware supplier shall provide any and all required brackets spacers or filler plates as required by the manufacture for a proper and functional installation as part of their base bid G Supply appropriate arm assembly for each closer so that closer body and arm are mounted on non public side of door opening and on the interior side of exterior openings except where required otherwise in the hardware sets 1 All parallel arm mounted closers to be factory indexed to insure proper installation 2 Furnish heavy duty cold forged parallel arms for all parallel arm mounted closers H Provide closers with special applic
109. of interlocking blades use full length 0 034 inch 0 85 mm thick galvanized steel blade connectors Horizontal Dampers Include blade lock and stainless steel closure spring Fusible Links Replaceable 165 deg F rated Damper shall be rated to close while air is moving thru damper COMBINATION FIRE AND SMOKE DAMPERS Manufacturers 1 Air Balance Inc 2 Nailor Industries Inc 3 Pottorff 4 Ruskin Company 5 National Control Air ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 5 ODG Engineering Inc B General Description Labeled according to UL555S Combination fire and smoke dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555 for 1 1 hour rating C Electronic Fusible Links Resetable 165 deg F 74 deg C rated D Frame and Blades 0 064 inch 1 62 mm thick galvanized sheet steel E Mounting Sleeve Factory installed 0 052 inch 1 3 mm thick galvanized sheet steel length to suit wall or floor application F Damper Motors Provide for modulating or two position action 1 Permanent Split Capacitor or Shaded Pole Motors With oil immersed and sealed gear trains 2 Spring Return Motors Eguip with an integral spiral spring mechanism where indicated Enclose entire spring mechanism in a removable housing designed for service or adjustments Size for running torque rating of 150 in x Ibf 17 N x m and breakaway torque rating of 150 in x Ibf 17 N x m 3 Outdoor Motors and Motors in Outside Ai
110. of Civil Engineers 1 ASCE 7 Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures D ASTM International ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 1 06 006 1 ASTM A653 A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc lron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process 2 ASTM A755 A755M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Metallic Coated by the Hot Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products 3 ASTM A792 A792M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet 55 Aluminum Zinc Alloy Coated by the Hot Dip Process 4 ASTM B209 Standard Specification for Aluminum and Aluminum Alloy Sheet and Plate Federal Specification Unit 1 FS TT C 494 Coating Compound Bituminous Solvent Type Acid Resistant National Roofing Contractors Association 1 NRCA The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors f SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL 580 Tests for Uplift Resistance of Roof Assemblies 1 3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS A Roof Loads Design to resist live loads with 1 360 maximum deflection 1 Roof Live Loads Minimum 20 psf 2 Dead Loads Actual weight of materials incorporated into Work Wind Loads Design and size components to withstand positive and negative wind loads including increased loads at build
111. of the system and shall have been demonstrated through actual factory testing The following categories of equipment shall be provided by a single integrator 1 Packaged engine generator sets automatic transfer switches and control switchgear The Con tractor shall be either the manufacturer of the engine generator sets or the emergency control and distribution switchgear manufacturer 2 UPS System and batteries 1 8 COORDINATION A Coordinate chases slots inserts sleeves and openings with general construction work and arrange in building structure during progress of construction to facilitate the electrical installations that follow Set in serts and sleeves in poured in place concrete masonry work and other structural components as they are constructed B Sequence coordinate and integrate installing electrical materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work Coordinate installing large equipment requiring positioning before closing in the building C Coordinate electrical service connections to components furnished by utility companies Coordinate instal lation and connection of exterior underground and overhead utilities and services including provision for electricity metering components D Coordinate location of access panels and doors for electrical items that are concealed by finished sur faces Access doors and panels shall be as specified in Division 8 of these specifications 1 9 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
112. performance data including fan curves Relate performance data to project condi tions and requirements including system effects that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system Calculate system effect factors to reduce the perform ance ratings of HVAC equipment when installed under conditions different from those presented when the equipment was performance tested at the factory To calculate system effects for air systems use tables and charts found in AMCA 201 Fans and Systems Sections 7 through 10 or in SMACNA s HVAC Sys tems Duct Design Sections 5 and 6 Compare this data with the design data and installed conditions Examine system and equipment installations to verify that they are complete and that testing cleaning ad justing and start up specified in individual Specification Sections have been performed Examine system and equipment test reports Examine HVAC system and equipment installations to verify that indicated balancing devices such as test ports gage cocks thermometer wells flow control devices balancing valves and fittings and manual vol ume dampers are properly installed and their locations are accessible and appropriate for effective bal ancing and for efficient system and equipment operation Examine systems for functional deficiencies that cannot be corrected by adjusting and balancing Examine air handling equipment to ensure clean filters
113. pipe pene trations using mechanical sleeve seals Size sleeve for 1 inch 25 mm annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals 1 Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer s written instructions Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal Q Fire Barrier Penetrations Maintain indicated fire rating of walls partitions ceilings and floors at pipe penetrations Seal pipe penetrations with firestopping materials Refer to Division 7 for materials R Verify final equipment locations for roughing in S Refer to equipment specifications in other Sections of these Specifications for roughing in requirements T Piping Joint Construction Join pipe and fittings as follows and as specifically required in individual piping specification Sections 1 Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove burrs Bevel plain ends of steel pipe 2 Remove scale slag dirt and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly 3 Soldered Joints Construct joints according to AWS s Soldering Manual Chapter The Soldering of Pipe and Tube or CDA s Copper Tube Handbook 4 Brazed Joints Construct joints according to AWS s Brazing Handbook Chapter Pipe and Tube 5 Threaded Joints Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads according to the applicable ASME standards Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies Ream threaded pipe ends t
114. recommendations for inspections maintenance and repair Additional Requirements As specified in individual product specification sections Include listing in Table of Contents for design data with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data 1 11 MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS A For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner submit documents within ten days after acceptance Submit one copy of completed volumes 15 days prior to final inspection Draft copy be reviewed and returned after final inspection with Contracting Officer s comments Revise content of document sets as required prior to final submission Submit two sets of revised final volumes in final form within 10 days after final inspection Each Item of Equipment and Each System Include description of unit or system and component parts Identify function normal operating characteristics and limiting conditions Include performance curves with engineering data and tests and complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts Panelboard Circuit Directories Provide electrical service characteristics controls and communications typed Include color coded wiring diagrams as installed Operating Procedures Include start up break in and routine normal operating instructions and sequences Include regulation control stopping shut down and emergency instructions Include summer w
115. report data include the following 1 Fan curves 2 Manufacturers test data 3 Field test reports prepared by system and eguipment installers 4 Other information relative to eguipment performance but do not include approved Shop Drawings and Product Data D General Report Data In addition to the form titles and entries include the following data in the final report as applicable 1 Title page 2 Name and address of testing adjusting and balancing Agent 3 Project name 4 Project location 5 Architect s name and address 6 Engineer s name and address 7 Contractor s name and address 8 Report date 9 Signature of testing adjusting and balancing Agent who certifies the report 10 Summary of contents including the following a Design versus final performance b Notable characteristics of systems c Description of system operation sequence if it varies from the Contract Documents 11 Nomenclature sheets for each item of equipment 12 Data for terminal units including manufacturer type size and fittings 13 Notes to explain why certain final data in the body of reports vary from design values E System Diagrams Include schematic layouts of air distribution systems Present with single line dia grams and include the following 1 Duct outlet and inlet sizes F Round and Rectangular Duct Traverse Reports Include a diagram with a grid representing the duct cross section and record the following 1
116. s telecommunications system Key personnel shall function in the same roles in this contract as they functioned in the offered successful experience Any substitutions for the telecommunications contractor s key personnel require approval from The Contracting Officer 1 6 1 3 Minimum Manufacturer Qualifications Cabling equipment and hardware manufacturers shall have a minimum of 3 years experience in the manufacturing assembly and factory testing of components which comply with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 and EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 16 2 Test Plan Provide a complete and detailed test plan for the telecommunications cabling system including a complete list of test eguipment for the UTP and optical fiber components and accessories 60 days prior to the proposed test date Include procedures for certification validation and testing 1 6 3 Regulatory Requirements In each of the publications referred to herein consider the advisory provisions to be mandatory as though the word shall had been substituted for should wherever it appears Interpret references in these publications to the authority having jurisdiction or words of similar meaning to mean the Contracting Officer Equipment materials installation and workmanship shall be in accordance with the mandatory and advisory provisions of NFPA 70 unless more stringent requirements are specified or indicated 1 6 4 Standard Products Provide materials and equipment th
117. samples 6 inch long illustrating profile dimension color and finish selected E Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit rough in sizes provide templates for cast in or placed frames or anchors required tolerances for item placement ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies Building 210 05810 1 06 006 1 4 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section 1 5 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify field measurements are as instructed by manufacturer PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 EXPANSION JOINT ASSEMBLIES A Manufacturers 1 Architectural Art Manufacturing Inc 2 Balco Metalines 3 Pawling Corp 4 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements 2 2 COMPONENTS A Extruded Aluminum ASTM B221 6063 T5 alloy 6061 T6 extrusions B Resilient Filler Neoprene exhibiting Shore A hardness of 40 50 Durometer C Threaded Fasteners Aluminum or Stainless steel 2 3 FABRICATION A Joint Covers Aluminum cover plate aluminum frame construction retainers with resilient neoprene filler strip designed to permit plus or minus 50 percent joint movement with full recovery flush and recess mounted Back paint components in contact with cementitious materials Galvanize embedded ferrous metal anchors and fastening devices Shop assemble components and package with anchors and fittings m 0 0
118. services of the kind indicated Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations of hang ers and supports that are similar to those indicated for this Project in material design and extent ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 1 ODG Engineering Inc PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 2 2 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers Subject to compliance with reguirements provide products by one of the following 1 Pipe Hangers a B Line Systems Inc b Grinnell Corp C PHD Manufacturing Inc d Piping Technology amp Products Inc 2 Channel Support Systems a B Line Systems Inc b Grinnell Corp Power Strut Unit C Unistrut Corp 3 Thermal Hanger Shield Inserts a PHS Industries Inc b Pipe Shields Inc c Rilco Manufacturing Co Inc 4 Powder Actuated Fastener Systems a Gunnebo Fastening Corp b Hilti Inc c ITW Ramset Red Head d Masterset Fastening Systems Inc MANUFACTURED UNITS Pipe Hangers Supports and Components MSS Standards Refer to Hanger and Support Applications Article in Part 3 for where to use specific hanger and support types 1 Galvanized Metallic Coatings For piping and equipment that will not have field applied finish 2 Nonmetallic Coatings On attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing Channel Support Systems factory fabricated components for field assembly ae Coatings
119. size fuse ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Safety Switches Fuses And Enclosed Circuit Breakers Building 210 16475 3 ODG Engineering Inc C Chart Furnish a fuse chart affixed to the inside of the spare fuse cabinet indicating the fuse classification ampacity and manufacturer s part number of the fusing for each piece of equipment END OF SECTION 16475 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Safety Switches Fuses And Enclosed Circuit Breakers Building 210 16475 4 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16510 INTERIOR LIGHTING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes interior lighting fixtures lighting fixtures mounted on exterior building surfaces lamps ballasts emergency lighting units and accessories SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of lighting fixture indicated arranged in order of fixture designation Include data on features accessories and the following 1 Dimensions of fixtures 2 Certified results of independent laboratory tests for fixtures and lamps for electrical ratings and photometric data 3 Catalog cut sheets for each fixture type including complete photometric data in IES format 4 Emergency lighting unit battery and charger 5 Fluorescent and high intensity discharge HID ballasts 6 Ty
120. stabilization Routinely inspect and maintain erosion and sediment structural control structures evaluate ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 8 BMP amp revise SWPPP for change conditions or field activities assess and certify non storm water discharges maintain field records and training logs Maintain i e water fertilize mow reseed if necessary the temporary and permanent stabilized area until final project acceptance Remove all controls when the project area has achieved final stabilized and all construction is completed and accepted by the Contracting Officer After site work completion and prior to project acceptance the Contractor shall perform amp M of storm control conducted monthly 3 8 INSPECTIONS 3 8 1 General The Contractor shall inspect disturbed areas of the construction site areas used for storage of materials that are exposed to precipitation that have not been finally stabilized stabilization practices structural practices other controls and area where vehicles exit the site at least once every seven 7 calendar days and within 24 hours of the end of any storm that produces 0 5 inches or more rainfall at the site Where sites have been finally stabilized such inspection shall be conducted at least once every month 3 8 2 Inspections Details Disturbed areas and areas used for material storage that are exposed to precipitation shall be inspected for
121. submittal schedule shall be provided within thirty 30 days of award of contract and prior to any formal submittals being provided E Deviations The approval of Submittal Drawings by the Contract Officer or Representative shall not re lieve the Contractor from responsibility for deviation from Drawings or the specifications unless he has called attention in writing to such deviations at the time of submission and has obtained written approval from the Contract Officer or Representative of such deviations The Contractor at no extra cost will make any proposed change necessary for compliance with the specifications to the Owner 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Provide products and materials that are listed and labeled The terms Listed and Labeled shall be as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and marked for intended use B Materials shall be new and of the guality specified All materials shall be free from defects at the time of installation Materials or eguipment damaged in shipment or otherwise damaged shall NOT be repaired at the jobsite but shall be replaced with new materials C Equipment installed shall have local representation local factory authorized service and a local stock of repair parts within 100 miles of the Project site D Comply with reguirements of authorities having jurisdiction and of utility company providing electrical power communicatio
122. tag each tree and plant scheduled to remain In the event of damage to tree or plant the Government may at the Contracting Officer s discretion deduct the indicated value of the damaged tree or plant from the Contract Sum 3 1 4 Air Resources Comply with Indoor Air Quality IAQ Management Plan and as follows a Prevent creation of dust air pollution and odors b Sequence construction to avoid unnecessary disturbance to site c Use mulch water sprinkling temporary enclosures and other appropriate methods as needed to limit dust and dirt rising and scattering in air Do not use water when it may create hazardous or other adverse conditions such as flooding and pollution d Store volatile liquids including fuels and solvents in closed containers Do not store with materials that have a high capacity to adsorb VOC emissions or in occupied spaces e Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions 3 1 5 Fish and Wildlife Resources Manage and control construction activities to minimize interference with and damage to fish and wildlife Do not disturb fish and wildlife Do not alter water flows or otherwise significantly disturb the native habitat related to the project and critical to the survival of fish and wildlife except as indicated or specified 3 2 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Comply with requirements of agencies having jurisdiction and as specified herein Provide field practices shipping and handling of samples in accorda
123. testing of the specified telecommunications systems and equipment There may be one key person or more key persons proposed for this solicitation depending upon how many of the key roles each has successfully provided Each of the key personnel shall demonstrate experience in providing successful telecommunications systems within the past 3 years Supervisors and installers assigned to the installation of this system or any of its components shall be Building Industry Consulting Services International BICSI Registered Cabling Installers Technician Level Submit documentation of ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 4 ODG Engineering Inc current BICSI certification for each of the key personnel In lieu of BICSI certification supervisors and installers assigned to the installation of this system or any of its components shall have a minimum of 3 years experience in the installation of the specified copper and fiber optic cable and components They shall have factory or factory approved certification from each equipment manufacturer indicating that they are qualified to install and test the provided products Submit documentation for a minimum of three and a maximum of five successful telecommunication system installations for each of the key personnel Documentation for each key person shall include at least two successful system installations provided that are equivalent in system size and in
124. the course of work and to note these outages on the record document 1 6 3 Items to Remain in Place Take necessary precautions to avoid damage to existing items to remain in place to be reused or to remain the property of the Government Repair or replace damaged items as approved by the Contracting Officer Coordinate the work of this section with all other work indicated Construct and maintain shoring bracing and supports as required Ensure that structural elements are not overloaded Increase structural supports or add new supports as may be required as a result of any cutting removal deconstruction or demolition work performed under this contract Do not overload pavements to remain Provide new supports and reinforcement for existing construction weakened by demolition deconstruction or removal work Repairs reinforcement or structural replacement require approval by the Contracting Officer prior to performing such work 1 6 4 Existing Construction Limits and Protection Do not disturb existing construction beyond the extent indicated or necessary for installation of new construction Provide temporary shoring and bracing for support of building components to prevent settlement or other movement Provide protective measures to control accumulation and migration of dust and dirt in all work areas Remove dust dirt and debris from work areas daily 1 6 5 Weather Protection For portions of the building to remain protect build
125. the test name specification paragraph requiring test feature of work to be tested test frequency and person responsible for each test Laboratory facilities approved by the Contracting Officer shall be used f Procedures for tracking preparatory initial and follow up control phases and control verification and acceptance tests including documentation g Procedures for tracking construction deficiencies from identification through acceptable corrective action These procedures shall establish verification that identified deficiencies have been corrected h Reporting procedures including proposed reporting formats i A list of the definable features of work A definable feature of work is a task which is separate and distinct from other tasks has separate control requirements and may be identified by different trades or disciplines or it may be work by the same trade in a different environment Although each section of the specifications may generally be considered as a definable feature of work there are frequently more than one definable features under a particular section This list will be agreed upon during the coordination meeting 1 2 2 Acceptance of Plan Acceptance of the Contractor s plan is required prior to the start of construction Acceptance is conditional and will be predicated on satisfactory performance during the construction The Government reserves the right to require the Contractor to make changes in his CQ
126. their point of manufacture and so delivered and unless specifically noted to the contrary herein the Contractor shall do all electric wiring for power supply Equipment Furnished Under Other Sections Install all motors starters and miscellaneous items of electri cal equipment furnished under other sections of these specifications that are not integrally mounted with their equipment All such equipment shall be securely mounted in a neat and workmanlike manner Motor Starting Equipment Except as otherwise indicated in Division 16 all motor starting equipment will be furnished under Division 15 Termination Lug Sizes and Capacities The Contractor shall review the entire set of Project Documents including all Divisions of the Work for coordination with feeder and branch circuit wring and associated termination lug sizes and capacities for all equipment installed on the Project including Owner Furnished Equipment The Contractor shall certify by his submittal of electrical mechanical plumbing fire protection elevator escalator kitchen and other equipment shop drawings or brochures that the Contractor has co ordinated all termination requirements If the Contractor does not coordinate the termination lug sizes and capacities the Contractor shall be responsible at no additional cost to the Project for any revisions retro fits or upgrades to provide a coordinated wiring system ELECTRICAL SUPPORTING DEVICE APPLICATION Damp Locat
127. two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating metal roofing mounted on plywood backing illustrating typical seam external corner internal corner and junction to vertical dissimilar surface material and finish 2 Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating metal finish color Design Data 1 Submit structural design calculations for metal roofing supports signed and sealed by professional engineer Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit instructions including special procedures for roofing penetrations flashings and perimeter conditions requiring special attention Manufacturer s Certificate Certify Products meet or exceed specified requirements 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A B Calculate structural properties of framing members in accordance with AISI SG 973 Perform Work in accordance with SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual 1 6 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 3 06 006 B Installer Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum five years approved by manufacturer C Design sheet metal roofing under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Texas 1 7 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 A
128. with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with the lightning protection system Comply with applicable Telecommunications Industry Association TIA Standards PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following 1 Grounding Conductors Cables Connectors and Rods Erico Inc Burndy Electrical Products Cadweld Heary Brothers Lightning Protection Co Lyncole XIT Grounding O Z Gedney Company Thomas amp Betts Electrical Products e gt oao0p ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 1 ODG Engineering Inc 2 2 GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A Insulated Conductors Comply with Division 16 Section Conductors and Cables B Material Copper unless otherwise indicated C Equipment Grounding Conductors Insulated with green colored insulation D Isolated Ground Conductors Insulated with green colored insulation with yellow stripe On feeders with isolated ground use colored tape alternating bands of green and yellow tape to provide a minimum of three bands of green and two bands of yellow E Grounding Electrode Conductors Stranded cable F Underground Conductors Bare tinned and stranded 500MCM minimum unless otherwise indicated G Bare Copper Conductors Comply with applicable ASTM Standards for solid stranded and tinned conduc tors H Grounding Bus Bare annealed copper bars of rectangular cr
129. with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast iron floor flange 15 Pipe Stanchion Saddles MSS standards For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 DN100 to DN900 with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast iron floor flange and with U bolt to retain pipe 16 Adjustable Pipe Saddle Supports MSS standards For stanchion type support for pipes NPS 2 1 2 to NPS 36 DN65 to DN900 if vertical adjustment is required with steel pipe base stanchion support and cast iron floor flange 17 Single Pipe Rolls MSS standards For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30 DN25 to DN750 from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur 18 Adjustable Roller Hangers MSS standards For suspension of pipes NPS 2 1 2 to NPS 20 DN65 to DN500 from single rod if horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur 19 Complete Pipe Rolls MSS standards For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 DN50 to DN1050 if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary 20 Pipe Roll and Plate Units MSS standards For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 24 DN50 to DN600 if small horizontal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur and verti cal adjustment is not necessary 21 Adjustable Pipe Roll and Base Units MSS standards For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 30 DN50 to DN750 if vertical and lateral adjustment during insta
130. year warranty 3 All Locksets to have a five 3 year warranty 4 All Continuous Hinges to have a ten 10 year warranty 1 12 MAINTENANCE MATERIALS A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Maintenance materials B Furnish special wrenches and tools applicable for each different and for each special hardware component 113 EXTRA MATERIALS A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Spare parts and maintenance products B Furnish ten extra key lock cylinders for each master keyed group PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 HINGES A All hinges to be of one manufacturer as hereafter listed for continuity and consideration of warranty Provide one of the following manufacturers Ives Bommer or Stanley B Unless otherwise specified provide five knuckle heavy duty button tip full mortise template type hinges with non rising loose pins Provide non ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 5 06 006 removable pins for out swinging doors at secured areas or as called for in this specification C Exterior Door Hinges Provide out swinging door hinges of solid bronze or stainless steel with non removable pins or security studs as called for in this specification D Interior Door Hinges Wrought steel polished and plated to match specified finish Furnish three 3 hinges up to 90 inches high and one 1 additional hinge for every 30 inches or fraction thereof E Provide size 41 2 inch x 4 inch for all 1 inch thi
131. 0 Gypsum Board Assemblies Wall sheathing at masonry veneer 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM D1227 Standard Specification for Emulsified Asphalt Used as a Protective Coating for Roofing B National Roofing Contractors Association 1 NRCA The NRCA Waterproofing and Dampproofing Manual 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Product Data Submit properties of primer bitumen and mastics C Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special procedures and perimeter conditions requiring special attention 1 4 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Maintain ambient temperatures above 40 degrees F for 24 hours before and during application until membrane has cured PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 BITUMINOUS DAMPPROOFING A Manufacturers ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Dampproofing Building 210 07110 1 06 006 1 Degussa Hydrocide 700B sprayed applied 2 Karnak Corp 220 sprayed applied 3 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements 2 2 COMPONENTS A Cold Asphaltic Materials 1 Emulsified Asphalt ASTM D1227 non asbestos 2 Asphalt Primer ASTM D41 compatible with substrate PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify substrate surfaces are durable free of matter detrimental to adhesion or application of dampproofing system C Verify
132. 0 16050 3 ODG Engineering Inc OPERATION PRIOR TO COMPLETION When any piece of electrical eguipment is operable and it is to the advantage of the Contractor to operate the eguipment he may do so providing that he properly supervises the operation The warranty period shall however not commence until such time as the eguipment is operated for the beneficial use of the Owner or until final acceptance by the Owner Regardless of whether or not the equipment has or has not been operated the Contractor shall properly clean the equipment and properly adjust the operation of the equipment before final acceptance by the Owner PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS FOR OWNER Project record documentation and records for the Owner shall be as specified in Division 1 General Re quirements Section In addition to the Division 1 of these specification provide the following minimum items 1 Operations amp Maintenance Manuals Include as appropriate to each item sufficient information to provide for the Owner s operation and maintenance of equipment furnished 2 As Builts Include neatly marked set of reproducible drawings showing As Installed work including branch circuiting and circuit designation feeder identification and wire sizes location of concealed work location of wiring devices underground utilities and similar items 3 Contacts Include with each product name address and telephone numbers of installing contrac to
133. 0 Biomass Research and Development Act U S Farm Bill 2002 U S Farm Bill of May 2002 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 1 U S ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY EPA 40 CFR 261 1997 R 2004 Identification And Listing Of Hazardous Waste Contractor 40 CFR 1997 R 2004 Protection of Environment NPDES 1972 R 2005 National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System U S GREEN BUILDING COUNCIL USGBC LEED 2002 R 2005 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design tm Green Building Rating System for New Construction LEED NC 1 2 DEFINITIONS Definitions pertaining to sustainable development are as defined in ASTM E 2114 and as specified a Biobased content is calculated as the weight of the biobased material divided by the total weight of the product and is expressed as a percentage by weight b Biobased materials include fuels chemicals building materials or electric power or heat produced from biomass as defined by the Biomass R amp D Act Minimum biobased content shall be as defined in the U S Farm Bill c Chain of custody is a process whereby a product or material is maintained under the physical possession or control during its entire life cycle d Pollution and environmental damage is caused by the presence of chemical physical or biological elements or agents Human health or welfare is adversely affected ecological balances are unfavorably altered the utility o
134. 0 4 06 006 1 9 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA A Submit data bound in 8 1 2 x 11 inch A4 text pages three D side ring binders with durable plastic covers Prepare binder cover with printed title OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS title of project and subject matter of binder when multiple binders are required Internally subdivide binder contents with permanent page dividers logically organized as described below with tab titling clearly printed under reinforced laminated plastic tabs Drawings Provide with reinforced punched binder tab Bind in with text fold larger drawings to size of text pages Contents Prepare Table of Contents for each volume with each product or system description identified typed on white paper in three parts as follows 1 Part 1 Directory listing names addresses and telephone numbers of Architect Engineer Contractor Subcontractors and major equipment suppliers 2 Part 2 Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by specification section For each category identify names addresses and telephone numbers of Subcontractors and suppliers Identify the following Significant design criteria List of equipment Parts list for each component Operating instructions Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems Maintenance instructions for special finishes including recommended cleaning methods and materials and special precaution
135. 028 S Washington DC 20250 Ph 202 720 2791 Fax 202 720 2166 Internet http www usda gov AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 U S DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE DOC 1401 Constitution Avenue NW Washington DC 20230 Internet http www doc gov Order Publications From National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield VA 22161 Ph 703 605 6000 Fax 703 605 6900 Internet http www ntis gov AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 U S DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DOD Order DOD Documents from National Technical Information Service 5285 Port Royal Road Springfield VA 22161 Ph 703 605 6000 FAX 703 605 6900 Internet http www ntis gov Order Military Specifications Standards and Related Publications from Department of Defense Single Stock Point for DODSSP Defense Automation and Production Service DAPS Bldg 4D 700 Robbins AV Philadelphia PA 19111 5094 Ph 215 697 2179 Fax 215 697 1462 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 Quality Requirements 01400 25 06 006 Internet http www dodssp daps mil AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 U S ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY EPA Ariel Rios Building 1200 Pennsylvania Avenue N W Washington DC 20460 Ph 202 260 2090 FAX 202 260 6257 Internet http www epa gov Note Some documents are available only from National Technical Information Services NTIS 5285 Port Royal Rd Springfield VA 22161 Ph 703 605 6000 Fax 703 605 6900 Internet
136. 1 by 1 inch 25 by 25 mm butt or piano hinge and cam latches 1 Manufacturers a American Warming and Ventilating b Ductmate Industries Inc ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 6 ODG Engineering Inc Cc Flexmaster U S A Inc d Greenheck e McGill AirFlow Corporation f Nailor Industries Inc g Pottorff h Ward Industries Inc 2 Frame Galvanized sheet steel with bend over tabs and foam gaskets 3 Provide number of hinges and locks as follows a Less Than 12 Inches 300 mm Square Secure with two sash locks b Up to 18 Inches 450 mm Square Two hinges and two sash locks c Up to 24 by 48 Inches 600 by 1200 mm Three hinges and two compression latches d Sizes 24 by 48 Inches 600 by 1200 mm and Larger One additional hinge C Door Double wall duct mounting and round fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and 1 inch 25 mm thickness Include cam latches ale Manufacturers a Flexmaster U S A Inc 2 Frame Galvanized sheet steel with spin in notched frame 2 10 FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS A Manufacturers 1 Duro Dyne Corp 2 Ventfabrics Inc 3 Ward Industries Inc B General Description Flame retardant or noncombustible fabrics coatings and adhesives complying with UL 181 Class 1 C Metal Edged Connectors Factory fabricated with a fabric strip 3 1 2 inches 89 mm wide attached to two strips of 2 3 4 inch 70 mm wide 0 028 inch 0 7 mm thick
137. 2 Fax 213 740 8399 Internet http www usc edu dept fccchr AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 GLASS ASSOCIATION OF NORTH AMERICA GANA 2945 SW Wanamaker Drive Suite A Topeka KS 66614 5321 Ph 785 271 0208 Fax 785 271 0166 Internet http www glasswebsite com GANA AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 GYPSUM ASSOCIATION GA 810 First St NE Suite 510 Washington DC 20002 Ph 202 289 5440 Fax 202 289 3707 Internet http www gypsum org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 HARDWOOD PLYWOOD amp VENEER ASSOCIATION HPVA 1825 Michael Faraday Dr P O Box 2789 Reston VA 20195 0789 Ph 703 435 2900 Fax 703 435 2537 Internet http www hpva org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 HOLLOW METAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION HMMA NAAMM Headquarters 8 South Michigan Avenue Suite 1000 Chicago IL 60603 PH 312 332 0405 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 13 06 006 FAX 312 332 0706 Internet http www naamm org hmma htm AOK 4 02 LOK 0 00 NOTE HMMA has merged with NAAAM HYDRAULIC INSTITUTE HI 9 Sylvan Way Suite 180 Parsippany NJ 07054 3802 Ph 888 786 7744 or 973 267 9700 Fax 973 267 9055 Internet http www pumps org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 IBM CORPORATION IBM Publications 4800 Falls of the Neuse Raleigh NC 27609 Ph 800 879 2755 Option 1 Fax 800 445 9269 Internet http www ibm com shop publications order AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 ILLUMINATING ENGINEERING SOCIETY OF NORTH AMERICA IESNA 120 Wa
138. 22 2410 Internet http www dhi org e mail techdept dhi org ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 11 06 006 AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 DUCTILE IRON PIPE RESEARCH ASSOCIATION DIPRA 245 Riverchase Parkway East Suite 0 Birmingham AL 35244 Ph 205 402 8700 Fax 205 402 8730 Internet http www dipra org E mail info dipra org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 ELECTRICAL GENERATING SYSTEMS ASSOCIATION EGSA 1650 South Dixie Highway Ste 500 Boca Raton FL 33432 Ph 561 750 5575 Fax 561 395 8557 Internet http www egsa org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ALLIANCE EIA 2500 Wilson Blvd Arlington VA 22201 3834 Ph 703 907 7500 Fax 703 907 7501 Internet http www eia org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 EXPANSION JOINT MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION EJMA 25 N Broadway Tarrytown NY 10591 Ph 914 332 0040 Fax 914 332 1541 Internet http www ejma org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 FACTORY MUTUAL ENGINEERING AND RESEARCH FM New Name FM Global 1301 Atwood Avenue P O Box 7500 Johnston RI 02919 Ph for publications 781 255 668 Ph Toll Free 877 364 6726 Fax 781 255 0181 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 12 06 006 Internet http www fmglobal com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 FOUNDATION FOR CROSS CONNECTION CONTROL AND HYDRAULIC RESEARCH FCCCHR University of South California Kaprielian Hall 200 Los Angeles CA 90089 2531 Ph 213 740 203
139. 3300 Cast In Place Concrete 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform concrete reinforcing work in accordance with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice and Documents 63 and 65 B Conform to ACI 315 and 318 1 4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL A Submit certified copies of mill test reports of supplied concrete reinforcing indicating physical and chemical analyses 1 5 REFERENCE STANDARDS A ACI 318 Building Code Requirements for Structural Concrete B CRSI 63 Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars C CRSI 65 Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports Specifications and Nomenclature D ASTM A615 Deformed and Plain Billet Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement E Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute Manual of Standard Practice 1 6 SHOP DRAWINGS A Submit shop drawings in accordance with Division 1 B Indicate bar sizes spacings locations and guantities of reinforcing steel bending and cutting schedules and supporting and spacing devices ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Concrete Reinforcement Building 210 03200 1 06 006 PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 2 2 2 3 REINFORCING A Reinforcing Steel ASTM A615 Grade 60 billet steel deformed bars B Welded Steel Wire Fabric ASTM A185 Plain type in flat sheets 1 Sidewalks except those at street curb 6 x 6 W1 4 x W1 4 wire mesh 2 Street Curb Sidewalks 12 x 12 W3 x W3 wire mesh ACCESSORY MATERIAL A Tie Wire Minimum 16 gage annealed type or patented sys
140. 39th Cir Omaha NE 68144 Ph 402 342 3463 Fax 402 330 9702 Internet http www micainsulation org e mail info micainsulation org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 NACE INTERNATIONAL NACE 1440 South Creek Drive Houston TX 77084 4906 Ph 281 228 6200 Fax 281 228 6300 Internet http www nace org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 NATIONAL ASSOCIATION OF ARCHITECTURAL METAL MANUFACTURERS NAAMM 8 S Michigan Ave Suite 1000 Chicago IL 60603 Ph 312 322 0405 Fax 312 332 0706 Internet http www naamm org e mail naamm gss net AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA 1300 N 17th St Suite 1847 Rosslyn VA 22209 Ph 703 841 3200 Fax 703 841 3300 Internet http www nema org E mail jas_peak nema org ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 17 06 006 NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL BALANCING BUREAU NEBB 8575 Grovemont Circle Gaithersburg MD 20877 4121 Ph 301 977 3698 Fax 301 977 9589 Internet http www nebb org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 NATIONAL FENESTRATION RATING COUNCIL NFRC 1300 Spring Street Suite 500 Silver Spring MD 20910 Ph 301 589 6372 Fax 303 588 6342 Internet http www nfrc org E Mail nfrcusa aol com or info nfrc com AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA 1 Batterymarch Park P O Box 9101 Quincy MA 02269 9101 Ph 617 770 3000 Fax 617 770 0700 Internet http www nfpa org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02
141. 4000 as specified 1 Hand of lock is to be easily field reversible or non handed ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 6 06 006 2 All lever trim is to be through bolted through the door 2 3 CYLINDERS AND KEYING A Provide locks and Exit devices reguiring cylinders with Arrow cylinders to match the existing key system and comply with performance reguirements of ANSI A156 5 All keys to be of nickel silver only All locks are to be factory keyed to the existing master key system as directed by Laughlin Air Force Base and the Architect The hardware supplier shall meet with the General Contractor the Architect a Representative the Lock manufacturer and a Representative of Laughlin Air Force Base at the project site to determine all permanent keying reguirements B Furnish all exterior locks and cylinders with temporary keyed construction cylinders for the duration of construction Provide ten 10 construction keys total C Cylinders shall be factory keyed and factory maintained as directed by Laughlin Air Force Base Provide four 4 keys per cylinder and six 6 master keys per master used D Stamp all keys Do not duplicate and with key symbol as directed by Laughlin Air Force Base 2 4 EXIT DEVICES A All exit devices and trim including electrified items to be of one manufacturer as hereafter listed and in the hardware sets for continuity of design and consideration of warranty electrif
142. 5 piping Sections for pipe and fitting materials and joining methods Pipe Threads Pipe threads shall comply with the applicable ASME standards for factory threaded pipe and pipe fittings ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 10 ODG Engineering Inc 24 JOINING MATERIALS A Refer to individual Division 15 piping Sections for special joining materials not listed below B Pipe Flange Gasket Materials Suitable for chemical and thermal conditions of piping system contents 1 Comply with the applicable ASME standards nonmetallic flat asbestos free 1 8 inch 3 2 mm maximum thickness unless thickness or specific material is indicated a Full Face Type For flat face Class 125 for plumbing applications Class 150 for hydronic applications cast iron and cast bronze flanges b Narrow Face Type For raised face Class 250 cast iron and steel flanges 2 Comply with the applicable AWWA standards rubber flat face 1 8 inch 3 2 mm thick unless oth erwise indicated and full face or ring type unless otherwise indicated C Flange Bolts and Nuts Comply with the applicable ASME standards carbon steel unless otherwise indi cated D Plastic Pipe Flange Gasket Bolts and Nuts Type and material recommended by piping system manu facturer unless otherwise indicated E Solder Filler Metals Comply with the applicable ASTM standards 1 Alloy Sn95 or Alloy Sn94 Approximat
143. 54 Standard Specification for Quenched and Tempered Alloy Steel Bolts Studs and Other Externally Threaded Fasteners 11 ASTM A500 Standard Specification for Cold Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds and Shapes 12 ASTM A501 Standard Specification for Hot Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing D American Welding Society 1 AWS A2 4 Standard Symbols for Welding Brazing and Nondestructive Examination 2 AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code Steel 3 AWS D1 6 Structural Welding Code Stainless Steel E National Ornamental amp Miscellaneous Metals Association 1 NOMMA Guideline 1 Joint Finishes F SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings SSPC Steel Structures Painting Manual SSPC SP 1 Solvent Cleaning SSPC SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning SSPC Paint 15 Steel Joist Shop Paint SSPC Paint 20 Zinc Rich Primers Type Inorganic and Type II Organic NSONA 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal requirements B Shop Drawings Indicate profiles sizes connection attachments reinforcing anchorage size and type of fasteners and accessories Include erection drawings elevations and details where applicable Indicate welded connections using standard AWS A2 0 welding symbols Indicate net weld lengths C Welders Certificates Certify welders employed on the Work verifying AWS qualification within previous 12 months
144. 6 Blade Axles Galvanized steel 7 Bearings Oil impregnated bronze 8 Tie Bars and Brackets Galvanized steel D Low Leakage Volume Dampers Multiple or single blade parallel or opposed blade design as indicated low leakage rating with linkage outside airstream and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications 1 Steel Frames U shaped galvanized sheet steel channels minimum of 0 064 inch 1 62 mm thick with mitered and welded corners frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts 2 Roll Formed Steel Blades 0 064 inch 1 62 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 3 Aluminum Frames U shaped 0 10 inch 2 5 mm thick aluminum sheet channels frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts 4 Roll Formed Aluminum Blades 0 10 inch 2 5 mm thick aluminum sheet 5 Extruded Aluminum Blades 0 050 inch 1 2 mm thick extruded aluminum 6 Blade Axles Galvanized steel 7 Bearings Oil impregnated bronze thrust or ball 8 Blade Seals Neoprene 9 Jamb Seals Cambered 10 Tie Bars and Brackets Galvanized steel E Jackshaft 1 inch 25 mm diameter galvanized steel pipe rotating within pipe bearing assembly mounted on supports at each mullion and at each end of multiple damper assemblies 1 Length and Number of Mountings Appropriate to connect linkage of each damper in mul
145. 6A 9 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 10 06 006 SECTION 01400 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A Quality Control Plan B Quality Control Organization C Quality control and control of installation D Tolerances E References F Mock up requirements G Testing and inspection services H Manufacturers field services l Examination 1 2 QUALITY CONTROL PLAN The Contractor shall furnish for review by the Government not later than 10 days after receipt of notice to proceed the Contractor Quality Control CQC Plan proposed to implement the requirements of the Contract Clause titled Inspection of Construction The plan shall identify personnel procedures control instructions tests records and forms to be used Construction will be permitted to begin only after acceptance of the CQC Plan or acceptance of an interim plan applicable to the particular feature of work to be started Work outside of the features of work included in an accepted interim plan will not be permitted to begin until acceptance of a CQC Plan or another interim plan containing the additional features of work to be started 1 2 1 Content of the CQC Plan The CQC Plan shall include as a minimum the following to cover all construction operations both onsite and offsite including work by subcontractors fabricators suppliers and purchasing agents Subcontractors
146. 8 percent and the following 1 Species of Wood Yellow pine 2 Cut or Slicing of Wood Smooth sawn B Hardwood Lumber AWI Grade Custom maximum moisture content of 6 8 percent and the following 1 Species of Wood Natural Birch transparent finish Open or closed cell grain species suitable for opaque finish 2 Cut or Slicing of Wood Plain sliced 3 Matching of Individual Leaves to Each Other book matching ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finish Carpentry Building 210 06200 2 06 006 Softwood Plywood AWI Grade AA veneer Custom veneer core type of glue recommended for application and the following 1 Species of Veneer Fir face Hardboard AHA A135 4 Pressed wood fiber with resin binder standard grade 1 4 inch thick smooth one side 2 2 ACCESSORIES A mo 6 m Fasteners Of size and type to suit application galvanized for exterior high humidity and treated locations and plain finish in exposed locations Bolts Nuts Washers Lags and Screws Size and type to suit application non corrosive for high humidity and treated wood locations plain finish at other interior locations Concealed Joint Fasteners Threaded steel Glass Type as specified in Section 08800 Primer Alkyd primer sealer type Wood Filler Solvent base tinted to match surface finish color Wood Treatment 1 Fire Retardant FR S Type Chemically treated and pressure impregnated capable of providing maximum flame spread smoke dev
147. 90 Deg C Magnetic Metal Halide Ballast Provide high power factor constant wattage CW or constant wattage auto transformer CWA ballast for the various voltages and wattages as shown or linear reactor Pulse Start ballasts for pulse start wattages as shown Electronic Metal Halide Ballasts 1 Universal input voltage of 120 volts through 277 volts 2 Ballast factor of 1 0 3 Constant power regulation which provides constant light output with varying input voltage 4 High power factor rating greater than 98 5 Sensing technology to shut down the lamp power when inoperative or malfunctioning lamp is pre sent 6 50 60 hertz input freguency rated 7 Low THD of less than 10 8 Starting temperature of 5 Deg F 20 Deg C minimum 9 Maximum case temperature of 90 Deg C 10 Remote mounting up to 6 feet with capabilities up to 15 feet 11 UL listed Type 1 outdoor suitable for recessed use thermally protected and sound rated A 12 Metal halide lamp ballast combinations shall be covered by a combined lamp ballast warranty where applicable Covered ballasts shall carry a 5 year warranty and include a nominal labor re placement allowance Where lamp ballast combinations have a combination warranty the lamp and ballast shall be manufactured by the same company EXIT SIGNS General Requirements Comply with applicable UL standards for sign colors and lettering size Comply with Authorities Having Jurisdiction Internally
148. A 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 EIA TIA EIA 569 A EIA TIA EIA 598 B EIA TIA EIA 604 12 EIA TIA EIA 604 2 1988 FOTP 21 Mating Durability of Fiber Optic Interconnecting Devices 1998 62 5 um Core Diameter 125 umCladding Diameter Class 1a Graded Index Multimode Optical Fibers ANSI TIA EIA 492AAAA A 1998 R2002 50 Um Core Diameter 125 Um Cladding Diameter Class IA Graded Index Multimode Optical Fibers 1998 R 2002 Class IVA Dispersion Unshifted Single Mode Optical Fibers 1998 OFSTP 14A Optical Power Loss Measurements of Installed Multimode Fiber Cable Plant ANSI TIA EIA 526 14A 1998 OFSTP 7 Measurement of Optical Power Loss of Installed Single Mode Fiber Cable Plant ANSI TIA EIA 526 7 2001 Addendum 2001 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 1 General Reguirements ANSI TIA EIA 568 B 1 2001 Commercial Building Telecommunications Cabling Standard Part 2 Balanced Twisted Pair Cabling Components ANSI TIA EIA 568 B 2 2000 Addendum 2002 Optical Fiber Cabling Components Standard ANSI TIA EIA 568 B 3 1998 Addenda 2000 2001 Commercial Building Standards for Telecommunications Pathways and Spaces ANSI TIA EIA 569 A 2001 Optical Fiber Cable Color Coding 2000 FOCIS 12 Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standard Type MT RJ 1997 R 2002 FOCIS 2 Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecomm
149. A CONTINUOUS HINGE 700 83 1 EA PANIC DEVICE 18 V L DANE LBR 1 EA PANIC DEVICE 18 V L DT DANE LBR 1 EA CYLINDER MC61 X RC62 AS REQUIRED 1 SET ASTRAGAL 189MA 84 2 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81 DS 2 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10 X 2 LDW 1 SET JAMBS WEATHER 162S 2 84 STRIP 1 SET HEAD WEATHER STRIP 700SA 1 96 1 SET DRIP CAP 16A 100 2 EA DOOR SWEEP 200SA 48 1 EA THRESHOLD 896V 96 HW SET 02 DOOR NUMBER 101 EACH TO HAVE 1 EA CONTINUOUS HINGE 700 83 1 EA PANIC DEVICE 1 EA CYLINDER 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 18 R P APOLLO MC61 X RC62 AS REQUIRED SC81 DS 630 630 626 689 IVE MON MON ARR NGP DOR IVE NGP NGP NGP NGP NGP IVE MON ARR DOR Door Hardware 08710 12 06 006 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10 X 2 LDW 630 IVE 1 SET JAMBS WEATHER 162S 2 84 AL NGP STRIP 1 SET HEAD WEATHER STRIP 700SA 1 36 AL NGP 1 EA DRIP CAP 16A 40 AL NGP 1 EA DOOR SWEEP 200SA 36 AL NGP 1 EA THRESHOLD 896V 36 AL NGP HW SET 03 DOOR NUMBER 100 EACH TO HAVE 4 EA HINGES 5BB1 4 5 X 4 5 630 IVE 1 EA DUTCH DOOR BOLT 054 626 IVE 1 EA CLASSROOM LOCK M561L DN 626 FAL 1 EA DEADLOCK D61 626 ARR 1 EA MORTISE CYLINDER MC61 X COLLAR 626 ARR 1 EA SURFACE CLOSER SC81 HW RA 689 DOR 1 EA KICK PLATE 8400 10 X 2 LDW 630 IVE 1 EA FLOOR STOP FS441 626 IVE 1 EA WALL STOP WS407CCV 630 IVE 4 EA SILENCER SR64 GRY IVE END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 13 06 006 ADAL Hangar
150. A with zirconia ceramic alignment sleeves MT RJ in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 604 12 with thermoplastic alignment sleeves and ST in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 604 2 with metallic alignment sleeves as indicated Provide dust cover for adapters Optical fiber adapters shall comply with EIA TIA 455 21 A for 500 mating cycles 243 Optical Fiber Connectors Provide in accordance with ETL 02 12 and EIA TIA 455 21 A Optical fiber connectors shall be duplex SC in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 604 3A with zirconia ceramic MT RJ in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 604 12 with thermoplastic and ST in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 604 2 with metallic ferrule epoxyless crimp style compatible with 62 5 125 50 125 multimode 8 125 single mode fiber The connectors shall provide a maximum attenuation of 0 3 dB 850 nm for multimode and 1310 nm for single mode with less than a 0 2 dB change after 500 mating cycles 24 4 Cover Plates Telecommunications cover plates shall comply with ETLL02 12 UL 514C and EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 flush design constructed of high impact thermoplastic material in color to match color of receptacle switch cover plates specified in Section 16402 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS or 302 stainless material Provide labeling in accordance with the paragraph LABELING in this section 2 5 FIRESTOPPING MATERIAL Provide as specified in Section 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING 2 6 TESTS INSPECTIONS AND VERIFICATIO
151. ART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Available Products Subject to compliance with requirements provide one manufacturer of the products indicated for each designation in the Lighting Fixture Schedule shown on the Drawings 1 Lamps a General Electric Lighting b Osram Sylvania Lighting c Phillips Lighting d Venture Lighting 2 Ballasts a Advance b MagneTek GE c Motorola d Osram Sylvania Lighting e Venture 3 Dimming Ballasts a Lutron b Motorola c Osram Sylvania Lighting 2 2 FIXTURES AND FIXTURE COMPONENTS A Metal Parts Free from burrs sharp corners and edges B Sheet Metal Components Steel unless otherwise indicated Form and support to prevent warping and sagging C Doors Frames and Other Internal Access Smooth operating free from light leakage under operating conditions and arranged to permit relamping without use of tools Arrange doors frames lenses diffus ers and other pieces to prevent accidental falling during relamping and when secured in operating posi tion D Verify that there is no other point of lamp contact to the fixture other than the lamp base to the lamp socket E Reflecting Surfaces Minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated 1 White Surfaces 85 percent 2 Specular Surfaces 83 percent ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 2 ODG Engineering Inc 3 Diffusing Specular Surfaces 75 percent F Lenses Diffusers Co
152. ASTM C1193 B Exterior Wet Dry Method Preformed Tape and Sealant Installation 1 Cut glazing tape to length and set against permanent stops 3 16 inch below sight line Seal corners by butting tape and dabbing with compatible butyl sealant 2 Apply heel bead of butyl sealant along intersection of permanent stop with frame ensuring full perimeter seal between glass and frame to complete continuity of air and vapor seal 3 Place setting blocks at 1 4 points with edge block no more than 6 inches from corners ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Glazing Building 210 08800 5 06 006 4 Rest glazing on setting blocks and push against tape and heel bead of sealant with sufficient pressure to attain full contact at perimeter of pane or glass unit 5 Fill gap between glazing and stop with elastomeric glazing sealant to depth equal to bite of frame on glazing but not more than 3 8 inch below sight line 6 Apply cap bead of elastomeric glazing sealant along void between stop and glazing to uniform line flush with sight line Tool or wipe sealant surface smooth 2 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Testing adjusting and balancing B Monitor quality of glazing 2 5 CLEANING A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Final cleaning B Remove glazing materials from finish surfaces C Remove labels after Work is complete D Clean glass and adjacent surfaces 2 6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
153. ASTS A General Requirements for Magnetic HID Ballast Comply with applicable ANSI standards Unless other wise indicated features include the following 1 Type Constant wattage autotransformer or regulating high power factor type core and coil as sembly encapsulated in non melt resin unless otherwise indicated 2 Operating Voltage Match system voltage 3 Externally fused 4 Minimum Starting Temperature Minus 22 Deg F Minus 30 Deg C for single lamp ballasts 5 Normal Ambient Operating Temperature 104 Deg F 40 Deg C 6 Open circuit operation that will not reduce average life 7 Auxiliary Instant on Quartz System Automatically switches quartz lamp on when fixture is initially energized and when momentary power outages occur Automatically turns quartz lamp off when high intensity discharge lamp reaches approximately 60 percent light output 8 The ballast shall be in full compliance with lamp manufacturers at the time of fixture manufacture 9 Encapsulation manufacturer s standard epoxy encapsulated model design to minimize audible fix ture noise ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 4 ODG Engineering Inc 2 5 2 6 10 Encase ballast for outdoor use in a weather tight enclosure with outdoor rated wiring High Pressure Sodium Ballasts Eguip with a solid state igniter starter having an average life in pulsing mode of 10 000 hours at an igniter starter case temperature of
154. Addition 1 Ta Summary Building 210 01100 1 06 006 14 CONSTRUCTION PHASING A This construction project will be done in one phase 1 5 DEMOLITION A The existing exterior wall will need to be demolished to accommodate the new space adjacent to it Also the site will need to be cleared including demolition of a sidewalk and relocation of two communications conduits 1 6 WORK RESTRICTIONS A Noise Level 1 Work to be performed is adjacent to an active airfield noise level may be high as jet aircraft may be landing and taking off in the vicinity B Working Hours 1 Working hours are Monday through Friday 0730 to 1630 hours C Security Requirements 1 For the duration of this Contract access to the Installation may be delayed between 30 minutes to an hour or more due to security precautions including the checking of vehicle occupants IDs vehicle manifests and the searching of all vehicles Any general or specific threat to the safety of those working or living at Laughlin AFB could result in longer waiting times at the access points to Laughlin AFB 2 All Contractor s must maintain a photo ID on their person such as a valid drivers license along with the issued AF Form 75 Visitor Pass or the Laughlin AFB Computer Generated Contractor Pass i 3 The following are requirements for contractor employees entering Laughlin AFB a One form of picture ID and Social Security card b A memo from the construction company
155. Agency Internet http www usapa army mil AOK 4 02 LOK 0 00 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 Quality Requirements 01400 23 U S ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS USACE Order CRD C DOCUMENTS from U S Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station ATTN Technical Report Distribution Section Services Branch TIC 3909 Halls Ferry Rd Vicksburg MS 39180 6199 Ph 601 634 2664 Fax 601 634 2388 Internet http www wes army mil SL MTC handbook handbook htm Order Other Documents from USACE Publications Depot Attn CEIM SP D 2803 52nd Avenue Hyattsville MD 20781 1102 Ph 301 394 0081 Fax 301 394 0084 Internet http www usace army mil publications or http www hnd usace army mil techinfo index htm AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 U S DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY DLA Andrew T McNamara Building 8725 John J Kingman Road Fort Belvoir VA 22060 Internet http www dia mil AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 U S DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE USDA Order AMS Publications from AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE AMS Seed Regulatory and Testing Branch USDA AMS LS Div Room 209 Bldg 306 BARC East Beltsville MD 20705 2325 Ph 301 504 9430 Fax 301 504 8098 Internet http www ams usda gov nop e mail jeri inwin usda gov ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 Quality Requirements 01400 24 Order Other Publications from U S Department of Agriculture 14th and Independence Ave SW Room 4
156. Avoid air entrapment during placing of grout E Place grout completely filling eguipment bases F Place grout on concrete bases to provide smooth bearing surface for eguipment G Place grout around anchors H Cure placed grout according to manufacturer s written instructions 3 9 OWNER FURNISHED EQUIPMENT A Where the Owner has elected to procure some equipment for the project it is the intent of these specifica tions that the Contractor shall accept responsibility of this equipment and provide the following 1 Coordinate shop drawing preparation 2 Provide supervision to coordinate shipping and accept delivery 3 Install and set in place 4 Provide power and control wiring to provide functions in accordance with these specifications 5 Deliver the equipment to the Owner in a workable operating and tested condition 6 Provide supervision to coordinate factory and on site testing start up and commissioning in accor dance with these specifications 7 Provide supervision to coordinate Owner training and preparation of O amp M Manuals B Coordinate list of equipment provided by Owner with Owner END OF SECTION 15050 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 18 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 15060 HANGERS AND SUPPORTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 1 6 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings general provisions and other Specification Sections of the Contract inclu
157. Balancing of Environmental Systems and this Section Cut insulation ducts pipes and equipment cabinets for installation of test probes to the minimum extent necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures After testing and balancing close probe holes and patch insulation with new materials identical to those removed Restore vapor barrier and finish ac cording to the insulation Specifications for this Project Mark equipment settings with paint or other suitable permanent identification material including damper control positions valve indicators fan speed control levers and similar controls and devices to show final settings ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 5 ODG Engineering Inc 3 4 3 5 FUNDAMENTAL AIR SYSTEMS BALANCING PROCEDURES Prepare test reports for both fans and outlets Obtain manufacturer s outlet factors and recommended testing procedures Crosscheck the summation of reguired outlet volumes with reguired fan volumes Prepare schematic diagrams of systems as built duct layouts For variable air volume systems develop a plan to simulate diversity Determine the best locations in main and branch ducts for accurate duct airflow measurements Check the airflow patterns from the outside air louvers and dampers and the return and exhaust air dampers through the supply fan discharge and mixing dampers Locate start stop and disconnect switches electri
158. C D E Submit product data in accordance with Division 1 Provide product data for specified products Submit manufacturers instructions in accordance with Division 1 Provide Shop Drawings showing construction joints Provide schedule of placing operations for review before concreting operations begin 1 6 PRODUCT DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 2 06 006 A Store materials delivered to the job and protect from foreign matter and exposure to any element which would adversely affect the properties of the material COORDINATION A Obtain information and instructions from other trades and suppliers in ample time to schedule and coordinate the installation of items furnished by them to be embedded in concrete so provisions for their work can be made without delaying the project B Perform at no cost to Owner any cutting and patching made necessary by failure or delay in complying with these reguirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS STANDARD STRUCTURAL CONCRETE A Portland Cement Type I which shall conform to Standard Specifications for Portland Cement ASTM C150 and shall be of domestic manufacture Use only one brand of cement unless otherwise authorized by Architect B Sand Clean hard natural sand or manufactured sand or a combination of both and conforming to ASTM C33 C Coarse Aggregate Standard Concrete Clean hard durabl
159. C Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Contracting Officer or Owner PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Submittal Procedures Building 210 01330 4 SECTION 01354 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT 07 06 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only ARMED FORCES INSURANCE AFI AFI 32 7086 1 Nov 2004 HAZMAT procedures AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI ANSI 2400 1 1993 R 2004 Hazardous Industrial Chemicals Material Safety Data Sheets Preparation ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM D 4840 1988 R 2004 Sampling Chain Of Custody Procedures ASTM D 5663 1995 R 2003 Validating Recycled Content in Packaging Paper and Paperboard ASTM E 1991 1998 Environmental Life Cycle Assessment of Building Materials Products ASTM E 2114 2000 R 2005 Standard Terminology for Sustainability Relative to the Performance of Buildings INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION ISO ISO 14040 1997 Environmental Management Life Cycle Assessment Principles and Framework NATIONAL INSTITUTE OF STANDARDS AND TECHNOLOGY NIST BEES 3 0c 2002 Building for Environmental and Economic Sustainability U S DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE USDA Biomass R amp D Act 200
160. C Hubbell Inc Wiring Device Division d JBC Enterprises Inc Enduro Fiberglass Systems e Lamson amp Sessions Carlon Electrical Products f Panduit Corp g Thermotools Co h United Telecom Premier Telecom Products Inc i Wiremold Co The Electrical Sales Division 8 Boxes Enclosures and Cabinets a American Electric FL Industries b Butler Manufacturing Co Walker Division Cc Crouse Hinds Div of Cooper Industries d Electric Panelboard Co Inc e Erickson Electrical Eguipment Co f Hoffman Engineering Co Federal Hoffman Inc g Hubbell Inc Killark Electric Manufacturing Co h Hubbell Inc Raco Inc i Lamson amp Sessions Carlon Electrical Products j O Z Gedney Unit of General Signal k Parker Electrical Manufacturing Co l Robroy Industries Inc Electrical Division m Scott Fetzer Co Adalet PLM n Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co o Thomas amp Betts Corp p Woodhead Industries Inc Daniel Woodhead Co 2 2 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING Metal Wireways a Hoffman Engineering Co b Keystone Rees Inc c Square D Co A General UL Listed conduit and tubing with material herein specified shall comply with applicable NEMA and ANSI Standards ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 Raceways And Boxes 16110 3 ODG Engineering Inc B EMT Fittings EMT fittings shall be set screw or compression type for telephone system raceway other then telephone service Fitti
161. C Plan and operations including removal of personnel as necessary to obtain the quality specified 1 2 3 Notification of Changes After acceptance of the CQC Plan the Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer in writing of any proposed change Proposed changes are subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 2 06 006 1 3 QUALITY CONTROL ORGANIZATION 1 3 1 Personnel Requirements The requirements for the CQC organization are a CQC System Manager and sufficient number of additional qualified personnel to ensure safety and contract compliance The Safety and Health Manager shall receive direction and authority from the CQC System Manager and shall serve as a member of the CQC staff Personnel identified in the technical provisions as requiring specialized skills to assure the required work is being performed properly will also be included as part of the CQC organization The Contractor s CQC staff shall maintain a presence at the site at all times during progress of the work and have complete authority and responsibility to take any action necessary to ensure contract compliance The CQC staff shall be subject to acceptance by the Contracting Officer The Contractor shall provide adequate office space filing systems and other resources as necessary to maintain an effective and fully functional CQC organization Complete records of all letters material submit
162. C91 Standard Specification for Masonry Cement ASTM C144 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Masonry Mortar ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C207 Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry ASTM C404 Standard Specification for Aggregates for Masonry Grout ASTM C476 Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry ASTM C1019 Standard Test Method for Sampling and Testing Grout ASTM C1314 Standard Test Method for Constructing and Testing Masonry Prisms Used to Determine Compliance with Specified Compressive Strength of Masonry 10 ASTM C1329 Standard Specification for Mortar Cement 11 ASTM C1357 Standard Test Method for Evaluating Masonry Bond Strength PON COON B The Masonry Society 1 TMS MSJC Building Code for Masonry Structures ACI 530 ASCE 5 TMS 402 Specification for Masonry Structures ACI 530 1 ASCE 6 TMS 602 and Commentaries 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal reguirements B Samples Submit two samples of mortar illustrating mortar color and color range C Design Data Submit design mix when Property specification of ASTM C270 is to be used required environmental conditions and admixture limitations ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Masonry Mortar And Grout Building 210 04065 1 06 006 D Test Reports 1 Submit reports on mortar indicating
163. Comply with the applicable ASTM standards for safe handling practice of cleaners primers and solvent cements ABS Piping Comply with the applicable ASTM standards CPVC Piping Comply with the applicable ASTM standards PVC Pressure Piping Comply with the applicable ASTM standards PVC Nonpressure Piping Comply with the applicable ASTM standards PVC to ABS Nonpressure Transition Fittings Procedure and solvent cement according to the applicable ASTM standards Tp A00 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 15 ODG Engineering Inc 3 2 3 3 9 Plastic Piping Heat Fusion Joints Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or pa per towels Join according to the applicable ASTM standards procedures and manufacturer s writ ten instructions a Plain End Pipe and Fittings Use butt fusion b Plain End Pipe and Socket Fittings Use socket fusion Piping Connections Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated 1 Install unions in piping 2 inch NPS DN50 and smaller adjacent to each valve and at final connec tion to each piece of equipment with 2 inch NPS DN50 or smaller threaded pipe connection 2 Install flanges in piping 2 1 2 inch NPS DN65 and larger adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment with flanged pipe connection 3 Dry Piping Systems Install dielectric unions and flanges to conn
164. Contracting Officer a Product data including manufacturer s name address and phone number b Description of environmental advantages of proposed substitution over specified product PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PROTECTION OF NATURAL RESOURCES Comply with applicable regulations and these specifications Preserve the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside the limits of permanent work performed under this Contract in their existing condition or restore to an eguivalent or improved condition as approved by the Contracting Officer Where violation of environmental procedures requirements will irreversibly damage the site documentation of progress at daily intervals shall be required 3 1 1 General Disturbance Confine demolition and construction activities to work area limits indicated on the Drawings Remove debris rubbish and other waste materials resulting from demolition and construction operations from site Transport materials with appropriate vehicles and dispose of them off site to areas that are approved for disposal by governing authorities having jurisdiction Avoid spillage by covering and securing loads when hauling on or adjacent to public streets or highways Remove spillage and sweep wash or otherwise clean project site streets or highways Burning is prohibited 3 1 2 Water Resources Comply with requirements of the NPDES and the applicable State Pollutant Discharge Elimination System SPDES Prevent oi
165. D 1140 1 4 4 Degree of Compaction Degree of compaction required except as noted in the second sentence is expressed as a percentage of the maximum density obtained by the test procedure presented in ASTM D 1557 abbreviated as a percent of laboratory maximum density Since ASTM D 1557 applies only to soils that have 30 percent or less by weight of their particles retained on the 3 4 inch sieve express the degree of compaction for material having more than 30 percent by weight of their particles retained on the 3 4 inch sieve as a percentage of the maximum density in accordance with AASHTO T 180 and corrected with AASHTO T 224 To maintain the same percentage of coarse material use the remove and replace procedure as described in NOTE 8 of Paragraph 7 2 in AASHTO T 180 1 4 5 Overhaul Deleted 1 4 6 Topsoil Material suitable for topsoils obtained from offsite areas orareas indicated on the drawings is defined as Natural friable soil representative of productive well drained soils in the area free of subsoil stumps rocks larger than 25 mm one inch diameter brush weeds toxic substances and other material detrimental to plant growth Amend topsoil pH range to obtain a pH of 5 5 to 7 1 4 7 Select Granular Material 1 4 7 1 General Requirements Select granular material consist of materials classified as GW GP SW or SP by ASTM D 2487 where indicated The liquid limit of such material must not exceed 30 percent when tested in acc
166. DG Engineering Inc 2 7 2 8 Apply adhesive to liner facing in direction of airflow not receiving metal nosing Butt transverse joints without gaps and coat joint with adhesive Fold and compress liner in corners of rectangular ducts or cut and fit to ensure butted edge overlapping Do not apply liners in rectangular ducts with longitudinal joints except at corners of ducts unless duct size and standard liner product dimensions make longitudinal joints necessary Apply adhesive coating on longitudinal seams in ducts with air velocity of 2500 fpm 12 7 m s Secure liner with mechanical fasteners 4 inches 100 mm from corners and at intervals not ex ceeding 12 inches 300 mm transversely around perimeter at 3 inches 75 mm from transverse joints and at intervals not exceeding 18 inches 450 mm longitudinally Secure transversely oriented liner edges facing the airstream with metal nosings that have either channel or Z profile or are integrally formed from duct wall Fabricate edge facings at the following locations 1 Fan discharge 2 Intervals of lined duct preceding unlined duct 3 Upstream edges of transverse joints in ducts Terminate liner with duct buildouts installed in ducts to attach dampers turning vane assemblies and other devices Fabricated buildouts metal hat sections or other buildout means are optional when used secure buildouts to duct wall with bolts screws rivets or welds Terminate liner at fire dam
167. During initial site layout and before existing conditions are disturbed the Contractor shall verify in writing the basic survey data provided on the contract drawings Verification shall be initiated from the point shown on the contract drawings or from the contract drawing reference point designated by the Contracting Officer s Authorized Representative and shall include as a minimum benchmark elevations horizontal control points and sufficient spot checks of critical elevations to ensure that the survey data adequately reflects existing conditions The Contractor shall not proceed with construction until survey verification is provided to the Contracting Officer s Authorized Representative Before an existing benchmark referenced on the contract drawings is disturbed ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Administrative Requirements Building 210 01300 2 06 006 the Contractor shall establish a new benchmark which has been approved by the Contracting Officer s Authorized Representative Benchmarks which are destroyed without authorization from the Contracting Officer s Authorized Representative must be replaced at the Contractor s expense as prescribed in Section 00700 Contract Clause Layout of Work The Contractor shall refer to Contract Clauses Differing Site Conditions and Site Investigation and Conditions Affecting the Work for additional reguirements 1 5 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A B Contracting Officer will schedule meeting a
168. EALING General Seal duct seams and joints according to the duct pressure class indicated and as described in ASHRAE 90 1 1999 and SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible Seal externally insulated ducts before insulation installation HANGING AND SUPPORTING Install rigid round and rectangular metal duct with support systems indicated in SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible Support horizontal ducts within 24 inches 600 mm of each elbow and within 48 inches 1200 mm of each branch intersection Support vertical ducts at a maximum interval of 16 feet 5 m and at each floor Install upper attachments to structures with an allowable load not exceeding one fourth of failure proof test load Install concrete inserts before placing concrete CONNECTIONS Connect equipment with flexible connectors according to Division 15 Section Duct Accessories For branch outlet and inlet and terminal unit connections comply with SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construc tion Standards Metal and Flexible ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 7 ODG Engineering Inc 3 6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Perform the following field tests and inspections according to SMACNA s HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual and prepare test reports 1 Disassemble reassemble and seal segments of systems to accommodate leakage testing and for compliance with test requirements 2 Conduct tes
169. ENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes perimeter nailers blocking in wall and openings wood furring and grounds and preservative treatment of wood 1 2 REFERENCES A American National Standards Institute 1 ANSI A208 1 Mat Formed Wood Particleboard American Wood Preservers Association 1 AWPA C1 All Timber Products Preservative Treatment by Pressure Process 2 AWPA C20 Structural Lumber Fire Retardant Treatment by Pressure Processes National Institute of Standards and Technology f NIST PS 20 American Softwood Lumber Standard The Redwood Inspection Service 1 RIS Standard Specifications for Grades of California Redwood Lumber Southern Pine Inspection Bureau 1 SPIB Standard Grading Rules for Southern Pine Lumber West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau 1 WCLIB Standard Grading Rules for West Coast Lumber Western Wood Products Association 1 WWPA G 5 Western Lumber Grading Rules 1 3 SUBMITTALS A B Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures Product Data Submit technical data on wood preservative and fire retardant treatment materials and application instructions 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with the following 1 Lumber Grading Agency Certified by NIST PS 20 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Rough Carpentry Building 210 06100 1 06 006 2 Plywood Grading Agency Certified by APA EWA PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 MATERIALS A Lu
170. ES A B C D E F G H Project Description Scope of Work Construction Phasing Demolition Work Restrictions Utilities Street Closings Specification Conventions Color Finish Sample Boards 1 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A _ This project provides for the construction of a new addition to the ening tool room in Hangar No 2 The construction contract will include site work foundation exterior closure to match existing facility roof system utilities extension of existing HVAC and fire protection systems restoration of disturbed areas and Rosan of communications ducting and electrical supply line 13 SCOPE OF WORK A This project provides the design and construction of an approximately 750 square foot addition to the tool room in Building 210 Hangar No 2 The site must be prepared to establish final grade elevations and allow for proper drainage The facility construction will include site work foundation a metal roof system structural framework exterior enclosure interior finishes extension of the existing HVAC and fire protection systems relocation of existing communication ducting and electrical service and restoration of disturbed areas The new facility should include all structural and glazing to meet AT FP standards All exterior and interior finishes will be coordinated with Laughlin Air Force Base The project must meet all Air Force and state codes Attachment 1 ADAL Hangar No 2
171. Engineering Inc 3 3 3 4 3 5 3 6 4 Pipes NPS 8 DN200 and Larger Include wood inserts 5 Insert Material Length at least as long as protective shield 6 Thermal Hanger Shields Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS Fabricate structural steel stands to suspend equipment from structure above or to support equipment above floor Grouting Place grout under supports for equipment and make smooth bearing surface METAL FABRICATION Cut drill and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for heavy duty steel trapezes and equipment supports Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations Field Welding Comply with AWS standard procedures for shielded metal arc welding appearance and quality of welds and methods used in correcting welding work and with the following 1 Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals 2 Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap 3 Remove welding flux immediately 4 Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after finishing and contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours ADJUSTING Hanger Adjustment Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe PAINTING Touching Up Cleaning and touchup painting of field we
172. Environmental Protection Agency requirements and shall be non decomposing Enhancement compound shall be Erico GEM permanent ground enhancement material or approved equal ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 2 ODG Engineering Inc 2 6 GROUNDING ELECTRODES Ground Rods Copper clad 3 4 inch diameter by 120 inches in length 19 by 3000 mm Chemical Electrodes Copper tube straight or L shaped filled with non hazardous chemical salts and terminated with a 4 0 AWG bare conductor Provide backfill material recommended by manufacturer Test Wells Provide 24 inch long 600 mm heavy duty high traffic area Schedule 80 PVC test well with cast iron lid and Ground Rod identification on the cover Ground Plates Copper clad minimum 12 x 24 x 20 gauge as manufactured by Heary Brothers Model HB54 C or approved egual Ground plates shall be provided with two 2 bolt plates which shall be at tached utilizing stainless steel nuts amp bolts PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 APPLICATION A General Provide adequate and permanent equipment grounding in accordance with NFPA 70 and subject to the additional requirements herein specified B Material Use only copper conductors for both insulated and bare grounding conductors in direct contact with earth concrete masonry crushed stone and similar materials C Protection Install conductors in raceways for physical protection unless noted otherwise D E
173. Hazard Classification Class A 8 Edge Square 9 Surface Color White 10 Surface Finish Factory applied vinyl latex paint 11 Manufacturer Armstrong Fissured 755 or approved equal B Grid 1 Non fire Rated Grid ASTM C635 intermediate duty exposed T components die cut and interlocking Grid Materials Commercial quality cold rolled steel with galvanized coating 2 Exposed Grid Surface Width 15 16 inch 3 Grid Finish White 4 Accessories Stabilizer bars clips splices perimeter trim required for suspended grid system 5 Support Channels and Hangers Primed steel size and type to suit application and ceiling system flatness requirement specified PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify layout of hangers will not interfere with other work ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Acoustical Ceilings Building 210 09510 3 06 006 3 2 EXISTING WORK A Extend existing acoustical ceiling installations using materials and methods as specified B Clean and repair existing acoustical ceilings which remain or are to be reinstalled 3 3 INSTALLATION A Lay In Grid Suspension System 1 Install suspension system in accordance with ASTM C636 and as supplemented in this section 2 Locate system on room axis according to reflected ceiling plan 3 Install after major above ceiling work is complete Coordinate location of han
174. ITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents described in Section 01700 1 5 SHOP DRAWINGS A Shop Drawings Submit to Contracting Officer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents B Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics utility connection requirements and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Submittal Procedures Building 210 01330 2 C 06 006 After review produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents described in Section 01700 1 6 SAMPLES A Samples Submit to Contracting Officer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents Samples For Selection as Specified in Product Sections 1 Submit to Contracting Officer for aesthetic color or finish selection 2 Submit samples of finishes from full range of manufacturers standard colors textures and patterns for Contracting Officer selection Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of Products with integral parts and attachment devices Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work Include identification on each sample with full Project information Submit number of samples specified in individual spe
175. Inc 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC THERMAL INSULATION APPLICATION Apply insulation to ducts and plenums as follows 1 Follow the manufacturer s written instructions for applying insulation 2 Seal longitudinal seams and end joints with manufacturer s recommended adhesive Cement to avoid openings in insulation that will allow passage of air to the duct and plenum surface CLOSED CELL PHENOLIC FOAM INSULATION APPLICATION Apply insulation as follows 1 Secure each layer of insulation to duct with stainless steel bands at 12 inch 300 mm intervals and tighten without deforming the insulation materials 2 Apply two layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches 75 mm Secure inner layer with 0 062 inch 1 6 mm soft annealed stainless steel wire spaced at 12 inch 300 mm intervals Secure outer layer with stainless steel bands at 12 inch 300 mm intervals 3 On exposed applications finish insulation with a skim coat of mineral fiber hydraulic setting cement to surface of installed insulation When dry apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape Overlap edges at least 1 inch 25 mm Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape Thin the finish coat to achieve smooth finish CALCIUM SILICATE INSULATION APPLICATION Apply insulation according to the manufacturer s written instructions and as follows 1 Secure single layer o
176. J hook with nut and washer unfinished 2 5 FABRICATION A Fit and shop assemble items in largest practical sections for delivery to site ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Fabrications Building 210 05500 3 2 6 06 006 Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface Make exposed joints butt tight flush and hairline Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius Exposed Mechanical Fastenings Flush countersunk screws or bolts unobtrusively located consistent with design of component except where specifically noted otherwise Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication except where specifically noted otherwise FACTORY APPLIED FINISHES STEEL A B Clean surfaces of rust scale grease and foreign matter prior to finishing Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required Prime paint items with one coat two coats except where galvanizing is specified Galvanized Structural Steel Members Galvanize after fabrication to ASTM A123 Furnish minimum 1 25 oz sg ft galvanized coating Galvanized Non structural Items Galvanized after fabrication to ASTM A123 Furnish minimum 1 25 oz sg ft galvanized coating PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section
177. L Prevent the spread of dust and debris to occupied portions of the building on airfield pavements and avoid the creation of a nuisance or hazard in the surrounding area Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable conditions such as but not limited to ice flooding or pollution 1 6 PROTECTION 1 6 1 Traffic Control Signs Where pedestrian and driversafety is endangered in the area of removal work use traffic barricades with flashing lights Notify the Contracting Officer prior to beginning such work 1 6 2 Existing Conditions Documentation Before beginning any demolition or deconstruction work survey the site and examine the drawings and specifications to determine the extent of the work Record existing conditions in the presence of the Contracting Officer showing the condition of structures and other facilities adjacent to areas of alteration or removal Photographs sized 4 inch will be acceptable as a ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 4 06 006 record of existing conditions Include in the record the elevation of the top of foundation walls finish floor elevations possible conflicting electrical conduits plumbing lines alarms systems the location and extent of existing cracks and other damage and description of surface conditions that exist prior to before starting work It is the Contractor s responsibility to verify and document all required outages which will be required during
178. LECTRIC FITTINGS General Assembly or fitting with insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic action and stop corrosion Description Combination of copper alloy and ferrous threaded solder plain and weld neck end types and matching piping system materials Insulating Material Suitable for system fluid pressure and temperature Dielectric Unions Factory fabricated union assembly for 250 psig 1725 kPa minimum working pressure at 180 deg F 82 deg C Dielectric Flanges Factory fabricated companion flange assembly for 150 or 300 psig 1035 or 2070 kPa minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures Dielectric Flange Insulation Kits Field assembled companion flange assembly full face or ring type Components include neoprene or phenolic gasket phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves phenolic wash ers and steel backing washers 1 Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for 150 or 300 psig 1035 or 2070 kPa minimum working pressure as required to suit system pressures Dielectric Couplings Galvanized steel coupling with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining threaded ends and 300 psig 2070 kPa minimum working pressure at 225 deg F 107 deg C Dielectric Nipples Electroplated steel nipple with inert and noncorrosive thermoplastic lining plain threaded or grooved ends and 300 psig 2070 kPa minimum working pressure at 225 degF 107
179. MANAGEMENT Solid Waste Solid waste materials i e excess fresh concrete grout mortar or uncontaminated debris shall be placed in covered containers and recycled if possible Trees and shrubs from site clearing shall be used as mulching material if possible Packaging materials such as wood plastic and paper shall be recycled to the maximum extent possible and not be disposed of ina landfill The Contractor shall designate waste containers for segregating waste domestic metal aluminum or plastic Dry paint cans shall be recycled The Contractor shall designate waste disposal area have routine janitorial service for all structures and surrounding grounds and have routine schedule to service waste containers The disposal area of excavated material from project construction shall not be utilized for waste disposal Personnel on the job site shall be briefed on minimizing disposal to landfill by waste segregation and recycling Hazardous and Toxic Waste All excess on site material such as paints solvents petroleum products fuel oil and grease herbicides pesticides acids for cleaning masonry concrete curing compounds sealants paint strippers wastes from oil based paint and glues could ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 6 become HT waste Containers of excess material shall be labeled and managed according to the labels and as recommended by the product manufacturers If n
180. NATION Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with reguirements for installation and other conditions affecting performance of insulation application Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected PREPARATION Surface Preparation Clean and dry surfaces to receive insulation Remove materials that will adversely affect insulation application GENERAL APPLICATION REQUIREMENTS Apply insulation materials accessories and finishes according to the manufacturer s written instructions with smooth straight and even surfaces and free of voids throughout the length of ducts and fittings Refer to schedules at the end of this Section for materials forms jackets and thicknesses required for each duct system Use accessories compatible with insulation materials and suitable for the service Use accessories that do not corrode soften or otherwise attack insulation or jacket in either wet or dry state Apply multiple layers of insulation with longitudinal and end seams staggered Seal joints and seams with vapor retarder mastic on insulation indicated to receive a vapor retarder Keep insulation materials dry during application and finishing Apply insulation with tight longitudinal seams and end joints Bond seams and joints with adhesive recommended by the insulation material manufacturer Apply insulation with the least number of joints practical Apply insulation over fittings and special
181. NS 2 6 1 Factory Reel Tests Provide documentation of the testing and verification actions taken by manufacturer to confirm compliance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 EIA TIA EIA 526 7 for single mode optical fiber and EIA TIA EIA 526 14A for multimode optical fiber cables PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION Install telecommunications cabling and pathway systems including the horizontal and backbone cable pathway systems telecommunications outlet connector assemblies and associated hardware in accordance with ETL 02 12 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 EIA TIA EIA 569 A NFPA 70 and UL standards as applicable Provide cabling in a star topology network Provide residential cabling in a star wiring architecture from the distribution device as required by EIA TIA EIA 570 B Pathways and outlet boxes shall be installed as specified in Section 26 20 00 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM Install telecommunications cabling with copper media in accordance with the following criteria to avoid potential electromagnetic interference between power and telecommunications equipment The interference ceiling shall not exceed 3 0 volts per meter measured over the usable bandwidth of the telecommunications cabling 311 Cabling ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 8 ODG Engineering Inc Install Category 6 UTP and optical fiber telecommunications cabling system a
182. OF INSTALLATION A Monitor quality control over suppliers manufacturers products services site conditions and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality B Comply with manufacturers instructions including each step in sequence C When manufacturers instructions conflict with Contract Documents request clarification from Contracting Officer before proceeding ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 3 06 006 D Comply with specified standards as minimum guality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances codes or specified reguirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship E Perform Work by persons gualified to produce reguired and specified guality F Verify field measurements are as indicated on Shop Drawings or as instructed by manufacturer G Secure products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses vibration physical distortion or disfigurement 15 TOLERANCES A Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work Do not permit tolerances to accumulate B Comply with manufacturers tolerances When manufacturers tolerances conflict with Contract Documents reguest clarification from Contracting Officer C Adjust products to appropriate dimensions position before securing products in place 1 6 REFERENCES A Various publications are referenced in other section
183. ON REQUIREMENTS General Install piping as described below unless piping Sections specify otherwise Individual Divi sion 15 piping Sections specify unique piping installation requirements General Locations and Arrangements Drawing plans schematics and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss expansion pump sizing and other design considerations Install piping as indi cated unless deviations to layout are approved on Coordination Drawings Install piping at indicated slope Install components with pressure rating equal to or greater than system operating pressure Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations except in equipment rooms and service areas Install piping free of sags and bends ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 13 ODG Engineering Inc G Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel to building walls Diagonal runs are prohibited unless otherwise indicated H Install piping tight to slabs beams joists columns walls and other building elements Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for ceiling panel removal l Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1 inch 25 mm clearance around insulation J Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other spaced to pe
184. PCA Portland Cement Plaster Stucco Manual C Finish Coat Mix and proportion cement plaster finish coat in accordance with ASTM C926 Type F in accordance with PCA Portland Cement Plaster Stucco Manual D Mix only as much plaster as can be used prior to initial set ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Portland Cement Plaster Building 210 09220 3 06 006 Add color pigments to finish coat Mix materials dry to uniform color and consistency before adding water Protect mixtures from freezing frost contamination and excessive evaporation Do not retemper mixes after initial set has occurred PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Metal Lath and Accessories Verify lath is flat secured to substrate and joint and surface perimeter accessories are in place C Mechanical and Electrical Verify services within walls have been tested and approved 3 2 PREPARATION A Dampen masonry surfaces to reduce excessive suction B Clean concrete surfaces of foreign matter Clean surfaces using acid solutions solvents or detergents Wash surfaces with clean water 3 3 EXISTING WORK A Extend existing Portland cement plaster installations using materials and methods as specified B Repair existing damaged Portland cement plaster which remains or is to be remodeled 3 4 INSTALLATION A Installation of Lathing Materials 1 Install metal lath in accordance with A
185. RT 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS AASHTO AASHTO T 180 2001 R 2004 Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 4 54 kg 10 lb Rammer and an 457 mm 18 in Drop AASHTO T 224 2001 Correction for Coarse Particles in the Soil Compaction Test ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 2 06 006 AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION AWWA AWWA C600 2005 Installation of Ductile lron Water Mains and Their Appurtenances AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY AWS AWS D1 1 D1 1M 2006 Structural Welding Code Steel AMERICAN WOOD PRESERVERS ASSOCIATION AWPA AWPA C2 2003 Lumber Timber Bridge Ties and Mine Ties Preservative Treatment by Pressure Processes AWPA P5 2005 Standard for Waterborne Preservatives ASTM INTERNATIONAL ASTM ASTM A 139 A 139M 2004 Electric Fusion Arc Welded Steel Pipe NPS 4 and Over ASTM A 252 1998 R 2002 Welded and Seamless Steel Pipe Piles ASTM C 136 2005 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates ASTM C 33 2003 Concrete Aggregates ASTM D 1140 2000 Amount of Material in Soils Finer than the No 200 75 micrometer Sieve ASTM D 1556 2000 Density and Unit Weight of Soil in Place by the Sand Cone Method ASTM D 1557 2002e1 Laboratory Compaction
186. S PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES m G H moo gt Submittal procedures Submittal Register Product data Shop drawings Samples Design data Certificates Erection drawings 1 2 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A Transmit three 3 copies of each submittal with a completed AF Form 3000 B Seguentially number transmittal forms Mark revised submittals with original number and seguential alphabetic suffix C Identify Project Contractor subcontractor and supplier pertinent drawing and detail number and specification section number appropriate to submittal D The Contractor will sign the AF Form 3000 certifying that review approval verification of products required field dimensions adjacent construction Work and coordination of information is in accordance with requirements of the Work and Contract Documents E Schedule submittals to expedite Project and deliver to Contracting Officer at designated location Coordinate submission of related items F For each submittal for review allow 15 days excluding delivery time to and from Contractor G Identify variations from Contract Documents and product or system limitations which may be detrimental to successful performance of completed Work ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Submittal Procedures Building 210 01330 1 K 06 006 Allow space on submittals for Contractor and Consultant review stamps When revised for resubmission identify changes made
187. STM C1063 B Installation of Accessories 1 Install accessories in accordance with ASTM C1063 2 Place corner bead at external wall corners fasten at outer edges of lath only 3 Place strip mesh diagonally at corners of lathed openings Secure rigidly in place ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Portland Cement Plaster Building 210 09220 4 06 006 4 Place casing beads at terminations of plaster finish Butt and align ends Secure rigidly in place 5 Position to provide convenient access to concealed work requiring access C Control And Expansion Joints Install exterior contraction joints after initial set scribed every as indicated on Drawings by cutting through 2 3 of cement plaster depth neatly in straight lines 1 2 3 For horizontal exterior surfaces install control and expansion joints not to exceed 100 sq ft For vertical exterior surfaces install control and expansion joints as indicated on Drawings Establish control and expansion joints with specified joint device D Plastering 1 2 ne 7 Apply plaster in accordance with PCA Plaster Stucco Manual Apply base coat to nominal thickness of 3 8 inch brown coat to nominal thickness of 3 8 inch and finish coat to nominal thickness of 1 8 inch over metal lath surfaces Moist cure base and brown coats Apply brown coat immediately following initial set of scratch coat After curing dampen previous coat prior to applying finish coat Apply fini
188. TABLE OF CONTENTS CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT DIVISION 1 LAUGHLIN AFB 01100 Summary 01101 Special Provisions for Laughlin AFB 01300 Administrative Requirements 01330 Submittal Procedures 01354 Environmental Management 01356A Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures 01400 Quality Requirements 01600 Product Requirements 01700 Closeout Procedures 01722 Mobilization and Demobilization DIVISION 2 SITE WORK 02220 Demolition 02300 Earthwork 02921 Seeding DIVISION 3 CONCRETE 03100 Concrete Formwork 03200 Concrete Reinforcement 03300 Cast In Place Concrete 03346 Finishing Concrete Surfaces DIVISION 4 MASONRY 04065 Masonry Mortar and Grout 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies DIVISION 5 METALS 05120 Structural Steel 05500 Metal Fabrications 05810 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies DIVISION 6 CARPENTRY 06100 Rough Carpentry 06200 Finish Carpentry ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 kk kek kk 1 1 mah mah oo I 1 1 1 NO OO O 1 6 1 6 1 4 1 4 1 5 Table of Contents 1 DIVISION 7 MOISTURE AND THERMAL PROTECTION 07110 Dampproofing 07213 Batt Insulation 07468 Metal Siding 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal 07613 Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing 07840 Firestopping 07900 Joint Sealers DIVISION 8 DOORS WINDOWS AND GLASS 08114 Standard Steel Doors 08115 Standard Steel Frames 08212 Flush Wood Doors 08710 Door Hardware 08800 Glazing DIVISION 9 FINISHES
189. TIES Escutcheons Manufactured wall ceiling and floor plates deep pattern type if required to conceal protrud ing fittings and sleeves 1 ID Closely fit around pipe tube and insulation of insulated piping 2 OD Completely cover opening 3 Cast Brass One piece with set screw a Finish Rough brass b Finish Polished chrome plate 4 Cast Brass Split casting with concealed hinge and set screw a Finish Rough brass b Finish Polished chrome plate Stamped Steel One piece with set screw and chrome plated finish Stamped Steel One piece with spring clips and chrome plated finish Stamped Steel Split plate with concealed hinge set screw and chrome plated finish Stamped Steel Split plate with concealed hinge spring clips and chrome plated finish Stamped Steel Split plate with exposed rivet hinge set screw and chrome plated finish Stamped Steel Split plate with exposed rivet hinge spring clips and chrome plated finish Cast lron Floor Plate One piece casting TS COON On O GROUT Nonshrink Nonmetallic Grout Comply with the applicable ASTM standards 1 Characteristics Post hardening volume adjusting dry hydraulic cement grout nonstaining non corrosive nongaseous and recommended for interior and exterior applications 2 Design Mix 5000 psig 34 5 MPa 28 day compressive strength 3 Packaging Premixed and factory packaged PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PIPING SYSTEMS COMM
190. TM A 480 A 480M Type 316 sheet form with No 4 finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view and Type 304 sheet form with No 1 finish for concealed ducts D Aluminum Sheets ASTM B 209 ASTM B 209M Alloy 3003 Temper H14 sheet form with standard one side bright finish for ducts exposed to view and with mill finish for concealed ducts E Reinforcement Shapes and Plates Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts compatible materials for aluminum and stainless steel ducts F Tie Rods Galvanized steel 1 4 inch 6 mm minimum diameter for 36 inch 900 mm length or less 3 8 inch 10 mm minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches 900 mm G Each sheet shall be stenciled with manufacture s name and gauge If coil steel is used coils shall be stenciled throughout on 10 foot centers with manufacture s name and gauge 2 2 DUCT LINER A General Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and NAIMA s Fibrous Glass Duct Liner Standard B Materials ASTM C 1071 with coated surface exposed to airstream to prevent erosion of glass fibers 1 Thickness Refer to Part 3 for scheduled thickness 2 Thermal Conductivity k Value 0 25 at 75 deg F 0 036 at 24 deg C mean temperature 3 Fire Hazard Classification Maximum flame spread rating of 25 and smoke developed rating of 50 when tested according to ASTM C 411 4 Liner Adhesive Comply with NFPA 90A or NFPA 90B and ASTM C 916 5 Mechanical Fasten
191. TM International 1 2 3 4 NOD 9 10 11 12 ASTM C91 Standard Specification for Masonry Cement ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement ASTM C206 Standard Specification for Finishing Hydrated Lime ASTM C207 Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes ASTM C665 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing ASTM C847 Standard Specification for Metal Lath ASTM C897 Standard Specification for Aggregate for Job Mixed Portland Cement Based Plasters ASTM C926 Standard Specification for Application of Portland Cement Based Plaster ASTM C933 Standard Specification for Welded Wire Lath ASTM C1063 Standard Specification for Installation of Lathing and Furring to Receive Interior and Exterior Portland Cement Based Plaster ASTM C1328 Standard Specification for Plastic Stucco Cement ASTM E119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials Portland Cement Association fi PCA Portland Cement Plaster Stucco Manual Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL Fire Resistance Directory Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed 1 WH Certification Listings ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Portland Cement Plaster Building 210 09220 1 06 006 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Produ
192. The Contractor shall furnish three certified copies of all mill reports covering the chemical and physical properties of the steel used Erection Procedure Submit descriptive data to illustrate the structural steel erection procedure including the sequence of erection equipment to be employed and methods to accomplish temporary staying and bracing 1 7 PRODUCT HANDLING A B Delivery of Materials to be Installed under other Sections 1 Anchor bolts and other anchorage devices which are embedded in cast in place concrete and masonry construction shall be delivered to the project site in time to be installed before the start of cast in place concrete operations or masonry work Provide setting drawings templates and directions for the installation of the anchor bolts and other devices Storage of Materials 1 2 3 4 Structural steel members that are stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms skids or other supports Steel shall be protected from corrosion Other materials shall be stored in a weather tight and dry place until needed for use in the work Packaged materials shall be stored in their original unbroken package or container PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MATERIALS A All structural steel shapes bars plates and other structural steel shall be new and of basic open hearth process steel of domestic manufacture conforming to all applicable requirements of ASTM A36 B Structur
193. Ventilating Systems unless otherwise indicated B Comply with NFPA 90B Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems unless otherwise indicated C Comply with NFPA 96 Ventilation Control and Fire Protection of Commercial Cooking Operations Chap ter 3 Duct System for range hood ducts unless otherwise indicated D Comply with ASHRAE 90 1 1999 Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low Rise Residential Buildings 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver sealant and firestopping materials to site in original unopened containers or bundles with labels in dicating manufacturer product name and designation color expiration period for use pot life curing time and mixing instructions for multicomponent materials B Store and handle sealant and firestopping materials according to manufacturer s written recommendations C Deliver and store stainless steel sheets with mill applied adhesive protective paper maintained through fabrication and installation PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A Galvanized Sheet Steel Lock forming quality ASTM A 653 A 653M G90 Z275 coating designation mill phosphatized finish for surfaces of ducts exposed to view ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 2 ODG Engineering Inc B Carbon Steel Sheets ASTM A 366 A 366M cold rolled sheets commercial quality with oiled exposed matte finish C Stainless Steel AS
194. XCAVATION 1 71 Common Excavation CRITERIA FOR BIDDING PRODUCTS BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE 21 1 Warning Tape for Metallic Piping 2 1 2 Detectable Warning Tape for Non Metallic Piping 2 2 DETECTION WIRE FOR NON METALLIC PIPING 2 3 PIPE CASING 2 3 1 Casing Pipe PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 STRIPPING OF TOPSOIL 3 2 GENERAL EXCAVATION 3 21 Drainage 3 2 2 Dewatering 3 2 3 Underground Utilities ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 1 06 006 3 2 7 Structural Excavation 3 3 GRADING AREAS 3 4 FINAL GRADE OF SURFACES TO SUPPORT CONCRETE 3 5 GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION 3 5 1 General Requirements 3 5 2 Frozen Material 3 6 UTILIZATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS 3 7 BURIED TAPE AND DETECTION WIRE 3 7 1 Buried Warning and Identification Tape 3 7 2 Buried Detection Wire 3 8 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION 3 9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 3 9 1 Gas Distribution 3 9 2 Water Lines 3 9 3 Electrical Distribution System 3 10 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 3 10 1 Proof Rolling 3 10 2 Construction 3 10 3 Compaction 3 10 3 1 Subgrade for Pavements 3 10 3 2 Subgrade for Shoulders 3 10 3 3 Subgrade for Airfield Pavements 3 11 SHOULDER CONSTRUCTION 3 12 FINISHING 3 12 1 Subgrade and Embankments 3 12 2 Grading Around Structures 3 13 PLACING TOPSOIL 3 14 TESTING 3 14 1 Moisture Contents 3 14 2 Optimum Moisture and Laboratory Maximum Density 3 14 3 Tolerance Tests for Subgrades 3 15 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS MATERIAL End of Table of Contents PA
195. a tion and power section equal to Walker 880CS Series Cover Provide brass with combination carpet or tile fitting as required to be compatible with the finished floor material ENCLOSURES AND CABINETS Hinged Cover Enclosures Enclosures shall be UL Listed comply with applicable NEMA and ANSI Stan dards and provided with continuous hinge cover and flush latch Provide galvanized steel with manufac turer s standard enamel finish inside and out Cabinets Cabinets shall be UL Listed comply with applicable NEMA and ANSI Standards Provide gal vanized steel box with removable interior panel and removable front finished inside and out with manufac turer s standard enamel Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge Key latch to match panelboards Include metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage and include accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Examine surfaces to receive raceways boxes enclosures and cabinets for compliance with installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of raceway installation Do not proceed with instal lation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected 3 2 WIRING METHODS A Outdoors Use the following wiring methods ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Raceways And Boxes Building 210 16110 5 ODG Engineering Inc 3 3 Exposed RMC IMC or EMT Concealed RMC IMC or EMT Un
196. a depth of 150 mm inches below existing adjacent new finish grade Provide neat sawcuts at limits of pavement removal as indicated Pavement and slabs designated to be recycled and utilized in this project shall be moved ground and stored as directed by the Contracting Officer Pavement and slabs not to be used in this project shall be removed from the Installation at Contractor s expense 3 1 4 Patching Where removals leave holes and damaged surfaces exposed in the finished work patch and repair these holes and damaged surfaces to match adjacent finished surfaces using on site materials when available Where new work is to be applied to existing surfaces perform removals and patching in a manner to produce surfaces suitable for receiving new work Finished surfaces of patched area shall be flush with the adjacent existing surface and shall match the existing adjacent surface as closely as possible as to texture and finish Patching shall be as specified and indicated and shall include a Concrete and Masonry Completely fill holes and depressions caused by previous physical damage or left as a result of removals in existing masonry walls to remain with an approved masonry patching material applied in accordance with the manufacturer s printed instructions b Where existing partitions have been removed leaving damaged or missing resilient tile flooring patch to match the existing floor tile C Patch acoustic lay in ceiling w
197. able Warning Tape for Non Metallic Piping ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 7 06 006 Provide polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the width color and printing reguirements specified above with a minimum thickness of 0 004 inch and a minimum strength of 1500 psi lengthwise and 1250 psi crosswise Manufacture tape with integral wires foil backing or other means of enabling detection by a metal detector when tape is buried up to 3 feet deep Encase metallic element of the tape in a protective jacket or provide with other means of corrosion protection 2 2 DETECTION WIRE FOR NON METALLIC PIPING Insulate a single strand solid copper detection wire with a minimum of 12 AWG 2 3 PIPE CASING 2 31 Casing Pipe ASTM A 139 A 139M Grade B or ASTM A 252 Grade 2 smooth wall pipe Match casing size to the outside diameter and wall thickness as indicated on Drawing Sheet No C 3 Protective coating is not required on casing pipe PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 STRIPPING OF TOPSOIL Where indicated or directed strip topsoil to a depth of 4 inch Spread topsoil on areas already graded and prepared for topsoil or transported and deposited in stockpiles convenient to areas that are to receive application of the topsoil later or at locations indicated or specified Keep topsoil separate from other excavated materials brush litter objectionable weeds roots stones larger than 50 mm 2 inch in diameter and other materials that wou
198. able and control modules shall be installed in the outlet box or adjacent to the device they are controlling Ifa supplementary suppression releasing panel is provided then the monitor modules shall he mounted in a common enclosure adjacent to the suppression releasing panel and both this enclosure and the suppression releasing panel shall be in the same room as the releasing devices All interconnecting wires shall be supervised unless an open circuit or short circuit abnormal condition does not affect the required operation of the fire alarm system If control modules are used as interfaces to other systems such as HVAC or elevator control they shall be within the control panel or immediately adjacent to it Control modules that control a group of notification appliances shall be adjacent to the first notification appliance in the notification appliance circuits Control modules that connect to devices shall supervise the notification appliance circuits Control modules that connect to auxiliary systems or interface with other systems non life safety systems and where not required by NFPA 72 shall not require the secondary circuits to be supervised Contacts in suppression systems and other fire protection subsystems shall be connected to the fire alarm system to perform required alarm functions 3 2 OVERVOLTAGE AND SURGE PROTECTION 3 21 Power Line Surge Protection All equipment connected to alternating current circuits shall be protected from surges
199. accessories D Samples Submit two samples of corner and edge reinforcement 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C840 ASTM C1280 GA 214 GA 216 and GA 600 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience B Installer Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 6 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A Manufacturers Celotex Building Products G P Gypsum Corp National Gypsum Co United States Gypsum Co Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements or O 2 2 COMPONENTS A Framing Materials ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies Building 210 09260 2 06 006 1 Studs and Tracks Refer to Section 09111 Non Load Bearing Metal Framing Systems Furring Framing and Accessories ASTM C645 Fasteners ASTM C1002 and GA 216 Anchorage to Substrate Tie wire nails screws and other metal supports of type and size to suit application to rigidly secure materials in place 5 Adhesive ASTM C557 and GA 216 AON Gypsum Board Materials di Standard Gypsum Board ASTM C36 5 8 inch thick maximum available length in p
200. ace at cross bracing Cc Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal rectangular ducts and plenums d Do not overcompress insulation during installation 4 Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing 5 Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches 50 mm from one edge and one end of insulation segment Secure laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1 2 inch 13 mm staples 1 inch 25 mm o c and cover with pressure sensitive tape having same facing as insulation 6 Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface Groove and score insulation to fit as closely as possible to outside and inside radius of elbows Apply insulation on round and flat oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow 7 Insulate duct stiffeners hangers and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6 inch 150 mm wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct Secure on alternating sides of stiffener hanger and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches 150 mm o c 8 Apply vapor retarder mastic to open joints breaks and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 6 ODG Engineering
201. ace damaged fixtures and components Operational Testing Perform operational and functional testing as follows to verify performance 1 Verify normal operation of each fixture after installation 2 Interrupt electrical supply to emergency lighting fixtures to demonstrate proper operation Verify normal transfer to battery source and retransfer to normal 3 Report results in writing Malfunctioning Fixtures and Components Replace or repair then retest Repeat procedure until units op erate properly CLEANING AND ADJUSTING Clean fixtures internally and externally after installation Use methods and materials recommended by manufacturer Adjust aimable fixtures to provide required light intensities Dispose of defective and or broken lamps per EPA and manufacturer s requirements LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE Refer to the Lighting Fixture Schedule on the Drawings END OF SECTION 16510 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 8 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16710 BUILDING TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES A The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only 1 ELECTRONIC INDUSTRIES ALLIANCE EIA EIA TIA 455 21 A IA TIEIA 492AAAA A EIA TIA EIA 492AAAB EIA TIA EIA 492CAAA EIA TIA EIA 526 14A EIA TIA EIA 526 7 EIA TIA EI
202. acket Identify each Sample describing product and intended use Submit 12 inch 300 mm square sections of each sample material Installer Certificates Signed by the Contractor certifying that installers comply with requirements QUALITY ASSURANCE Installer Qualifications Skilled mechanics who have successfully completed an apprenticeship program or another craft training program certified by the U S Department of Labor Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training Fire Test Response Characteristics As determined by testing materials identical to those specified in this Section according to applicable ASTM standards by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction Factory label insulation and jacket materials and sealer and cement material containers with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 1 ODG Engineering Inc 1 5 1 6 1 7 1 Insulation Installed Indoor and Outdoor Flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING Packaging Ship insulation materials in containers marked by manufacturer with appropriate ASTM specification designation type and grade and maximum use temperature COORDINATION Coordinate clearance requirements with duct Installer for insulation application SCHEDULING Schedule insulation application after testing d
203. action requirements for backfill materials in conformance with the applicable portions of paragraphs GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers pneumatic tired rollers steel wheeled rollers vibratory compactors or other approved equipment 3 9 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS Special requirements for both excavation and backfill relating to the specific utilities are as follows 3 9 1 Gas Distribution Excavate trenches to a depth that will provide a minimum 18 inch of cover in rock excavation and a minimum 24 inch of cover in other excavation 3 9 2 Water Lines Excavate trenches to a depth that provides a minimum cover of 2 feet from the existing ground surface or from the indicated finished grade whichever is lower to the top of the pipe 3 9 4 Electrical Distribution System Provide a minimum cover of 24 inch from the finished grade to direct burial cable and conduit or duct line unless otherwise indicated 3 10 SUBGRADE PREPARATION 3 10 1 Construction Shape subgrade to line grade and cross section and compact as specified Include plowing disking and any moistening or aerating required to obtain specified compaction for this operation Remove soft or otherwise unsatisfactory material and replace with satisfactory excavated material or other approved material as directed Excavate rock encountered in the cut section to a depth of 6 inch below finished grade for the subgrade Bring up low areas resulting fro
204. ads for Buildings and Other Structures B ASTM International 1 ASTM A606 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet and Strip High Strength Low Alloy Hot Rolled and Cold Rolled with Improved Atmospheric Corrosion Resistance 2 ASTM A755 A755M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Metallic Coated by the Hot Dip Process and Prepainted by the Coil Coating Process for Exterior Exposed Building Products 3 ASTM A792 A792M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet 55 Aluminum Zinc Alloy Coated by the Hot Dip Process 4 ASTM A924 A924M Standard Specification for General Requirements for Steel Sheet Metallic Coated by the Hot Dip Process 5 ASTM E330 Standard Test Method for Structural Performance of Exterior Windows Curtain Walls and Doors By Uniform Static Air Pressure Difference 1 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A System Preformed and prefinished metal siding system of vertical profile site assembled 1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Components Design and size components to withstand dead and live loads caused by positive and negative wind pressure acting normal to plane of wall as calculated in accordance with applicable code ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Siding Building 210 07468 1 06 006 Maximum Allowable Deflection of Panel 1 180 of span Movement Accommodate movement within system without damage to components or deterioration of seals movement within system movement between system and perimeter components when subj
205. al Identification Building 210 16075 5 ODG Engineering Inc 17 18 19 20 21 23 24 26 27 Remote controlled switches Dimmers Control devices Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items Inverters Rectifiers Clock program master eguipment Call system master station TV audio monitoring master station Fire alarm master station or control panel Security monitoring master station or control panel END OF SECTION 16075 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 Electrical Identification 16075 6 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16110 RACEWAYS AND BOXES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section 1 2 SUMMARY A This Section includes raceways fittings boxes enclosures and cabinets for electrical wiring 1 Raceways include the following Rigid Metal Conduit RMC Intermediate Metal Conduit IMC PVC externally coated IMC Electrical Metallic Tubing EMT Flexible Metal Conduit FMC Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit LFMC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit RNC Wireways Surface raceways sa ro0200p 2 Boxes enclosures and cabinets include the following Device boxes Floor boxes Outlet boxes Pull and junction boxes Cabinets and hinged cover enclosures DID 1 3 SUBMITTALS A
206. al steel tubing shall be of domestic manufacture conforming to all applicable requirements of ASTM A500 Grade B ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Structural Steel Building 210 05120 2 06 006 Threaded Fasteners Standard bolts ASTM A325 X in accordance with Part 4 Table or Table III of AISC Manual complete with nuts and standard or beveled washers as reguired Standard nuts ASTM A563 Standard and beveled washers ASTM F436 Anchor Bolts Conform to Section 1 3 of ASTM A307 Shop Paint Primer Zinc chromate primer Non Shrink Grout Pre mixed factory packaged grouting compound Submit product data and manufacturer s literature for review and approval 2 2 FABRICATION A Fabricate structural steel in accordance with the applicable city Building Code and AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings with the modifications and additional reguirements specified in this Section 1 Where a conflict occurs between the standards specified above the more stringent shall govern 2 Structural material shall be fabricated and assembled in the shop to the greatest extent possible 3 Mark and match mark all materials for field assembly Fabricate for delivery seguence that will expedite erection and minimize field handling Shop connections shall be welded except where shown to be bolted Welded Construction 1 Welded construction shall conform to the AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings 2 Welding proce
207. all immediately notify the Contract Officer in writing of said discrepancies and apply for an interpretation and unless the Contract Officer offers an interpretation in writing the applicable rules and regulations shall be complied with as a part of the contract In case of difference between building codes specifications state laws industry standards and the Con tract Documents the most stringent shall govern However inform the Contract Officer of the discrepancy and ask for a written response ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 1 ODG Engineering Inc 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Shop Drawings Dimensioned plans and sections or elevation layouts of electrical equipment rooms B Field Test Reports Indicate and interpret test results for compliance with performance requirements C Coordination Drawings Drawings showing the extent and arrangement of the work of a particular trade and the extent and arrangement of work of other trades to insure that the Contractor in laying out and in stalling his work shall do so in a manner such that the work of the several trades may progress in the most direct workmanlike and harmonious manner D Submittal Schedule List of proposed submittals shall be provided in a schedule form indicating the extent of the submittal shop drawings product data test reports record drawings and similar items that the Contractor intends to submit for approval The
208. all alarm signaling devices in the total alarm mode for a minimum period of 15 minutes Batteries shall be provided with overcurrent protection in accordance with NFPA 72 Separate battery cabinets shall have a lockable hinged cover similar to the fire alarm panel The lock shall be keyed the same as the fire alarm control panel Cabinets shall be painted to match the fire alarm control panel 24 BATTERY CHARGER Battery charger shall be completely automatic 24 Vdc with high low charging rate capable of restoring the batteries from full discharge 18 Volts dc to full charge within 48 hours A pilot light indicating when batteries are manually placed on a high rate of charge shall be provided as part of the unit assembly if a high rate switch is provided Charger shall be located in control panel cabinet or in a separate battery cabinet 2 5 ADDRESSABLE MANUAL FIRE ALARM STATIONS Addressable manual fire alarm stations shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 38 Manual stations shall ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 5 ODG Engineering Inc be connected into signal line circuits Stations shall be installed on recessed mounted outlet boxes Manual stations shall be mounted at 48 inches Stations shall be double action type Stations shall be finished in red with raised letter operating instructions of contrasting color Stations requiring the breaking of glass or plastic pane
209. alve charts END OF SECTION 15075 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Mechanical Identification Building 210 15075 4 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 15081 DUCT INSULATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes semirigid and flexible duct plenum and breeching insulation insulating cements field applied jackets accessories and attachments and sealing compounds Related Sections include the following 1 Division 7 Section for firestopping materials and requirements for penetrations through fire and smoke barriers 2 Division 15 Section Equipment Insulation for insulation materials and application for pumps tanks hydronic specialties and other equipment 3 Division 15 Section Pipe Insulation for insulation for piping systems 4 Division 15 Section Metal Ducts for duct liner SUBMITTALS Product Data Identify thermal conductivity thickness and jackets both factory and field applied if any for each type of product indicated Shop Drawings Show fabrication and installation details for the following 1 Removable insulation sections at access panels 2 Application of field applied jackets 3 Applications at linkages for control devices Samples For each type of insulation and field applied j
210. ansion joints at curbs at juncture of walks and buildings and or other vertical surfaces and not over 30 feet apart in run of walk Slope surface 1 4 per foot or crown as required Provide false joint markings spaced equal to the width of the walk unless otherwise shown on drawings The outer edges of joints shall be rounded with approved tools to a radius of 1 4 Curbs In accordance with Division 2 construct new concrete curbs as directed to conform to local laws and ordinances Trowel finish smooth with corners rounded Install 1 2 prefabricated compressible type expansion joints in all curbs as shown on drawings but not to exceed spacing of 30 0 on center 3 10 CLEAN UP A Clean up all concrete and cement work upon completion of this portion of the work except that curing blankets visqueen shall remain for 7 days END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 7 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 8 06 006 SECTION 03346 FINISHING CONCRETE SURFACES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Finish all new concrete surfaces B Apply concrete sealers where scheduled by room number name C Wet cure finished surfaces in accordance with Section 03300 1 2 RELATED WORK A Division 2 B Division 3 1 3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A ACI 302 Recommended Practice for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction B ACI 304 Recomm
211. ant meeting F S TT S 00230 C Type II Class A and ASTM C 920 79 3 Solder 50 Pig lead and 50 black tin as per ASTM B32 4 Concrete Splash Blocks Provide a preformed concrete splash block measuring minimum 12 x 18 at the base of each new downspout Each downspout shall be provided with a concrete splash block where water is deposited on asphalt bare ground or planted surfaces Splash blocks are not required where water is deposited on existing concrete surfaces ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flashing and Sheet Metal Building 210 07600 3 06 006 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 01 3 02 3 03 INSPECTION Coordinate all sheet metal work with other roofing work and other trades on this Project for correct seguencing of items which make up the entire Project PREPARATION All sheet metal flanges connected or contacting the roof shall be primed with uniform coating of asphalt primer and set into a full bed of mastic All joints shall be locked sealed welded or soldered as required All joints other than those receiving standing seam or cover and back plates in galvanized sheet metal edging copings accessories flanges and umbrellas etc shall be connected by stainless steel blind rivets spaced at 2 on center and fully soldered completely watertight Expansion joint covers expansion breaks or other devices so needing same shall be fitted with watertight standing seam joints allowing for lateral expansion as dictated by gauge of
212. approvedseed of the latest season s crop delivered in original sealed packages bearing producer s guaranteed analysis for percentages of mixtures purity germination weedseed content and inert material Label in conformance with AMS Seed Act and applicable state seed laws Wet moldy or otherwise damaged seed will be rejected Field mixes will be acceptable when field mix is performed on site in the presence of the Contracting Officer 2 1 2 Planting Dates Planting Season Planting Dates Season 1 April June Season 2 September November Temporary Seeding As Required 21 3 Seed Purity Max Min Min Percent Percent Botanical Common Percent Germination and Weed Name Name Pure Seed Hard Seed Seed TBP L TBP TBP TBP TBP TBP L TBP TBP TBP TBP TBP L TBP L TBP TBP TBP 2 1 4 Seed Mixture by Weight Planting Season Variety Percent by Weight Season 1 TBP _ TBP TBP TBP Season 2 TBP L TBP L TBP TBP Planting Season Variety Percent by Weight Temporary Seeding L h Proportion seed mixtures by weight Temporary seeding must later be replaced by Season 1 plantings for a permanent stand of grass The same requirements of turf establishment for Season 1 apply for temporary seeding ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 5 06 006 2 2 TOPSOIL 2 21 On Site Topsoil Surface soil stripped and stockpiled on site and modified as necessary to meet
213. are located to sense only the intended conditions Seguence of operation for control modes is according to the Contract Documents Controller set points are set at design values Observe and record system reactions to changes in conditions Record default set points if different from design values Interlocked systems are operating Changeover from heating to cooling mode occurs according to design values CONES PO Ore og Report deficiencies discovered before and during performance of testing adjusting and balancing proce dures PREPARATION Prepare a testing adjusting and balancing plan that includes strategies and step by step procedures Complete system readiness checks and prepare system readiness reports Verify the following Permanent electrical power wiring is complete Automatic temperature control systems are operational Equipment and duct access doors are securely closed Balance smoke and fire dampers are open Isolating and balancing valves are open and control valves are operational Ceilings are installed in critical areas where air pattern adjustments are required and access to bal ancing devices is provided Windows and doors can be closed so design conditions for system operations can be met POL ONS N GENERAL TESTING AND BALANCING PROCEDURES Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system according to the procedures contained in AABC s Procedural Standards for Testing Adjusting and
214. as on Government Property 3 5 4 Removal from Government Property 3 6 REUSE OF SALVAGED ITEMS End of Table of Contents PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to within the text by the basic designation only AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE ARI ARI Guideline K 2005 Containers for Recovered Fluorocarbon Refrigerants AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIAL AASHTO AASHTO M 145 1991 R 2000 Classification of Soils and Soil Aggregate Mixtures for Highway Construction Purposes AASHTO T 180 2001 R 2004 Moisture Density Relations of Soils Using a 4 54 kg 10 lb Rammer and an 457 mm 18 in Drop AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI ANSI A10 6 1990 R 1998 Safety Requirements for Demolition Operations CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE CRI CRI 104 2002 Standard for Installation Specification of Commercial Carpet U S ARMY CORPS OF ENGINEERS USACE EM 385 1 1 2003 Safety Safety and Health Requirements U S DEFENSE LOGISTICS AGENCY DLA DLA 4145 25 June 2000 Storage and Handling of Liquefied and Gaseous Compressed Gases and Their Full and Empty Cylinders ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 2 06 006 U S DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DOD DOD 4000 25 1 M 2000 Reguisitioning and Issue Procedures MIL STD 129 Rev P Military Marking for Ship
215. ass 1 clear Quality g3 glazing select 1 13 ACCESSORIES A Elastomeric Glazing Sealants Materials compatible with adjacent materials including glass laminated glass core insulating glass seals and glazing channels 1 Silicone Glazing Sealant ASTM C920 Type S Grade NS Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated single component chemical curing capable of water immersion without loss of properties non bleeding non staining cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25 2 Polysulfide Glazing Sealant ASTM C920 Type M Grade NS Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated two component chemical curing non sagging type cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25 3 Polyurethane Glazing Sealant ASTM C920 Type S Grade NS Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated single component chemical curing non staining non bleeding Shore A Hardness Range 20 to 35 4 Acrylic Sealant ASTM C920 Type S Grade NS Class and Use suitable for glazing application indicated single component solvent curing non bleeding cured Shore A hardness of 15 to 25 B Glazing Gaskets ASTM C864 Option II resilient neoprene extruded shape to suit glazing channel retaining slot C Pre Formed Glazing Tape Size to suit application 1 Preformed butyl compound with integral resilient tube spacing device 10 to 15 Shore A durometer hardness coiled on release paper black color a Butyl Corner Sealant ASTM C920 single c
216. at are products of manufacturers regularly engaged in the production of such products which are of equal material design and workmanship Products shall have been in satisfactory commercial or industrial use for 2 years prior to bid opening The 2 year period shall include applications of equipment and materials under similar circumstances and of similar size The product shall have been on sale on the commercial market through advertisements manufacturers catalogs or brochures during the 2 year period Where two or more items of the same class of equipment are required these items shall be products of a single manufacturer however the component parts of the item need not be the products of the same manufacturer unless stated in this section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 5 ODG Engineering Inc 1 6 4 1 Alternative Qualifications Products having less than a 2 year field service record will be acceptable if a certified record of satisfactory field operation for not less than 6000 hours exclusive of the manufacturers factory or laboratory tests is furnished 1 6 4 2 Material and Equipment Manufacturing Date Products manufactured more than 3 years prior to date of delivery to site shall not be used unless specified otherwise 1 7 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Provide protection from weather moisture extreme heat and cold dirt dust and other contaminants for telecommunications cablin
217. ate of rise principle Heat detector spacing shall be rated in accordance with UL 521 Detectors located in areas subject to moisture exterior atmospheric conditions or hazardous locations as defined by NFPA 70 and as shown on drawings shall be types approved for such locations Heat detectors located in attic spaces or similar concealed spaces below the roof shall be intermediate temperature rated 2 6 1 1 Combination Fixed Temperature and Rate of Rise Detectors Detectors shall be designed for semi flush outlet box mounting and supported independently of wiring connections Contacts shall be self resetting after response to rate of rise principle Under fixed temperature actuation the detector shall have a permanent external indication which is readily visible Detector units located in boiler rooms showers or other areas subject to abnormal temperature changes shall operate on fixed temperature principle only The UL 521 test rating for the fixed temperature portion shall be 57 2 degrees C 135 degrees F The UL 521 test rating for the Rate of Rise detectors shall be rated for 15 by 15 m 50 by 50 ft 2 6 2 Smoke Detectors Smoke detectors shall be designed for detection of abnormal smoke densities Smoke detectors shall be photoelectric type Detectors shall contain a visible indicator LED LCD that shows when the unit is in alarm condition Detectors shall not be adversely affected by vibration or pressure Detectors shall be the plug in type in w
218. ate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent Work Beginning new Work means acceptance of existing conditions B Verify existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being applied or attached C Examine and verify specific conditions described in individual specification sections D Verify utility services are available of correct characteristics and in correct locations END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 30 06 006 SECTION 01600 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES moo gt m Products Product delivery requirements Product storage and handling requirements Product options Product substitution procedures Equipment electrical characteristics and components 1 2 PRODUCTS A Furnish products of qualified manufacturers suitable for intended use Furnish products of each type by single manufacturer unless specified otherwise Do not use materials and equipment removed from existing premises except as specifically permitted by Contract Documents Furnish interchangeable components from same manufacturer for components being replaced 1 3 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS A B Transport and handle products in accordance with manufacturer s instructions Promptly inspect shipments to ensure products comply with requirements quantities are correct and products are undamaged Provide equi
219. ation and heavy duty arms as specified in the hardware sets or as otherwise called for to insure a proper operating long ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 8 06 006 lasting opening Drop plates and any additional brackets reguired for the proper installation of the door closer shall be included in the hardware suppliers base bid Finish Sprayed enamel finish to match other hardware Closers shall be Dor O Matic SC81 series or equal products manufactured by LCN or Sargent 2 6 DOOR STOPS AND HOLDERS A b Door stops are to be furnished for every door leaf Every door is to have a floor wall or an overhead stop Place door stops in such a position that they permit maximum door swing but do not present a hazard of obstruction Furnish floor strikes for floor holders of proper height to engage holders of doors Where overhead stops and holders are specified or otherwise reguired for proper door operation they are to be heavy duty and of extruded brass bronze or stainless steel with no plastic parts as specified The General Contractor shall provide wood blocking in all stud walls specified and scheduled to receive wall stops Finish Same as other hardware where available Acceptable Products Floor and wall stops as listed in hardware sets Eguivalent products as manufactured by Ives Rockwood Glynn Johnson and Trimco are acceptable 2 7 PUSH PLATES DOOR PULLS AND KICKPLATES A A
220. award Showing for sale or selling materials and equipment on site is prohibited 3 3 2 Reuse of Materials and Equipment Remove and store materials and equipment listed in the Demolition Deconstruction Plan indicated Il to be reused or relocated to prevent damage and reinstall as the work progresses 3 4 CLEANUP Remove debris and rubbish from basement and similar excavations Remove and transport the in a manner that prevents spillage on streets or adjacent areas Apply local regulations regarding hauling and disposal 3 5 DISPOSAL OF REMOVED MATERIALS 3 5 1 Regulation of Removed Materials Dispose of debris rubbish scrap and other nonsalvageable materials resulting from removal operations with all applicable federal state and local regulations as contractually specified off the center in the Waste Management Plan Storage of removed materials on the project site is prohibited 3 5 2 Burning on Government Property Burning of materials removed from demolished and deconstructed structures will not be permitted on Government property Transport combustible materials removed from demolished and deconstructed structures to the areas designated for burning Control fires for protection of persons and property Monitor fires continuously until the fires have burned out or have been extinguished Comply with Federal State and local laws regulating the building and maintaining of brush and trash fires ADAL Ha
221. be equal to Lutron Nova T Se ries 4 Dimmer should be equal to Lutron Nova series slide off dimmers for single control locations and Lutron maestro series for 3 way dimming applications FINISHES All wiring devices in finished areas shall be furnished in colors and with device plates of colors in nylon as selected by the Architect Generally utility areas and unfinished spaces shall be stainless steel Type 302 cover plates PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 INSTALLATION Install devices and assemblies plumb and secure Install wall plates when painting is complete Install wall dimmers to achieve indicated rating after derating for ganging as instructed by manufacturer All dimmer circuits shall have a dedicated neutral conductor for each dimmer load circuit on the line and load side of the dimmer Do not share neutral conductor for dimmers Unless otherwise indicated mount flush with long dimension vertical and grounding terminal of recepta cles on top or right side Group adjacent switches under single multigang wall plates Lighting control switches shall be installed 48 above the finished floor to the centerline of the switch unless specifically noted otherwise on the drawings Convenience receptacles and communication outlets shall be installed 18 above the finished floor to the centerline of the outlet unless specifically noted otherwise on the drawings GFCI receptacles shall have dedicated bra
222. be measured and resistance shall be calculated by voltage drop method 4 Perform earth resistivity test using the four terminal method to determine the average soil resistivity at the location of the main grounding electrode Earth resistivity shall be given in ohm centimeter 5 Provide drawings locating each ground rod ground bus ground rod assembly and other grounding electrodes identify each by letter in alphabetical order and key to the record of tests and observa tions Include the number of rods driven and their depth at each location and include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results Describe measures taken to improve test results a Eguipment Rated 500 kVA and Less 10 ohms b Eguipment Rated over 500 kVA 5 ohms C Substations and Pad Mounted Switching Equipment 5 ohms d Manhole Grounds 10 ohms e Signal and Communications Grounds 2 ohms 6 Excessive Ground Resistance If resistance to ground exceeds specified values notify Contract Of ficer promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 6 ODG Engineering Inc 3 7 GRADING AND PLANTING A Restore surface features including vegetation at areas disturbed by Work of this Section Reestablish original grades unless otherwise indicated If sod has been removed replace it as soon as possible after backfilling is completed Restore areas dist
223. be updated if required to accommodate the revised configuration Acceptance testing shall include procedures that would demonstrate that operation of existing equipment has not been ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 8 ODG Engineering Inc degraded and that the expanded configuration operates compatibly with the new fire alarm system 3 5 TESTING The Contractor shall notify the Contracting Officer at least 10 days before the preliminary and acceptance tests are to be conducted The tests shall be performed in accordance with the approved test procedures in the presence of the Contracting Officer The control panel manufacturer s representative shall be present to supervise tests The Contractor shall furnish instruments and personnel required for the tests 3 5 1 Preliminary Tests Upon completion of the installation the system shall be subjected to functional and operational performance tests including tests of each installed initiating and notification appliance when required Tests shall include the meggering of system conductors to determine that the system is free from grounded shorted or open circuits The megger test shall be conducted prior to the installation of fire alarm equipment If deficiencies are found corrections shall be made and the system shall be retested to assure that it is functional After completing the preliminary testing the Contractor shall complete and submit
224. below B Contract Documents Examination Report Within 45 days from the Contractor s Notice to Proceed submit 2 copies of the Contract Documents review report as specified in Part 3 of this Section C Strategies and Procedures Plan Within 60 days from the Contractor s Notice to Proceed submit 2 copies of the testing adjusting and balancing strategies and step by step procedures as specified in Part 3 Preparation Article below Include a complete set of report forms intended for use on this Project D Certified Testing Adjusting and Balancing Reports Submit 2 copies of reports prepared as specified in this Section on approved forms certified by the testing adjusting and balancing Agent E Sample Report Forms Submit 2 sets of sample testing adjusting and balancing report forms F Warranty Submit 2 copies of special warranty specified in the Warranty Article below 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Agent Qualifications Engage a testing adjusting and balancing agent certified by AABC B Testing Adjusting and Balancing Conference Meet with the Owner s and the Contract Officer s represen tatives on approval of the testing adjusting and balancing strategies and procedures plan to develop a mutual understanding of the details Ensure the participation of testing adjusting and balancing team members equipment manufacturers authorized service representatives HVAC controls Installer and other support personnel Provide 7 days
225. book matched grain for transparent finish 1 Wood Select White Birch B Solid Core Fire Rated AWI Section 1300 Type as reguired for fire rating Interior Veneer Facing AWI Premium guality wood rotary cut balanced match book matched grain for transparent finish 1 Wood Select White Birch C Facing Adhesive Type waterproof 2 3 ACCESSORIES A Glazing Stops Rolled steel channel shape mitered corners prepared for countersink style tamper proof screws 2 4 FABRICATION A Fabricate non rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards requirements ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flush Wood Doors Building 210 08212 3 H 06 006 Fabricate fire rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standards and to UL requirements Attach fire rating label to door Astragals for Fire Rated Double Doors Reference Section 08710 Furnish lock blocks at lock edge and top of door for closer for hardware reinforcement Factory machine doors for finish hardware in accordance with hardware requirements and dimensions Do not machine for surface hardware Furnish solid blocking for through bolted hardware Factory fit doors for frame opening dimensions identified on shop drawings Cut and configure exterior door edge to receive recessed weather stripping devices Provide edge clearances in accordance with AWI 1300 2 5 SHOP FINISHING A Factory finish doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standard Section 1500 to the fo
226. bration or thermal expansion in piping systems 5 Variable Spring Hangers MSS standards Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from hanger 6 Variable Spring Base Supports MSS standards Preset to indicated load and limit variability fac tor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from base support 7 Variable Spring Trapeze Hangers MSS standards Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to absorb expansion and contraction of piping system from trapeze support 8 Constant Supports For critical piping stress and if necessary to avoid transfer of stress from one support to another support critical terminal or connected equipment Include auxiliary stops for erection hydrostatic test and load adjustment capability These supports include the following types a Horizontal MSS standards Mounted horizontally b Vertical MSS standards Mounted vertically C Trapeze MSS standards Two vertical type supports and one trapeze member ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 5 ODG Engineering Inc 3 2 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION Pipe Hanger and Support Installation Comply with MSS Standards Install hangers supports clamps and attachments as required to properly support piping from building structure Heavy Duty Steel Trapeze Installation Arrange fo
227. cal interlocks and motor starters Verify that motor starters are equipped with properly sized thermal protection Check dampers for proper position to achieve desired airflow path Check for airflow blockages Check condensate drains for proper connections and functioning Check for proper sealing of air handling unit components CONSTANT VOLUME AIR SYSTEMS BALANCING PROCEDURES The procedures in this Article apply to constant volume supply return and exhaust air systems Addi tional procedures are required for variable air volume supply air systems and process exhaust air sys tems These additional procedures are specified in other articles in this Section Adjust fans to deliver total design airflows within the maximum allowable rpm listed by the fan manufac turer a Measure fan static pressures to determine actual static pressure as follows a Measure outlet static pressure as far downstream from the fan as practicable and upstream from restrictions in ducts such as elbows and transitions b Measure static pressure directly at the fan outlet or through the flexible connection C Measure inlet static pressure of single inlet fans in the inlet duct as near the fan as possible upstream from flexible connection and downstream from duct restrictions d Measure inlet static pressure of double inlet fans through the wall of the plenum that houses the fan 2 Measure static pressure across each air handling unit component a Simulate
228. cale and coordinating penetrations and ceiling mounting items Show ceiling mounting access panels and access doors required for access to duct accessories QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with NFPA 90A Installation of Air Conditioning and Ventilating Systems and NFPA 90B Installation of Warm Air Heating and Air Conditioning Systems ASHRAE 90 1 1999 Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings except Low Rise Residential Buildings compliance PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 2 2 MANUFACTURERS In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists the following requirements apply to product selection 1 Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the manufacturers specified SHEET METAL MATERIALS Comply with the most current publication of SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible for acceptable materials material thicknesses and duct construction methods unless otherwise indicated Galvanized Sheet Steel Lock forming quality complying with the applicable ASTM A standards and having G90 Z275 coating designation ducts shall have mill phosphatized finish for surfaces exposed to view Stainless Steel ASTM A 480 A 480M Aluminum Sheets Comply with the applicable ASTM standards alloy 3003 temper H14 with mill finish for concealed ducts and standard 1 side bright finish for exposed ducts Extruded Aluminum ASTM standards alloy 6063 temper T6 Re
229. cates Telecommunications Contractor Qualifications G Key Personnel Qualifications G Manufacturer Qualifications G Test plan G SD 09 Manufacturer s Field Reports Factory reel tests G SD 11 Closeout Submittals Record Documentation G 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE 16 1 Telecommunications Qualifications Work under this section shall be performed by and the equipment shall be provided by the approved telecommunications contractor and key personnel Qualifications shall be provided for the telecommunications system contractor the telecommunications system installer and the supervisor if different from the installer A minimum of 30 days prior to installation submit documentation of the experience of the telecommunications contractor and of the key personnel 1 6 1 1 Telecommunications Contractor The telecommunications contractor shall be a firm which is regularly and professionally engaged in the business of the applications installation and testing of the specified telecommunications systems and equipment The telecommunications contractor shall demonstrate experience in providing successful telecommunications systems within the past 3 years Submit documentation for a minimum of three and a maximum of five successful telecommunication system installations for the telecommunications contractor 1 6 1 2 Key Personnel Provide key personnel who are regularly and professionally engaged in the business of the application installation and
230. cation Listings 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flush Wood Doors Building 210 08212 1 E 06 006 Shop Drawings Illustrate door opening criteria elevations sizes types swings undercuts reguired special beveling special blocking for hardware factory machining criteria factory finishing criteria identify cutouts for glazing Product Data Submit information on door core materials and construction and on veneer species type and characteristics Samples 1 Submit two samples of door veneer 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating wood grain stain color and sheen Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special installation instructions 14 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with AWI Quality Standard Section 1300 Premium Grade Finish doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standard Section 1500 Fire Door Construction Conform to UBC Standard 7 2 Installed Fire Rated Assembly Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class as scheduled 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Requirements Product storage and handling requirements Package deliver and store doors in accordance with AWI Section 1300 Protect doors with resilie
231. ceive Screw Attached Gypsum Panel Products 6 ASTM C1002 Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases B National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers 1 NAAMM ML SFA 540 Lightweight Steel Framing Systems Manual C SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings 1 SSPC Paint 20 Zinc Rich Primers Type Inorganic and Type II Organic ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Building 210 09111 1 06 006 1 3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A Exterior Wall Metal stud framing system infill with exterior sheathing specified in Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies B Exterior Loads Design and size components to withstand loads caused by positive and negative pressure of wind acting normal to plane of wall in accordance with 2006 International Building Code to design pressure of 20 Ib sg ft C Maximum Allowable Deflection 1 600 span at exterior masonry veneer systems D Wall System 1 Design to provide for movement of components without damage failure of joint seals undue stress on fasteners or other detrimental effects when subject to seasonal or cyclic day night temperature ranges 2 Design system to accommodate construction tolerances deflection of building structural members and clearances of intended openings 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Shop Drawings 1 Indicate
232. cement Provide temporary ports or openings in formwork where required to facilitate cleaning and inspection Locate openings at bottom of forms to allow flushing water to drain Close temporary ports or openings with tight fitting panels flush with inside face of forms neatly fitted so that joints will not be apparent in exposed concrete surfaces 3 5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A Inspect completed formwork shoring and bracing to insure that work is in accordance with formwork design and that supports fastenings wedges ties and other parts are secure B Inform Architect when formwork is complete and has been cleaned to allow for inspection Complete review prior to placing concrete ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Concrete Formwork Building 210 03100 3 06 006 3 6 CLEANING A 3 7 FORM A B Clean forms as erection proceeds to remove foreign matter Remove cuttings shavings and debris from within forms Flush with water or use compressed air to remove remaining foreign matter Insure that water and debris drain to exterior through clean out ports During cold weather remove ice and snow from within forms Do not use de icing salts Do not use water to clean out completed forms unless formwork and concrete construction proceed within heated enclosure Use compressed air or other means to remove foreign matter REMOVAL Notify Architect prior to removing formwork Do not remove forms shores and bracing until
233. center of the floor or wall to form a waterproof passage After the conduits have been installed in the sleeves insure a waterproof penetration by the use of a Link Seal by Thunderline or Pipe Linx by Mason Dallas Inc wall sleeve or shall fabricate a sleeve in accordance with recommenda tion and sizing furnished by the Thunderline Corporation or Mason Dallas Incorporated D Sleeves passing through fire rated walls or floors shall be sealed with an approved fire stop material after installation of the conduit such that the fire rating of the wall or floor is not degraded 2 3 IDENTIFICATION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 8 ODG Engineering Inc 2 4 Switchboards panelboards transformers cabinets and other specified equipment shall be labeled with laminated plates with 3 8 inch engraved letters Punch tapes with mastic backings are NOT acceptable Disconnect switches and other specified equipment shall be marked with laminated plastic plates with 1 4 inch engraved letters Where individual switches or circuit breakers in power or distribution panelboards do not have cardholders they shall also be marked with engraved plates Where electrical identification devices are applied to field finished surfaces coordinate installation of iden tification devices with completion of finished surface Where acoustical ceilings and similar finishes will conceal electrical identifica
234. ceways and enclosed conductors is carried entirely by raceway supports with no weight load on raceway terminals Simultaneously install vertical conductor supports with conductors Separately support cast boxes that are threaded to raceways and used for fixture support Support sheet metal boxes directly from the building structure or by bar hangers If bar hangers are used attach bar to raceways on opposite sides of the box and support the raceway with an approved fastener not more than 24 inches 610 mm from the box Install metal channel racks for mounting cabinets panelboards disconnect switches control enclosures pull and junction boxes transformers and other devices unless components are mounted directly to struc tural elements of adequate strength Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of concrete slabs and walls unless core drilled holes are used Install sleeves for cable and raceway penetrations of masonry and fire rated gypsum walls and of all other fire rated floor and wall assemblies Install sleeves during erection of concrete and masonry walls FIRESTOPPING Apply firestopping or fireproofing materials to cable and raceway penetrations of fire rated floor and wall assemblies to achieve fire resistance rating of the assembly Firestopping or fireproofing materials and in stallation requirements shall be as specified in Division 7 of these specifications ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials a
235. cification is defined as AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings Ninth Edition and the AISC Code of Standard Practice for Steel Buildings and Bridges Ninth Edition C AWS Building Code shall mean AWS D1 1 Structural Welding Code Steel D Specification for Structural Joints shall mean Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A325 or A490 Bolts approved by the Research Council on Riveted and Bolted Joints of the Engineering Foundation 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A Qualify welding processes and welding operators in accordance with AWS Standard Qualification Procedure B Provide certification that welders employed in the work shall have satisfactorily passed AWS qualification tests within 12 months prior to the time of welding in the erection period C If re certification of welders is required re testing shall be the Contractor s responsibility ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Structural Steel Building 210 05120 1 1 6 SUBMITTALS A 06 006 Shop Drawings 1 Submit connection details for review and approval prior to preparation of other shop and erection drawings Provide manufacturer s specifications and test reports for high strength bolts Submit six sets of shop drawings indicating all shop and erection details including cuts copes connections holes and welds All welds both shop and field shall be indicated by AWS welding symbols showing size length and type Mill Reports
236. cification sections Contracting Officer will retain one sample Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification sections Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in specification section After review produce duplicates and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents purposes described in Section 01700 1 7 DESIGN DATA A Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents 1 8 CERTIFICATES A When specified in individual specification sections submit certification by manufacturer installation application subcontractor or Contractor to Contracting Officer in quantities specified for Product Data B Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements Submit supporting reference data affidavits and certifications as appropriate C Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product but must be acceptable to Contracting Officer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Submittal Procedures Building 210 01330 3 06 006 1 9 ERECTION DRAWINGS A Submit drawings for Contracting Officer s benefit as contract administrator or for Owner B Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents
237. cing END OF SECTION 15855 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Diffusers Registers And Grilles Building 210 15855 2 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 15990 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes testing adjusting and balancing HVAC systems to produce design objectives Related Sections include the following 1 Testing and adjusting requirements unique to particular systems and equipment are included in the Sections that specify those systems and equipment 2 Field quality control testing to verify that workmanship quality for system and equipment installation is specified in system and equipment Sections DEFINITIONS Adjust To regulate fluid flow rate and air patterns at the terminal equipment such as to reduce fan speed or adjust a damper Balance To proportion flows within the distribution system including submains branches and terminals according to design quantities Draft A current of air when referring to localized effect caused by one or more factors of high air velocity low ambient temperature or direction of airflow whereby more heat is withdrawn from a person s skin than is normally dissipated Procedure An approach to and execution of a sequence of work operations t
238. cise workmanship The Contractor shall ensure that all work is in accordance with all laws ordinances regulations and codes governing the type of work being done on the job site Any additional work or furnishing of materials required due to inspection by authorities will be furnished at no additional cost to the Government Omissions from the drawings or specifications or the misdescription of details or work which are manifestly necessary to carry out the intent of the drawings or specifications or which are customarily performed shall not relieve the Contractor from performing such omitted or misdescribed details of the work but Attachment 1 ADAL Hangar No 2 Adamon l F Summary Building 210 01100 3 06 006 they shall be performed as if fully and correctiy set forth and described in the drawings and specifications PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 COLOR FINISH SAMPLE BOARDS A Color finish board s shall have attached samples of all interior appearance related construction items the Contractor proposes to furnish including but not limited to such items as interior paints and finishes wall covering trim items carpet floor wall and ceiling tiles doors cabinet work signage etc Each sample shall indicate color texture and finish and if patterned shall be large enough to define full pattern Samples shall be identified as to type of material area of installation manufacturer and transmittal number under which _ c
239. ck doors up to and including 36 inches wide Doors over 1 inch through 2 inch thick use 5 inch x 5 inch hinges Doors over 36 inches use 5 inch x 4 42 inch F Were required to clear the trim and or to permit the doors to swing 180 degrees furnish hinges of sufficient throw G Provide heavy weight hinges on all doors over 36 inches in width H At labeled door s steel or stainless steel bearing type hinges shall be provided For all doors equipped with closers provide bearing type hinges Finishes At wood doors hinges are to be plated to match adjacent hardware or as called for in Hardware Sets At hollow metal doors hinges are to be USP or stainless steel at exterior out swinging doors unless otherwise specified in Hardware Sets J Continuous hinges shall be Ives as specified or equal products manufactured by Select or Markar 2 2 LOCKS AND LOCK TRIM A All of the lock sets latch sets and trim to be of one manufacturer as hereafter listed for continuity of design and consideration of warranty Locksets shall be provided as specified and are Falcon M series with the Dane lever Equal products manufactured by Arrow or Schlage shall be acceptable B Provide metal wrought box strike boxes and curved lip strikes with proper lip length to protect trim of the frame but not to project more than 1 8 inch beyond frame trim or the inactive leaf of a pair of doors C Mechanical Locks shall meet ANSI Operational Grade 1 Series
240. commencing work of this section C Include persons involved with installation of doors frames and hardware 1 9 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Requirements Product storage and handling requirements B Package hardware items individually with necessary fasteners instructions and installation templates when necessary label and identify each package with door opening code to match hardware schedule 1 10 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 4 06 006 B Coordinate Work with other directly affected sections involving manufacture or fabrication of internal reinforcement for door hardware and recessed items 1 Provide templates or actual hardware as reguired to ensure proper preparation of doors and frames C Sequence installation to accommodate required utility connections D Coordinate Owner s keying requirements during course of Work 1 11 WARRANTY A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Product warranties and product bonds B Furnish two five year manufacturer warranty for locksets and door closers All finish hardware shall be supplied with a Two 2 year warranty against defects in materials and workmanship commencing with substantial completion of the project except as follows 1 All Closers to have a ten 10 year warranty 2 All Exit Devices to have a five 5
241. conformance of mortar to property reguirements of ASTM C270 and test and evaluation reports to ASTM C780 for aggregate ratio and water content air content consistency and compressive strength 2 Submit reports on grout indicating conformance of grout to property reguirements of ASTM C476 and test and evaluation reports to ASTM C1019 E Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit manufacturer s installation instructions F Manufacturer s Certificate Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with TMS MSJC Code and TMS MSJC Specification B Maintain one copy of each document on site 1 5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Hot and Cold Weather Requirements TMS MSJC Specification PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MORTAR AND MASONRY GROUT A Manufacturers Blue Circle Cement Citadel Cement CTS Cement Manufacturing Co Lehigh Portland Cement Medusa Cement Co The Quikrete Companies Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements PO Or EO D 22 COMPONENTS A Portland Cement ASTM C150 Type I white color B Mortar Aggregate ASTM C144 standard masonry type C Hydrated Lime ASTM C207 Type S ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Masonry Mortar And Grout Building 210 04065 2 06 006 D Grout Aggregate ASTM C404 maximum 3 8 inch E Water Clean and potable F Mortar Color As selected to match existing building
242. cording to NFPA 70 using a mini mum of 20 feet 6 m of bare copper conductor not smaller than No 4 0 AWG If concrete foundation is less than 20 feet 6 m long coil excess conductor within the base of the foundation Bond grounding conductor to reinforcing steel in at least four locations and to anchor bolts Extend grounding conductor below grade and connect to building grounding grid or to a grounding electrode external to concrete CONNECTIONS General Make connections so galvanic action or electrolysis possibility is minimized Select connectors connection hardware conductors and connection methods so metals in direct contact will be galvanically compatible Tes Use electroplated or hot tin coated materials to ensure high conductivity and to make contact points closer to order of galvanic series 2 Make connections with clean bare metal at points of contact 3 Make aluminum to steel connections with stainless steel separators and mechanical clamps 4 Make aluminum to galvanized steel connections with tin plated copper jumpers and mechanical clamps 5 Coat and seal connections having dissimilar metals with inert material to prevent future penetration of moisture to contact surfaces Exothermic Welded Connections Comply with manufacturer s written instructions Welds that are puffed up or that show convex surfaces indicating improper cleaning are NOT acceptable Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations For No 8 AWG and lar
243. correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize disruption of Owner s activities 1 3 FIELD ENGINEERING Employ Land Surveyor registered in the State of Texas Locate and protect survey control and reference points Promptly notify Contracting Officer of discrepancies discovered Control datum for survey is that shown on Drawings Verify set backs and easements confirm drawing dimensions and elevations Provide field engineering services Establish elevations lines and levels utilizing recognized engineering survey practices Submit copy of site drawing signed by Land Surveyor certifying elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with Contract Documents Maintain complete and accurate log of control and survey work as Work progresses On completion of foundation walls and major site improvements prepare certified survey illustrating dimensions locations angles and elevations of construction and site work Protect survey control points prior to starting site work preserve permanent reference points during construction Promptly report to Contracting Officer loss or destruction of reference point or relocation required because of changes in grades or other reasons Replace dislocated survey control points based on original survey control Make no changes without prior written notice to Contracting Officer 14 CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION OF CONTRACT SURVEY DATA A
244. ct Data Submit data on plaster materials characteristics and limitations of products specified C Samples Submit two samples 12 x12 inch in size illustrating finish color and texture 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance PCA Portland Cement Plaster Stucco Manual 15 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience B Installer Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Exterior Plaster Work Do not apply cement plaster when ambient temperature is less than 40 degrees F PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 PORTLAND CEMENT PLASTER A Manufacturers 1 W R Bonsal Co 2 The Quikrete Companies 3 United States Gypsum Co 4 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements 2 2 COMPONENTS A Plaster Base Materials 1 Cement ASTM C150 Type Portland cement Type N masonry cement 2 Lime ASTM C206 Type S 3 Aggregate Natural sand within the following sieve sizes and percentage retained limits a No 4 0 b No 8 0to5 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Portland Cement Plaster Building 210 09220 2 06 006 C No 16 5 to 30 d No 30 30 to 65 e No 50 65 to 95 f No 100 90 to 100 4 Water Clean fresh potable and free of mineral or organic matter capable of affecting
245. ction 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures Product Data Submit data on product characteristics performance criteria limitations 1 4 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate the Work with other trades which abut adjoin or are affected by Work under this section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Batt Insulation Building 210 07213 1 06 006 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 BATT INSULATION A Manufacturers Johns Manville CertainTeed Insulation Owens Corning Fiberglas U S Gypsum Co Thermafiber LLC Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements IRON 2 2 COMPONENTS A Batt Insulation ASTM C991 Type II glass fiber blanket conforming to the following Johns Manville Model Microlite L Thermal Resistance R 19 Roll Size 48 inch 50 foot lengths Facing Unfaced Flame Smoke Properties 25 50 in accordance with ASTM E84 or o O B Sheet Vapor Retarder White polypropylene film reinforced with glass fiber reinforcing yarn and metalized polyester film laminated with flame retardant adhesive 0 007 inch thick 1 Manufacturer Johns Manville Model VR One C Staples Type and size to suit application D Tape Type as recommended by insulation manufacturer PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify substrate adjacent materials an
246. ctor shall confine and limit personnel to only those areas required for work performance All work shall be performed in a neat orderly fashion with extreme care exercised to avoid damage to all property in and around the project areas Any damage caused by the Contractor shall be replaced repaired or restored at no cost to the Government Upon completion all work and storage areas shall be cleaned of all evidence of Contractor s debris ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Special Provisions For Laughlin AFB Building 210 01101 1 06 006 accumulations within 21 days of acceptance by the Government At the close of each days Contractor operations all excess materials and eguipment shall be moved to the storage area designated by the Contracting Officer or his designated representative The Contractor s proposed work schedule shall be coordinated with Laughlin AFB s Airfield Manager and the Contracting Officer or his designated representative 14 days prior to the start of work All work areas shall be barricaded as shown on the drawings 3 4 PERMITS WORK CLEARANCES AND SAFETY A The Contractor shall obtain from the Contracting Officer s representative a copy of the AF Form 103 Base Civil Engineering Work Clearance Request at least three 3 weeks in advance of starting work Prior to start of work all Contractor personnel that will be operating vehicular equipment within the airfield shall apply for flight line licenses from Laughlin AFB Base Operat
247. cturers of simi lar characteristics and of equal or better performance capacities may be considered for or equal approval by the Contract Officer Where more than one manufacturer is listed in the equipment specification only those named manufacturers will be considered Should a substitution be accepted and should the substitute material prove defective or otherwise unsat isfactory for the service intended within the guarantee or warranty period this material or equipment shall be replaced with the material or equipment specified at no cost to the Owner PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SLEEVE Above grade and dry location sleeves shall be constructed from 20 gauge galvanized steel and shall be flush on both sides of wall surface penetrated The sleeves shall be sized to allow free passage of the conduit to be inserted and when this conduit is to be provided with firestopping the sleeves shall be large enough to pass the conduit and install the necessary firestopping material Floor sleeves shall extend two 2 inches above the finished floor slab elevation Sleeves passing through walls or floors except slab on grade at or below finished grade elevation and or in moist areas shall be constructed of galvanized steel schedule 40 pipe and shall be designed with suit able flange in the center of the floor or wall to form a waterproof passage After the conduits have been installed in the sleeves insure a waterproof penetration by the use of
248. d 1 3 PAYMENT Payment will be made on a lump sum basis and will constitute full compensation for all labor equipment tools supplies and incidentals necessary to complete the work 1 4 DEFINITIONS 1 41 Satisfactory Materials Satisfactory materials comprise any materials classified by ASTM D 2487 as GW GP GM GP GM GW GM GC GP GC GM GC SW SP Satisfactory materials for grading comprise stones less than 8 inches except for fill material for pavements and railroads which comprise stones less than 3 inches in any dimension 1 4 2 Unsatisfactory Materials Materials which do not comply with the requirements for satisfactory materials are unsatisfactory Unsatisfactory materials also include man made fills trash refuse backfills from previous construction and material classified as satisfactory which contains root and other organic matter or frozen material Notify the Contracting Officer when encountering any contaminated materials 1 4 3 Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials Cohesionless materials include materials classified in ASTM D 2487 as GW GP SW and SP Cohesive materials include materials classified as GC SC ML CL MH and CH Materials ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 4 06 006 classified as GM and SM will be identified as cohesionless only when the fines are nonplastic Perform testing required for classifying materials in accordance with ASTM D 4318 ASTM C 136 ASTM D 422 and ASTM
249. d requirements F Sample Submit a 12 inch x 12 inch sample with two sides completely sealed with Bondo as specified ground smooth and primed Sample shall clearly illustrate the layers of edge detail and panel composition 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with ANSI A250 8 B Fire Rated Door Construction Conform to UL 10B C Installed Door Assembly Conform to NFPA 80 for fire rated class as scheduled 1 5 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing Products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience B Installer Company specializing in performing work of this section with minimum 3 years documented experience 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Requirements Requirements for transporting handling storing and protecting products B Accept doors on site in manufacturer s packaging Inspect for damage C Break seal on site to permit ventilation 1 7 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Requirements for coordination ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Doors Building 210 08114 2 06 006 B Coordinate Work with door opening construction door frame and door hardware installation C Coordinate installation to accommodate door hardware electric wire connections PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 STANDARD STEEL DOORS A Manufacturers 1 Ceco Door Products 2 Kewanee Corp 3 Pioneer Industrie
250. d Door Bottoms 12 Silencers 13 Miscellaneous Trim and Accessories 14 Electrified Hardware Items Controls and Power Supplies 15 Wiring Diagrams OCOONOARWN C Related Sections Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Section 06410 Custom Cabinets Cabinet hardware Section 08114 Standard Steel Doors Section 08115 Standard Steel Frames Silencers integral with steel frames Section 08212 Flush Wood Doors Division 16 Electrical Pon No 1 2 REFERENCES A American National Standards Institute 1 ANSI A117 1 American National Standards Institute Accessible and Usable ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 1 06 006 2 ANSI A156 1 Butts and Hinges 3 ANSI A156 2 Bored and Preassembled Locks and Latches 4 ANSI A156 3 Exit Devices 5 ANSI A156 4 Door Controls Closures 6 ANSI A156 5 Awxiliary Locks and Associated Products 7 ANSI A156 6 Architectural Door Trim 8 ANSI A156 7 Template Hinge Dimensions 9 ANSI A156 12 Interconnected Locks and Latches 10 ANSI A156 13 Mortise Locks and Latches 11 ANSI A156 15 Closer Holder Release Devices 12 ANSI A156 16 Auxiliary Hardware 13 ANSI A156 18 Materials and Finishes 14 ANSI A156 23 Electromagnetic Locks 15 ANSI A156 Complete Set of 24 BHMA Standards A156 Series with Binder B Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association fi BHMA Directory of Certified Products C National Fire Protec
251. d document each participant s understanding of the module by use of an oral or a written performance based test 1 10 HAZMAT PROCEDURES 1 10 1 General All contractors must be in compliance with Section 2 5 5 of AFI 32 7086 HAZMAT Determination and Authorization Proce dures for Contractors in order to meet Federal State and Local requirements 1 10 2 Additional MSDS Requirements The contractor will submit MSDS s and Contractor HAZMAT Notification Form to the contracting office no later than 15 days prior to contract start date 1 10 3 HAZMAT Usage Logs The contractor will submit HAZMAT usage logs to the contract ing office specifying the manufacture unit of issue material safety data sheet MSDS date and quantity used for all materials tracked by the installation hazardous materials management pro gram IHMP HAZMAT usage logs must be submitted by contract end date or 31 Dec of each Calendar Year CY which ever comes first ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 7 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 ENVIRONMENTALLY PREFERABLE PRODUCTS Consider raw materials acquisition production manufacturing packaging distribution reuse operation maintenance and disposal of products and provide products and materials with the least effect on the environment determined by LCA analysis released toxins and other methods 211 Prohibited Materials The use of the following materials is prohibited a Produc
252. d drawn steel wire conforming to ASTM A82 hot dip galvanized to ASTM A153 Class B2 after fabrication 3 16 inch side rods with 9 gage cross rods Manufacturer Hohmann amp Barnard Inc Model 120 B Reinforcing Steel specified in Section 03200 Strap Anchors Bent steel shape 1 1 2 inch x required length inch size x 3 16 inch thick hot dip galvanized to ASTM A153 A153M B2 finish C Mortar and Grout As specified in Section 04065 D Preformed Control Joints Neoprene material Furnish with corner and tee accessories cement fused joints E Joint Filler Closed cell polyethylene oversized 50 percent to joint width self expanding 5 8 inch wide x by maximum lengths F Nailing Strips Softwood preservative treated for moisture resistance dovetail shape sized to masonry joints G Weeps Full head joints H Cleaning Solution Non acidic not harmful to masonry work or adjacent materials ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Unit Masonry Assemblies Building 210 04810 3 06 006 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Reguirements coordination and project conditions Verify field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work Verify items provided by other sections of work are properly sized and located Verify built in items are in proper location and ready for roughing into masonry work 3 2 PREPARATION A B Direct and coordinate placement of metal anchors supplied to o
253. d insulation are dry and ready to receive insulation 3 2 INSTALLATION A Install in over steel roof purlins without gaps or voids B Staple facing flanges in place at maximum 6 inches oc Retain in place with wire mesh secured to framing members ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Batt Insulation Building 210 07213 2 06 006 C Trim insulation neatly to fit spaces Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids D Fit insulation tight in spaces and tight to exterior side of mechanical and electrical services within plane of insulation E Tape seal butt ends lapped flanges and tears or cuts in membrane Tape in place G Metal Framing Place vapor retarder on warm in winter side of insulation lap and seal sheet retarder joints over member face END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Batt Insulation Building 210 07213 3 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Batt Insulation Building 210 07213 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A 06 006 SECTION 07468 METAL SIDING Section includes preformed metal siding system for walls with related flashings and accessory components 1 Provide dampproofing over concrete masonry back up walls B Related Sections 1 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Back up wall system 2 Section 07110 Dampproofing 3 Section 07430 Composite Panels 4 Section 07613 Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing 1 2 REFERENCES A American Society of Civil Engineers 1 ASCE 7 Minimum Design Lo
254. d other points of origination and termination Spaced at a maximum of 25 foot 15 m intervals along each run Reduce intervals in areas of congested piping and eguipment On piping above removable acoustical ceilings except omit intermediately spaced markers All locations where its service or duty is not readily apparent DN OA VALVE TAGS Install on valves and control devices in piping systems except check valves valves within factory fabricated equipment units plumbing fixture supply stops shutoff valves faucets convenience and lawn watering hose connections and HVAC terminal devices and similar roughing in connections of end use fixtures and units List tagged valves in valve schedule Valve Tag Application Schedule Tag valves according to size shape color scheme and with captions similar to those indicated in the following Tag Material Brass Ta Size and Shape According to the following Cold Water 2 inches 50 mm round Hot Water 2 inches 50 mm round Sprinkler 2 inches 50 mm round Gas 2 inches 50 mm round Cold Water Non Potable 2 inches 50 mm round Fuel Oil 2 inches 50 mm round PAROS ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Mechanical Identification Building 210 15075 3 ODG Engineering Inc 3 3 3 4 7 Fire Protection 2 inches 50 mm round Tag Color According to the following O O ND e ON Hot Water Yellow Fire Protection Red Gas Yellow Chilled Water
255. d specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by equipment or system manufacturer E Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Execution Requirements Building 210 01700 2 06 006 F Execute start up under supervision of applicable manufacturer s representative and Contractors personnel in accordance with manufacturers instructions G When specified in individual specification Sections require manufacturer to provide authorized representative to be present at site to inspect check and approve equipment or system installation prior to start up and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation 1 5 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONS A Demonstrate operation and maintenance of products to Owner s personnel two weeks prior to date of final inspection B Demonstrate Project equipment by qualified manufacturer s representative who is knowledgeable about the Project C Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction Review contents of manual with Owner s personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance D Demonstrate start up operation control adjustment trouble shooting servicing maintenance and shutdown of each item of equipment at agreed time at equipment location E Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additional data becomes apparent during i
256. deg C FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS General Fabricated from materials suitable for system fluid and that will provide flexible pipe connections Include 125 psig 860 kPa minimum working pressure rating unless higher working pressure is indicated and ends according to the following 1 2 inch NPS DN50 and Smaller Threaded 2 2 Y2 inch NPS DN65 and Larger Flanged 3 Option for 2 1 2 Inch NPS DN654 and Larger Grooved for use with keyed couplings Bronze Hose Flexible Connectors Corrugated bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid In cluded copper tube ends or bronze flanged ends braze welded to hose Stainless Steel Hose Steel Pipe Flexible Connectors Corrugated stainless steel inner tubing covered with stainless steel wire braid Include steel nipples or flanges welded to hose Stainless Steel Hose Stainless Steel Pipe Flexible Connectors Corrugated stainless steel inner tubing covered with stainless steel wire braid Include stainless steel nipples or flanges welded to hose Rubber Flexible Connectors CR or EPDM elastomer rubber construction with multiple plies of NP fabric molded and cured in hydraulic presses Include 125 psig 860 kPa minimum working pressure rating at 220 deg F 104 deg C Units may be straight or elbow type unless otherwise indicated ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 12 ODG Engineering Inc 2 7 2 8 PIPING SPECIAL
257. derground Single Run RNC Underground Grouped RNC PON a Connection to Vibrating Equipment Including Transformers and Hydraulic Pneumatic Electric So lenoid or Motor Driven Equipment LFMC Boxes and Enclosures NEMA 250 Type 3R or Type 4 Roof and Truck docks RMC or IMC NO Indoors Use the following wiring methods f Exposed EMT 2 Concealed EMT 3 Connection to Vibrating Equipment Including Transformers and Hydraulic Pneumatic Electric So lenoid or Motor Driven Equipment FMC except in wet or damp locations use LFMC 4 Medium Voltage IMC 5 Damp or Wet Locations IMC 6 Boxes and Enclosures NEMA 250 Type 1 7 Damp or Wet Location Boxes and Enclosures NEMA 250 Type 4 stainless steel INSTALLATION Install raceways boxes enclosures and cabinets as indicated according to manufacturer s written in structions Minimum raceway size for home runs shall be 3 4 inch trade size Conceal raceway unless otherwise indicated within finished walls ceilings and floors Keep raceways at least 6 inches 150 mm away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot water pipes Install raceways level and square at proper elevations and with adequate headroom Use temporary closure devices to prevent foreign matter from entering raceways Protect stub ups from damage where conduits rise through floor slabs Arrange so curved portion of con duit bend is not visible above the finished slab Make b
258. des and bottom of horizontal ducts and sides of vertical ducts as follows a On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches 450 mm and smaller along longitudinal centerline of duct Space 3 inches 75 mm maximum from insulation end joints and 16 inches 400 mm o c ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 5 ODG Engineering Inc b On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches 450 mm Space 16 inches 400 mm o c each way and 3 inches 75 mm maximum from insulation joints Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surface at cross bracing C Anchor pins may be omitted from top surface of horizontal rectangular ducts and plenums d Do not overcompress insulation during installation 4 Impale insulation over anchors and attach speed washers 5 Cut excess portion of pins extending beyond speed washers or bend parallel with insulation surface Cover exposed pins and washers with tape matching insulation facing 6 Create a facing lap for longitudinal seams and end joints with insulation by removing 2 inches 50 mm from one edge and one end of insulation segment Secure laps to adjacent insulation segment with 1 2 inch 13 mm staples 1 inch 25 mm o c and cover with pressure sensitive tape having same facing as insulation 7 Overlap unfaced blankets a minimum of 2 inches 50 mm on longitudinal seams and end joints Secure with steel band at end joints and spaced a maxim
259. ding 90 pounds for each foot of roller width If seeding is performed with cultipacker type seeder or by hydroseeding rolling may be eliminated 3 2 5 Erosion Control Material Install in accordance with manufacturer s instructions where indicated or as directed by the Contracting Officer 3 2 6 Watering Start watering areas seeded as required by temperature and wind conditions Apply water at a rate sufficient to insure thorough wetting of soil to a depth of 2 inches without run off During the germination process seed is to be kept actively growing and not allowed to dry out 3 3 PROTECTION OF TURF AREAS Immediately after turfing protect area against traffic and other use 3 4 RENOVATION OF EXISTING TURF AREA Omitted ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 9 06 006 3 5 RESTORATION Restore to original condition existing turf areas which have been damaged during turf installation operations at the Contractor s expense Keep clean at all times at least one paved pedestrian access route and one paved vehicular access route to each building Clean other paving when work in adjacent areas is complete End of Section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 10 06 006 SECTION 03100 CONCRETE FORMWORK PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Wood formwork for cast in place concrete with shoring bracing and anchorage B Openings for other affected work C Form accessories
260. ding General and Sup plementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical system piping and equipment DEFINITIONS MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society for the Valve and Fittings Industry Terminology As defined in MSS Standards PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS Design channel support systems for piping to support multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems system contents and test water SUBMITTALS Product Data For each type of pipe hanger channel support system component and thermal hanger shield insert indicated Shop Drawings Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer for multiple piping supports channel support systems and trapeze hangers Include design calculations and indicate size and charac teristics of components and fabrication details Welding Certificates Copies of certificates for welding procedures and operators QUALITY ASSURANCE Welding Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code Engineering Responsibility Design and preparation of Shop Drawings and calculations for each multiple pipe support and trapeze by a qualified professional engineer 1 Professional Engineer Qualifications A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering
261. dministrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum two weeks prior to commencing work of this section 1 8 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Reguirements Reguirements for transporting handling storing and protecting products B Stack material to prevent twisting bending and abrasion and to provide ventilation Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage C Prevent contact with materials causing discoloration or staining 1 9 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A Verify field measurements prior to fabrication 1 10 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate with Work of Section 05120 for connecting structural supports to building structural frame C Coordinate with Work of Section 07213 for insulation installed within roof assembly 1 11 WARRANTY A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Requirements for warranties B Furnish 10 year manufacturer warranty for sheet metal roofing against structural failure corrosion and water penetration C Furnish 20 year manufacturer warranty for metal finish against fading chipping chalking and blistering ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 4 06 006 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL ROOFING A Manufacturers 1 MCBI Model PBR 2 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements Structural Lapped Seam Metal Ro
262. dow Dr Suite 600 Cincinnati OH 45240 Ph 513 742 2020 Fax 513 742 3355 Internet http www acgih org E mail pubs acgih org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 AMERICAN GAS ASSOCIATION AGA 400 N Capitol St N W Suite 450 Washington D C 20001 Ph 202 824 7000 Fax 202 824 7115 Internet http www aga org AOK 04 02 unable to verify LOK 04 02 unable to verify ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 6 06 006 AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISC One East Wacker Dr Suite 3100 Chicago IL 60601 2001 Ph 312 670 2400 Publications 800 644 2400 Fax 312 670 5403 Internet http www aisc org AOK 4 02 LOK 3 01 AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE AISI 1101 17th St NW Suite 1300 Washington DC 20036 Ph 202 452 7100 Internet http www steel org AOK 4 02 LOK 3 01 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE ANSI 1819 L Street NW 6th Floor Washington DC 20036 Ph 202 293 8020 Fax 202 293 9287 Internet http www ansi org Note Documents beginning with the letter S can be ordered from ACOUSTICAL SOCIETY OF AMERICA Standards and Publications Fulfillment Center P O Box 1020 Sewickley PA 15143 9998 Ph 412 741 1979 Fax 412 741 0609 Internet http asa aip org General e mail asa aip org Publications e mail asapubs abdintl com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 AMERICAN RAILWAY ENGINEERING amp MAINTENANCE OF WAY ASSOCIATION AREMA 8201 Corporate Dr
263. duration of 4 hours unless otherwise approved in writing 2 Electrical outages shall have a maximum duration of 4 hours 1 8 STREET CLOSINGS A The Contractor shall coordinate all requests for street closings with the Contracting Officer in writing 14 days prior to date of requested outage 1 One lane traffic shall be maintained at all times 2 The final street repair shall be completed within 14 days after the start of any street crossing Any part of the street returned to service prior to final repair shall be maintained smooth with hot mix cold lay surface course 3 One lane traffic shall be maintained at all times at least two flag persons will be on duty to assist traffic in the open lane when other lanes are closed due to the Contractor s operations Flag persons will meet the requirements of Item 7 7 of the Texas State Department of Highways and Public Transportation Standard Specifications for Construction of Highways Streets and Bridges 1982 Ed 1 9 SPECIFICATION CONVENTIONS A These specifications are written in imperative mood and streamlined form This imperative language is directed to the Contractor unless specifically noted otherwise The words shall be are included by inference where a colon is used within seal or phrases The Contractor is to comply with industry standards except when more restrictive tolerances or specified requirements indicate more rigid standards or more pre
264. e and free from distortion or defects Fabricate facia trim flashing and other metal components from same material as metal roof panels Provide exposed metal surfaces with same finish as exposed face of metal roof panels Fabricate cleats of same material as sheet to interlock with sheet Fabricate starter strips of same material as sheet continuous to interlock with sheet Form pieces in longest practical lengths Hem exposed edges on underside 1 2 inch miter and seam corners At moving joints use sealed lapped bayonet type or interlocking hooked seams Fabricate corners from one piece with minimum 18 inch long legs seam for rigidity seal with sealant Fabricate vertical faces with bottom edge formed outward 1 4 inch and hemmed to form drip Fabricate gutters to profile and size indicated Fabricate downspouts to profile and size conforming to specified design requirements Fabricate downspouts to profile and size indicated Fabricate accessories in profile and size to suit gutters and downspouts ili Anchorage Devices In accordance with SMACNA 2 Gutter Supports Straps 3 Downspout Supports Straps PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Verification of existing conditions before starting work B Structural Framing Substrate he Verify primary and secondary framing members are installed and fastened properly aligned and sloped eaves ADAL Hangar No 2 Additio
265. e Contract Officer as soon as practicable E In general piping and ductwork in finished areas of the building shall be installed and concealed in chases furrings and above suspended ceilings unless noted and directed otherwise Should any conditions arise which would cause any piping or ductwork to be exposed in finished areas it shall be immediately called to the Contract Officer s attention and correction of the discrepancy shall be made in accordance with the Contract Officer s decision In unfinished spaces such as eguipment rooms all pipe and ductwork shall be installed as high as possible and shall be installed to a continuous grade and shall be square to the building and securely supported Piping shall be grouped wherever it is feasible to do so ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 5 ODG Engineering Inc F Eguipment shall be installed in such a manner to make oiling devices and parts such as filters drives bearings etc reguiring service and maintenance readily accessible G All pipe duct etc shall be cut accurately to measurements established at the building and shall be in stalled without springing or forcing All ducts and pipes exposed in machinery and equipment rooms shall be installed parallel to the building planes except that the lines shall be sloped to obtain the proper pitch Piping and ducts above furred ceilings etc shall be similarly installed except as o
266. e information for MSDS Sections 1 through 16 in accordance with ANSI Z400 1 and as follows a Section 11 Include data used to determine the hazards cited in Section 3 Identify acute data carcinogenicity reproductive effects and target organ effects ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 4 b Section 12 Include data regarding environmental impacts during raw materials acquisition manufacture and use Include data regarding environmental impacts in the event of an accidental release c Section 13 Include data regarding the proper disposal of the chemical Include information regarding recycling and reuse Indicate whether or not the product is considered to be hazardous waste according to 40 CFR 261 d Section 14 Identify hazard class for shipping e Section 15 Identify federal state and local regulations applicable to the material f Section 16 Include additional information relative to recycled content biobased content and other information regarding environmental and health impacts 1 7 2 Life Cycle Assessments LCAs For the following products submit LCA data developed in accordance with ASTM E 1991 or ISO 14040 and where BEES data exists submit BEES 3 0c analysis using 50 percent Environmental Performance Weighting and the EPA Scientific Advisory Board Environmental Impact Category Weights a Masonry b Finish Carpentry c Plastic Fabrications d Building Insulation e R
267. e particles of close grained crushed rock gravel or crushed gravel conforming to ASTM C33 Coarse aggregate shall range from 1 4 to 1 1 4 and shall be well graded between the size limits D Water Potable E Use of Flyash is expressly prohibited where finished concrete surfaces will receive an architectural finish product such as VCT carpet etc Submit mix design proportions Flyash Cement Ratio to Engineer for review and approval prior to concrete placement 2 2 MATERIALS NON SHRINKING CEMENT GROUT A Non Shrinking Cement Grout For locations noted on the drawings B Mixing and setting of the non shrinking cement grout shall be as recommended by the manufacturer for the purpose intended 2 3 MATERIALS MISCELLANEOUS A Concrete Sealers Where scheduled by room number name and in accordance with Section 03346 2 4 CONCRETE STRENGTH A Standard Structural Concrete Compressive strengths of standard structural concrete shall be as shown on the drawings ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 3 B 06 006 Non Structural Concrete All non structural concrete used for drives approaches walks curbs drains etc shall have a strength of at least 3 000 psi after 28 days 2 5 CONCRETE PROPORTIONING A Standard Structural Concrete 1 The testing laboratory shall establish exact proportions of constituent materials required to produce specified concrete 2 In addition to minimu
268. eathering by removing or venting sheet plastic shipping wrap ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Siding Building 210 07468 2 06 006 C Store prefinished material off ground protected from weather to prevent twisting bending or abrasion and to provide ventilation Slope metal sheets to ensure drainage D Prevent contact with materials capable of causing discoloration or staining 1 8 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate Work with installation of doors and adjacent components or materials 1 9 WARRANTY A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Product warranties and product bonds B Furnish five year manufacturer warranty for metal siding PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURED METAL SIDING A Manufacturers 1 MBCI Model PBR 2 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements 2 2 COMPONENTS A Exterior Panel and Other Sheet Materials Minimum 24 gage thick precoated steel stock profile as indicated on Drawings 36 inches wide panel lapped edges tape sealed 1 Precoated Galvanized Steel ASTM A755 A755M ASTM A924 A924M Grade D Coating Designation G90 Z275 shop precoated with fluorocarbon coating Exposed Exterior Surfaces Color to match existing building panels B Miscellaneous Sheet Materials Minimum 24 gage thick steel stock 1 Galvanized Steel ASTM A924 A924M Grade D Coating Designation G90 Z275 Precoated Surfaces Co
269. ecommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames B ASTM International 1 ASTM A653 A653M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Zinc Coated Galvanized or Zinc lron Alloy Coated Galvannealed by the Hot Dip Process 2 ASTM C1368 Standard Test Method for the Thermal Performance of Building Assemblies by Means of a Hot Box Apparatus 3 ASTM E413 Standard Classification for Rating Sound Insulation C Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association 1 HMMA 810 Hollow Metal Doors D National Fire Protection Association 1 NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors Fire Windows 2 NFPA 252 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies E Steel Door Institute 1 SDI 108 Recommended Selection and Usage Guide for Standard Steel Doors F Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL 10B Fire Tests of Door Assemblies G Uniform Building Code 1 UBC Standard 7 2 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Doors Building 210 08114 1 06 006 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Requirements for submittals B Shop Drawings Indicate door elevations internal reinforcement closure method and cut outs for glazing and finishes C Product Data Submit door configurations location of cut outs for hardware reinforcement D Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special installation instructions E Manufacturer s Certificate Certify Products meet or exceed specifie
270. ect piping materials of dissimilar metals 4 Wet Piping Systems Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to connect piping materials of dis similar metals EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION COMMON REQUIREMENTS Install equipment to provide maximum possible headroom if mounting heights are not indicated Install equipment according to approved submittal data Portions of the Work are shown only in diagram matic form Refer conflicts to Contract Officer Install equipment level and plumb parallel and perpendicular to other building systems and components in exposed interior spaces unless otherwise indicated Install mechanical equipment to facilitate service maintenance and repair or replacement of components Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting with minimum interference to other installations Extend grease fittings to accessible locations Install equipment giving right of way to piping installed at required slope Install flexible connectors on equipment side of shutoff valves horizontally and parallel to equipment shafts if possible PAINTING AND FINISHING Refer to Division 9 for paint materials surface preparation and application of paint Apply paint to exposed piping according to the following unless otherwise indicated 1 Interior Ferrous Piping Use semigloss acrylic enamel finish Include finish coat over enamel un dercoat and primer 2 Interior Galvanized Steel Piping Use semigloss acrylic enamel fini
271. ect to seasonal temperature cycling dynamic loading and release of loads deflection of structural support framing Drainage Provide positive drainage to exterior for moisture entering or condensation occurring within panel system Products Provide continuity of thermal barrier at building enclosure elements in conjunction with thermal insulating materials 1 5 SUBMITTALS F Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures Shop Drawings Indicate dimensions layout joints expansion joints construction details methods of anchorage and interface with adjacent materials Product Data Submit data on panels Design Data Submit design calculations Samples Submit two samples of siding 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating finish color sheen and texture Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special procedures 1 6 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience Installer Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience approved by manufacturer Design Metal Siding under direct supervision of Professional Engineer experienced in design of this Work and licensed in State of Texas 1 7 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Project Requirements Product storage and handling requirements B Protect panels from accelerated w
272. ed by concrete and wet forms Notify Engineer at least 48 hours before placing any concrete and obtain the Engineer s review before placing 3 2 WEATHER CONDITIONS ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 4 C 06 006 Protection Unless adequate protection is provided and or approval is obtained from the Architect concrete shall not be placed during rain hail sleet or snow Cold Weather 1 Comply with American Concrete Institute s ACI 306 Recommended Practice for Cold Weather Concreting and as herein specified 2 When the temperature is below 40 degrees F or is likely to fall below 40 degrees F during the 24 hour period after placing equipment meeting the approval of the Architect Engineer shall be provided for heating the concrete materials No frozen materials or materials containing ice shall be used in cold weather Temperatures of the separate materials including the mixing water when placed in the mixer shall not exceed 100 degrees F 3 Do not use calcium chloride salt and other materials containing anti freeze agents or chemical accelerators unless approval in writing is obtained from the Architect Engineer Hot Weather Comply with American Concrete Institute s ACI 305 Recommended Practice for Hot Weather Concreting 3 3 MOISTURE BARRIER FILM A Install moisture barrier film between miscellaneous concrete slabs for equipment etc and the fill Lay film ove
273. ed captions as selected by Engineer F Lettering Use piping system terms indicated and abbreviate only as necessary for each application length 1 Arrows Either integrally with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions or as separate unit on each pipe marker to indicate direction of flow G Plastic Tape Manufacturer s standard color coded pressure sensitive self adhesive vinyl tape at least 3 mils 0 08 mm thick 1 Width 1 inches 40 mm on pipes with OD including insulation less than 6 inches 150 mm 2 Ye inches 65 mm for larger pipes 2 Color Comply with ASME Standards unless otherwise indicated H Valve Tags Stamped or engraved with 14 inch 6 mm letters for piping system abbreviation and 1 2 inch 13 mm sequenced numbers Include 5 32 inch 4 mm hole for fastener 1 2 Material 3 32 inch 2 4 mm thick plastic laminate with 2 black surfaces and a white inner layer 3 Size 1 1 2 inches 40 mm diameter unless otherwise indicated 4 Shape As indicated for each piping system l Valve Tag Fasteners Brass S hooks J Access Panel Markers 1 16 inch 2 mm thick engraved plastic laminate markers with abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to concealed valve Provide 1 8 inch 3 mm center hole for attach ment K Valve Schedule Frames Glazed display frame for removable mounting on masonry walls for each page of valve schedule Include screws 1 Frame Finished hardw
274. ed or third party independent testing laboratory certified and shall comply with NFPA 70 and conform to the requirements specified herein 2 2 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING Cabling shall be UL listed for the application and shall comply with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 ETL 02 12 and NFPA 70 Provide a labeling system for cabling as required by EIA TIA EIA 606 A and UL 969 Ship cable on reels bearing manufacture date for UTP in accordance with ICEA S 90 661 and optical fiber cables in accordance with ICEA S 83 596 for all cable used on this project Cabling manufactured more than 12 months prior to date of installation shall not be used 221 Horizontal Cabling Provide horizontal cable in compliance with NFPA 70 and performance characteristics in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 and ETL 02 12 2211 Horizontal Copper Provide horizontal copper cable in accordance with ETL 02 12 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 UL 444 NEMA WC 66 ICEA S 90 661 UTP unshielded twisted pair 100 ohm Provide four each individually twisted pair 24 AWG conductors Category 6 with a thermoplastic jacket color as directed by the Contracting officer Cable shall be imprinted with manufacturers name or identifier flammability rating gauge of conductor transmission performance rating category designation at regular intervals not to exceed 2 feet The word FEET or the abbreviation FT shall appear after each length marking Provide comm
275. ed spaces furnish a chromium plated sectional escutcheon on each conduit penetrating a wall floor or ceiling Escutcheons shall be sized to fit snugly to all conduits Where required these plates shall be provided with set screws so that they fit snugly against the finished surface 1 16 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND APPARATUS A At all times take such precautions as may be necessary to properly protect the electrical apparatus from damage This shall include the creation of all required temporary shelters and environmental control to adequately protect any electrical apparatus Electrical apparatus shall be cribbed up from the floor and covered with protective coverings where necessary to protect the apparatus from damage B As required apply temporary heat according to manufacturer s written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated type unit throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity C Damage resulting from failure to comply with this requirement will be considered justification for rejection of the damaged apparatus and requiring its complete replacement by the Contractor 1 17 INSPECTION OF BUILDING SITE A Contractor shall visit the site verifying all existing items indicated on plans and or specified and familiarize himself with the existing work conditions hazards grades actual formations soil conditions and local re
276. eilings by cable supports no greater than 60 inches apart Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes ducts or other potentially damaging items Placement of cable parallel to power conductors shall be avoided if possible a minimum separation of 12 inches shall be maintained when such placement cannot be avoided 3 1 1 2 Horizontal Cabling Install horizontal cabling as indicated on drawings between the building telecommunications room and the telecommunications outlet assemblies at workstations 3 1 2 Work Area Outlets 3 1 2 1 Terminations Terminate UTP cable in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 and wiring configuration as specified Terminate fiber optic cables in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 3 1 2 2 Cover Plates As a minimum each outlet connector shall be labeled as to its function and a unique number to identify cable link in accordance with the paragraph LABELING in this section 3 1 23 Cables Unshielded twisted pair and fiber optic cables shall have a minimum of 12 inches of slack cable loosely coiled into the telecommunications outlet boxes Minimum manufacturer s bend radius for each type of cable shall not be exceeded 31 24 Pull Cords Pull cords shall be installed in conduit serving telecommunications outlets that do not have cable installed 3 1 3 Telecommunications Space Termination Install termination hardware required for Category 5e Category 6 and Jfop
277. eir master key code C Operation and Maintenance Data Submit data on operating hardware lubrication requirements and inspection procedures related to preventative maintenance ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 3 06 006 D Keys Deliver with identifying tags to Owner by security shipment direct from hardware supplier 1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with the following requirements 1 ANSI A156 series 2 NFPA 80 3 UL 305 B Products Requiring Electrical Connection Listed and classified by Underwriters Laboratories Inc as suitable for purpose specified and indicated C All hardware used in labeled fire or smoke rated openings to be listed for those types of openings and bear the identifying label or mark indicating UL Underwriter s Laboratories approved for fire Exit devices in non labeled openings to be listed for panic 1 7 QUALIFICATIONS A Hardware supplier to be a qualified Factory Authorized direct distributor of the products to be furnished In addition the supplier to have in their regular employment an A H C or person of equivalent experience who will be made available at reasonable times to consult with the Architect Contractor and or Owner regarding any matters affecting the finish hardware on this project 1 8 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum two weeks prior to
278. eld in place with metal straps P Connect diffusers or light troffer boots to low pressure ducts with maximum 60 inch 1500 mm lengths of flexible duct clamped or strapped in place ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 9 ODG Engineering Inc Q Connect flexible ducts to metal ducts with draw bands plus sheet metal screws R Install duct test holes where indicated and required for testing and balancing purposes 3 2 ADJUSTING A Adjust duct accessories for proper settings B Adjust fire dampers for proper action C Final positioning of manual volume dampers is specified in Division 15 Section Testing Adjusting and Balancing END OF SECTION 15820 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 10 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 15855 DIFFUSERS REGISTERS AND GRILLES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section 1 2 SUMMARY A This Section includes floor ceiling and wall mounted diffusers registers and grilles B Related Sections include the following 1 Division 10 Section Louvers and Vents for fixed and adjustable louvers and wall vents whether or not they are connected to ducts 2 Division 15 Section Duct Accessories for fire and smoke dampers and volume control dampers not integral to diffusers registe
279. elopment rating of 25 in accordance with ASTM E84 2 Wood Preservative by Pressure Treatment PT Type AWPA Treatment C1 using preservative with 0 25 Ibs cu ft retention 3 Shop pressure treated treatment to wood materials requiring fire rating preservatives to concealed wood blocking 4 Provide identification on fire retardant treated material 5 Deliver fire retardant treated materials cut to required sizes Minimize field cutting 6 Redry wood after pressure treatment to maximum 6 percent moisture content 2 3 FABRICATION A Fabricate to AWI Custom standards B Shop assemble work for delivery to site permitting passage through building openings C Fit exposed sheet material edges with matching hardwood edging Use one piece for full length only ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finish Carpentry Building 210 06200 3 06 006 Shop prepare and identify components for book match grain matching during site erection When necessary to cut and fit on site fabricate materials with ample allowance for cutting Furnish trim for scribing and site cutting PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify adequacy of backing and support framing C Verify mechanical electrical and building items affecting work of this section are placed and ready to receive this work 3 2 EXISTING WORK A Modify and extend existing finish carpentry installations usi
280. ely 95 percent tin and 5 percent silver with 0 10 percent lead content 2 Alloy E Approximately 95 percent tin and 5 percent copper with 0 10 percent maximum lead con tent 3 Alloy HA Tin antimony silver copper zinc with 0 10 percent maximum lead content 4 Alloy HB Tin antimony silver copper nickel with 0 10 percent maximum lead content 5 Alloy Sb5 95 percent tin and 5 percent antimony with 0 20 percent maximum lead content F Brazing Filler Metals Comply with the applicable AWS standards alee BCuP Series Copper phosphorus alloys 2 BAg1 Silver alloy G Welding Filler Metals Comply with applicable AWS standards for welding materials appropriate for wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded H Solvent Cements Manufacturer s standard solvent cements for the following 1 ABS Piping Comply with the applicable ASTM standards 2 CPVC Piping Comply with the applicable ASTM standards 3 PVC Piping Comply with the applicable ASTMstandards Include primer according to ASTM standards 4 PVC to ABS Piping Transition Comply with the applicable ASTM standards l Plastic Pipe Seals Comply with the applicable ASTM standards elastomeric gasket a Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe Gasket Bolts and Nuts Comply with the applicable AWWA standards rubber gasket carbon steel bolts and nuts ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods ODG Engineering Inc 2 5 2 6 DIE
281. ended Practice for Measuring Mixing Transporting and Placing Concrete 1 4 DELIVERY OF MATERIALS A Furnish concrete hardeners sealers and other admixtures in manufacturer s packaging complete with application instructions PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SEALER FOR CONCRETE FLOORS A Master Builders or approved equal Submit manufacturer s literature for review and approval PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 CONCRETE FINISHING A Finish concrete surfaces in accordance with ACI 302 and ACI 304 B Uniformly spread screed and float concrete Do not use grate tampers or mesh rollers Do not spread concrete by vibration C Maintain surface flatness with maximum variation of 1 8 inch in 10 feet ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finishing Concrete Surfaces Building 210 03346 1 06 006 Steel trowel horizontal surfaces which will be left exposed unless another surface is noted scheduled or specified Concrete Curbs Construct to conform to local ordinances Trowel finish smooth all exposed surfaces Provide 3 4 inch radius on outside corner and 1 8 inch radius at edge toward sidewalk except where rolling edge is to be provided Sidewalks Shall be floated and troweled to a uniform smooth surface then finished with a camel hair brush or wood float to a gritty texture Monolithic Concrete Floors whether to remain exposed or to receive another floor material 1 Screed the floors to a plane surface level or sloped as indicated free fr
282. ends and offsets so inside diameter is not reduced Keep legs of bends in the same plane and straight legs of offsets parallel unless otherwise indicated Use raceway fittings compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location For intermediate steel conduit use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings unless otherwise indicated Run concealed raceways with a minimum of bends in the shortest practical distance considering the type of building construction and obstructions unless otherwise indicated Raceways embedded in slabs shall be Installed in middle third of slab thickness where practical and only where approved by the Structural Engineer Leave minimum 1 inch 25 mm concrete cover Secure raceways to reinforcing rods to prevent sagging or shifting during concrete placement Space raceways laterally to prevent voids in concrete Run conduit larger than 1 inch trade size parallel to or at right angles to main reinforcement Where at right angles to reinforcement place conduit close to slab support Tran sition from nonmetallic tubing to rigid steel conduit or IMC before rising above floor All underground change of directions shall be made with factory applied PVC coated rigid or factory ap ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Raceways And Boxes Building 210 16110 6 ODG Engineering Inc plied PVC coated IMC steel elbows M Installs exposed raceways parallel to or at right angles to nearby surfaces or structural members and fol
283. ener and spacings and general reference to adjacent components C Include each sheet metal type color chart fasteners and sealants 1 05 QUALITY ASSURANCE ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flashing and Sheet Metal Building 210 07600 1 1 06 A B 06 006 Installation shall comply with current SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual as applicable All sheet metal fabrication and installation shall be performed only by gualified sheet metal mechanics familiar and competent in their trade WARRANTY All sheet metal work shall be covered under the warranty included in Section 07510 Sheet metal work shall be warranted against defects in materials and installation and to be watertight for a period of not less than two 2 years from the date of substantial completion PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 01 A B MATERIALS Galvanized steel shall be lock forming quality G90 in following gauges and meeting ASTM A 525 Fasteners for these metals must be hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel as applicable Unless other indicated below or on the Drawings all metals shall be 24 gauge 1 Hook Strip Minimum 22 gauge Nail at 8 on center with roofing nails 2 Vent Flashings All joints shall be fully soldered 3 Termination Bar 12 gauge x 1 hot dipped galvanized bar stock fastened with specified drive pins spaced at 12 on center 4 Equipment Curb Caps All joints fully soldered Attach to curbs per Drawings 5 Downspout Boot
284. ent of Transportation Reguirements IBS International Building Code 2002 UFGS Uniform Federal Guide Specifications UL Underwriter s Laboratories RDG Laughlin AFB Design Guide LSC National Fire Safety Code 2000 ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials AWWA American Water Works Association IA The Irrigation Association NSF National Sanitary Foundation Laughlin AFB Architectural Compatibility Guide AETC Installation Excellence Guide UFC 4 010 01 DoD Minimum Antiterrorism Standards for Buildings UFC 3 120 01 Air Force Sign Standards ETL 02 12 Communications and Information Systems Criteria for Air Force Facilities 1 2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 1 2 1 Project Site Aerospace Physiology Building 380 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 1 1 3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for information only When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 07 Certificates Mill Certificate or Affidavit Certificate attesting that the Contractor has met all specified requirements 1 4 EROSION AND SEDIMENT CONTROLS The controls and measures required by the Contractor are described below 141 Stabilization Practices The stabil
285. ents of U B C 7 2 97 and UL10C D Gasketing shall comply with the requirements of the Wood Door Manufacturer s certification requirements 2 10 FINISHES A Finishes for all hardware are as required in this specification and the hardware sets B Special care is to be taken to make uniform the finish of all various manufactured items 211 DOOR SILENCERS A Furnish door silencers at all openings without gasket Provide two 2 each at each pair of doors and three 3 each for each single door ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 10 06 006 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify doors and frames are ready to receive door hardware and dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings instructed by manufacturer C Verify electric power is available to power operated devices and is of correct characteristics 3 2 INSTALLATION A Coordinate mounting heights with door and frame manufacturers Use templates provided by hardware item manufacturer Hardware is to be installed by experienced finish hardware installers after a pre installation and pre wiring meeting between the hardware supplier hardware manufacturer s representative electrical contractor security contractor hollow metal supplier wood door supplier and installer B Check hardware against the reviewed hardware schedule upon delivery Store the
286. eptions are acceptable as directed by the Contracting Officer The eguipment furnished shall be compatible and be UL listed FM approved or approved or listed by a nationally recognized testing laboratory in accordance with the applicable NFPA standards 1 3 7 Qualifications 13 74 Engineer and Technician a Registered Professional Engineer with verification of experience and at least 4 years of current experience in the design of the fire protection and detection systems b National Institute for Certification in Engineering Technologies NICET qualifications as an engineering technician in fire alarm systems program with verification of experience and current NICET certificate c The Registered Professional Engineer may perform all required items under this specification The NICET Fire Alarm Technician shall perform only the items allowed by the specific category of certification held 1 3 7 2 Installer The installing Contractor shall provide the following NICET Fire Alarm Technicians to perform the installation of the system ANICET Level 3 Fire Alarm Technician shall supervise the installation of the fire alarm system NICET Level 2 or higher Fire Alarm Technician shall install and terminate fire alarm devices cabinets and panels An electrician or NICET level 1 Fire Alarm Technician shall install conduit for the fire alarm system The Fire Alarm technicians installing the equipment shall be factory trained in the installation adjustment
287. er Spot Fill Bare CMU S W Heavy Duty Block filler B42W46 43 2 Finish Two coats S W ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi Gloss B31W2200 Series 1 5 85 B GYPSUM BOARD 1 Primer Spot Prime Bare Gypsum S W PrepRite 200 Latex Primer B28W200 1 10 86 2 Finish Two coats S W ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi Gloss B31W2200 Series 1 5 85 C WOOD PAINTED 1 Primer Spot Prime Bare Wood S W PrepRite Wall amp Wood Oil Primer B49W2 1 9 473 2 Finish Two coats S W ProMar 200 Interior Alkyd Semi Gloss B34W200 Series 1 7 442 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 8 06 006 D FERROUS METAL UNPRIMED 1 Primer 2 Finish Spot Prime Bare Metal S W Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50WZ Series Two coats S W Industrial Enamel B54 Series E FERROUS METAL SHOP PRIMED 1 Primer 2 Finish Spot Prime Bare Metal S W Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50WZ Series Two coats S W Industrial Enamel B54 Series F GALVANIZED METAL NON FERROUS METAL 1 Finish ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 Two coats S W DTM Acrylic Semi Gloss Coating B66W200 Series Paints And Coatings 09900 9 3 0 2 0 3 0 2 0 2 5 405 440 405 440 208 06 006 END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 10 06 006 SECTION 10523 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes fire extinguishers fire extin
288. erials and all excavation will be designated as unclassified excavation 1 71 Common Excavation Include common excavation with the satisfactory removal and disposal of all materials not classified as rock excavation 1 8 CRITERIA FOR BIDDING Base bids on the following criteria a Hard materials and rock will not will be encountered PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 BURIED WARNING AND IDENTIFICATION TAPE Provide polyethylene plastic warning tape manufactured specifically for warning and identification of buried utility lines Provide tape on rolls 3 inch minimum width color coded as specified below for the intended utility with warning and identification imprinted in bold black letters continuously over the entire tape length Warning and identification to read CAUTION BURIED intended service LINE BELOW or similar wording Provide permanent color and printing unaffected by moisture or soil Warning Tape Color Codes Red Electric Yellow Gas Oil Dangerous Materials Orange Telephone and Other Communications Blue Water Systems Green Sewer Systems White Steam Systems Gray Compressed Air 211 Warning Tape for Metallic Piping Provide acid and alkali resistant polyethylene plastic tape conforming to the width color and printing requirements specified above with a minimum thickness of 0 08 mm 0 003 inch and a minimum strength of 1500 psi lengthwise and 1250 psi crosswise with a maximum 350 percent elongation 2 1 2 Detect
289. erials And Methods Building 210 15050 7 ODG Engineering Inc 1 16 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS AND RECORDS FOR OWNER A Project record documentation and records for the Owner shall be as specified in Division 1 General Re quirements Section B In addition to the Division 1 of these specification provide the following minimum items 1 Operations amp Maintenance Manuals Include as appropriate to each item sufficient information to provide for the Owner s operation and maintenance of equipment furnished 2 As Builts Include neatly marked set of reproducible drawings showing As Installed work 3 Contacts Include with each product name address and telephone numbers of installing contrac tor factory and local service representative 4 Instructions of Owner s Personnel Prior to final inspection and acceptance fully instruct the Owner s designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operating and performance of the equipment furnished 5 Warranties Include warranty information properly executed by respective manufacturers suppliers or sub contractors for the equipment and system furnished 1 17 SAFETY GUARDS A Contractor shall furnish and install all safety guards required All electrical equipment belt driven equip ment projecting shafts and other rotating or energized parts shall be properly enclosed or adequately guarded 1 18 SPACE AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT A Size of equipment shown by the draw
290. ering ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 6 ODG Engineering Inc C Electrical Protective Device Coordination Study The EPDC Study shall be performed using software pro vided by an approved vendor Hand calculations and Hand tracings are not allowed nor approved 1 Time Current Plots Provide time current coordination curves plots indicating coordination between devices for all electrical service equipment distribution equipment and branch circuit equipment The EPDC Study shall include all equipment including any owner furnished equipment equipment furnished under other Divisions including but not limited to Division 14 Division 15 and Division 16 The time current plots shall indicate the appropriate available fault currents 2 Table Summary Protective Device Settings and Fuse Sizes Types shall be summarized in a Pro tective Device Setting Table for use by the Division 16 Contractor to set verify and confirm proper settings available and equipment functions in a coordinate system 3 Coordination Cases The EPDC Study shall indicate coordination between three phase single phase and ground fault systems The EPDC Study shall be based on a fully rated system 4 Software Approved software vendors for the EPDC Study are Easy Power and SKM Systems Analysis Inc CAPTOR 5 Coordination with Equipment The Contractor and EPDC Study engineer shall coordinate all pro tective devices p
291. ers Galvanized steel suitable for adhesive attachment mechanical attach ment or welding attachment to duct without damaging liner when applied as recommended by manufacturer and without causing leakage in duct a Tensile Strength Indefinitely sustain a 50 lb 23 kg tensile dead load test perpendicular to duct wall b Fastener Pin Length As required for thickness of insulation and without projecting more than 1 8 inch 3 mm into airstream C Adhesive for Attaching Mechanical Fasteners Comply with fire hazard classification of duct liner system 6 Liner shall be manufactures by Manville Owens Corning or Certainteed Equal to Manville Perma cote Linacoustic 2 3 SEALANT MATERIALS A Joint and Seam Sealants General The term sealant is not limited to materials of adhesive or mastic nature but includes tapes and combinations of open weave fabric strips and mastics 1 Joint and Seam Tape 2 inches 50 mm wide glass fiber fabric reinforced 2 Tape Sealing System Woven fiber tape impregnated with a gypsum mineral compound and a modified acrylic silicone activator to react exothermically with tape to form a hard durable airtight seal 3 Joint and Seam Sealant One part nonsag solvent release curing polymerized butyl sealant formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids 4 Flanged Joint Mastics One part acid curing silicone elastomeric joint sealants complying with ASTM C 920 Type S Grade NS Class 25 Use O
292. ers watertight Seal joint of gutter to drain Terminate downspouts at 8 inches above grade Set splash pads under downspouts Secure in place 3 8 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Protecting installed construction B Do not permit traffic over unprotected roof surface END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 8 06 006 SECTION 07840 FIRESTOPPING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes firestopping and through penetration protection system materials and accessories firestopping tops of fire rated walls and smoke sealing at joints between floor slabs and exterior walls Related Sections Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Section 05310 Steel Deck Section 05805 Expansion Joint Cover Assemblies Section 07900 Joint Sealers Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Gypsum board fireproofing Division 15 Mechanical Mechanical work requiring firestopping Division 16 Electrical Electrical work requiring firestopping DADAORONA 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 2 ASTM E119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 3 ASTM E814 Standard Test Method for Fire Tests of Through Penetration Fire Stops Underwri
293. ertification of the material represented has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 01330 l l PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Attachment 1 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Summary Building 210 l 01100 4 06 006 SECTION 01101 SPECIAL PROVISIONS FOR LAUGHLIN AFB PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 LOCATION OF WORK A The work will be done in the vicinity of Building 380 1 2 EQUIPMENT PARKING A The Government shall not be liable for the security of any of the Contractor s equipment or materials while on Laughlin AFB TX PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 The products to be used in the work under this contract are described in the other sections of these specifications PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 TRAFFIC CONTROL A The Contractor shall provide all traffic control devices within the project limits and on all haul routes The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining all areas of new construction until accepted by the Government 3 2 HAULING MATERIAL A Material shall be hauled in vehicles equipped with pneumatic tires Hauling of materials shall comply with state and local regulations including seasonal load limitations The Contractor shall be responsible for establishing and maintaining on Base and off Base haul routes 3 3 WORK PERFORMANCE A The Contractor shall conduct all work including materials distribution in an orderly manner with minimum disturbance and inconvenience to traffic operations The Contra
294. es Provide clips collars fasteners temporary stops or dams and other devices reguired to position and retain materials in place ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Firestopping Building 210 07840 3 06 006 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify openings are ready to receive firestopping 3 2 PREPARATION A Clean substrate surfaces of dirt dust grease oil loose material or other matter affecting bond of firestopping material B Remove incompatible materials affecting bond C Install backing and damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage 3 3 APPLICATION A Install material at fire rated construction perimeters and openings containing penetrating sleeves piping ductwork conduit and other items requiring firestopping B Apply primer where recommended by manufacturer for type of firestopping material and substrate involved and as required for compliance with required fire ratings C Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve required fire and smoke rating to uniform density and texture D Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required 3 4 CLEANING A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Final cleaning B Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials 3 5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Protecting installed constructi
295. es and training of workers and subcontractor Solid Waste Materials Trash and uncontaminated construction debris shall be placed in appropriate covered waste containers Waste containers shall be emptied regularly they shall ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 5 not be allowed to overflow The disposal area of excavated material from project construction shall not be utilized for waste disposal Routine janitorial service shall be provided for all construction buildings and surrounding grounds No construction waste materials including concrete shall be buried or otherwise disposed of on site The Contractor shall brief all on site personnel on good housing keeping and waste minimization 3 3 MATERIAL MANAGEMENT Material Delivery and Storage Practice The Contractor and subcontractor shall prevent or reduce discharge of pollutants to storm water by minimizing and on site storage of hazardous and toxic HT materials storing HT in clearly labeled corrosion resistant containers with secondary containment at designated and COR approved area conducting frequent inspection keeping current inventory of construction materials on site training of workers and subcontractor The storage of reactive ignitable or flammable liquids shall comply with applicable fire codes of the project area The Contractor shall contact the local Fire Marshal to review site materials quantities and proposed s
296. es in determination of ele vations In all cases pipes requiring a stated grade for their proper operation shall have precedence over electrical conduit and ductwork Before installation of piping systems the Contractor shall refer to the Construction as it is then in progress and determine the exact required locations of these systems in con junction with advice from the representative of the Contract Officer and or Owner Devices necessary for installation and support of pipes and equipment such as sleeves inserts etc shall be located and in stalled as the construction progresses in order to allow completion of each phase of the work in the proper sequence Drawings showing the extent and arrangement of the work of a particular trade shall be used together with drawings showing extent and arrangement of work of other trades to insure that the Contrac tor in laying out and installing his work shall do so in a manner such that the work of the several trades may progress in the most direct workmanlike harmonious manner D Contractor shall be responsible for the proper location and size of slots holes or openings in the building structure and for the correct location of pipe sleeves The drawings indicate the extent and general ar rangement of the various systems but if any departures from these drawings are deemed necessary by the Contractor descriptions of these departures and a statement of the reasons therefore shall be submit ted to th
297. et metal screws to gutter front edge and back face C Fasteners 1 Steel Roofing Nails 11 gauge hot dipped galvanized nails with annular threaded rings 2 Neoprene Head Screws 10 or 12 stainless steel screws with hexagonal heads and matching color metal jacketed neoprene rubber washer 3 Stainless Steel Masonry Nails Stainless steel pin and zinc jacketed fastener equal to Zamac Screw Type Nailin minimum 0 25 x 1 5 4 Stainless Steel Masonry Nailer Washer EPDM sealing washer bonded to Type 304 stainless steel jacket equal to Rawl EPDM Sealing Washer 3 4 to 1 diameter 5 Blind Rivets Stainless steel Series 44 Both rivet and mandrel are to be stainless steel A mixture of materials will not be permitted Stainless steel pop rivets shall be used for galvanized and pre finished metals 6 Exposed Fasteners All exposed fasteners to receive metal jacketed neoprene or EPDM washers Omit washers where fasteners attach counterflashing to receivers straps to gutters and downspouts to walls Exposed horizontal surface fasteners are unacceptable Other cleats screws rivets bolts etc shall be of matching material to which they attach or be galvanically compatible to the surface to which they are secured D Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Related Materials 1 Plastic Roof Cement Trowel grade roofing cement conforming to ASTM D4586 non asbestos containing 2 Sealant Equal to Sonneborn NP 1 One component urethane gun grade seal
298. etarder seal 2 Ducts without Vapor Retarders Overlap insulation facing at seams and secure with outward clinching staples and pressure sensitive tape having same facing as insulation Roof Penetrations Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with top of roof flashing 1 Seal penetrations with vapor retarder mastic 2 Apply insulation for exterior applications tightly joined to interior insulation ends 3 Seal insulation to roof flashing with vapor retarder mastic Interior Wall and Partition Penetrations Apply insulation continuously through walls and partitions except fire rated walls and partitions Fire Rated Wall and Partition Penetrations Terminate insulation at fire smoke damper sleeves for fire rated wall and partition penetrations Floor Penetrations Terminate insulation at underside of floor assembly and at floor support at top of floor 1 For insulation indicated to have vapor retarders taper termination and seal insulation ends with vapor retarder mastic MINERAL FIBER INSULATION APPLICATION Blanket Applications for Ducts and Plenums Secure blanket insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers 1 Apply adhesives according to manufacturer s recommended coverage rates per square foot for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces 2 Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions 3 Install anchor pins and speed washers on si
299. etrimental to the completed work in any way 3 7 BURIED TAPE AND DETECTION WIRE 3 7 1 Buried Warning and Identification Tape Provide buried utility lines with utility identification tape Bury tape 12 inch below finished grade under pavements and slabs bury tape 6 inch below top of subgrade 3 7 2 Buried Detection Wire Bury detection wire directly above non metallic piping at a distance not to exceed 12 inch above the top of pipe Extend the wire continuously and unbroken from manhole to manhole Terminate the ends of the wire inside the manholes at each end of the pipe with a minimum of 3 feet of wire coiled remaining accessible in each manhole Furnish insulated wire over it s entire length Install wires at manholes between the top of the corbel and the frame and extend ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 10 06 006 up through the chimney seal between the frame and the chimney seal For force mains terminate the wire in the valve pit at the pump station end of the pipe 3 8 BACKFILLING AND COMPACTION Place backfill adjacent to any and all types of structures and compact to at least 90 percent laboratory maximum density for cohesive materials or 95 percent laboratory maximum density for cohesionless materials to prevent wedging action or eccentric loading upon or against the structure Prepare ground surface on which backfill is to be placed as specified in paragraph GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION Provide comp
300. f insulation to duct with stainless steel bands Tighten bands without deforming the insulation material 2 Apply two layer insulation with joints tightly butted and staggered at least 3 inches 75 mm Secure inner layer with 0 062 inch 1 6 mm soft annealed stainless steel wire Secure outer layer with stainless steel bands 3 On exposed applications without metal jacket finish insulation with a skim coat of mineral fiber hydraulic setting cement to surface of installed insulation When dry apply flood coat of lagging adhesive and press on one layer of glass cloth or tape Overlap edges at least 1 inch 25 mm Apply finish coat of lagging adhesive over glass cloth or tape Thin the finish coat to achieve smooth finish FIELD APPLIED JACKET APPLICATION Apply glass cloth jacket where indicated directly over bare insulation or insulation with factory applied jackets 1 Apply jacket smooth and tight to surface with 2 inch 50 mm overlap at seams and joints 2 Embed glass cloth between two 0 062 inch 1 6 mm thick coats of jacket manufacturer s recommended adhesive 3 Completely encapsulate insulation with jacket leaving no exposed raw insulation FINISHES Glass Cloth Jacketed Insulation Paint insulation finished with glass cloth jacket as specified in Division 9 Section Painting Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation After adhesive has fully cured apply two coats of insulation manufacturer s recommended protective c
301. f the environment for aesthetic cultural or historical purposes degrades 1 3 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING After award of Contract and prior to commencement of the work the Contractor shall schedule and conduct a meeting with the Contracting Officer to discuss the proposed Environmental Protection Plan and to develop a mutual understanding relative to the details of environmental protection The requirements for this meeting may be fulfilled during the coordination and mutual understanding meeting as specified in Section 01400 1 4 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 2 SD 01 Preconstruction Submittals Environmental Protection Plan G Instructor Qualifications Submit reference data to demonstrate instructors individual and firm s capabilities and experience SD 03 Product Data Life Cycle Assessments Packaging LEED Submit documentation indicating percentage of post industrial and post consumer recycled content per unit of product Indicate relative dollar value of recycled content products to total dollar value of product
302. f the systems listed be low 1 Bands Pretensioned wraparound plastic sleeves colored adhesive tape or a combination of both Make each color band 2 inches 51 mm wide completely encircling conduit and place adja cent bands of two color markings in contact side by side 2 Band Locations At changes in direction at penetrations of walls and floors at 50 foot 15 m maximum intervals in straight runs and at 25 foot 7 6 m maximum intervals in congested areas 3 Apply the following colors to the systems listed below a Fire Alarm System Red b Fire Suppression Supervisory and Control System Red and yellow Cc Combined Fire Alarm and Security System Red and blue d Security System Blue and yellow e Mechanical and Electrical Supervisory System Green and blue D Caution Labels for Indoor Boxes and Enclosures for Power and Lighting Install pressure sensitive self adhesive labels identifying system voltage with black letters on orange background Install on exterior of door or cover E Circuit Identification Labels 1 Boxes and Cover Plates Label with permanent marking pen on top of junction box covers and on back of outlet box cover plates 2 Labeling Legend Permanent waterproof listing of panel and circuit number or eguivalent 3 Provide wire markers with metallic tracer wire with circuit number on each conductor in splice box pull box and first load connection on home run F Paths of Underground Electrical
303. feet ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Acoustical Ceilings Building 210 09510 4 06 006 C Maximum Variation from Plumb of Grid Members Caused by Eccentric Loads 2 degrees END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Acoustical Ceilings Building 210 09510 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Acoustical Ceilings Building 210 09510 6 06 006 SECTION 09900 PAINTS AND COATINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes surface preparation and field application of paints stains and other coatings Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Section 05500 Metal Fabrications Shop primed items Section 06200 Finish Carpentry Section 08114 Standard Steel Doors Section 08115 Standard Steel Frames Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster DRON 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM D16 Standard Terminology Relating to Paint Varnish Lacguer and Related Products 2 ASTM D4442 Standard Test Methods for Direct Moisture Content Measurement of Wood and Wood Base Materials Painting and Decorating Contractors of America 1 PDCA Architectural Painting Specification Manual SSPC The Society for Protective Coatings 1 SSPC Steel Structures Painting Manual 1 3 DEFINITIONS A Conform to ASTM D16 for interpretation of terms used in this section 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Product Data Submit data on finishing products
304. fied in individual specification sections Deliver to Project site and place in location as directed by Contracting Officer obtain receipt prior to final payment 1 13 PRODUCT WARRANTIES A Obtain warranties executed in duplicate by responsible subcontractors suppliers and manufacturers within ten days after completion of applicable item of work B Execute and assemble transferable warranty documents from subcontractors suppliers and manufacturers C Verify documents are in proper form and contain full information ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Execution Requirements Building 210 01700 7 F 06 006 Co execute submittals when reguired Include Table of Contents and assemble in three D side ring binder with durable plastic cover Submit prior to final Application for Payment 1 14 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A Furnish service and maintenance of components indicated in specification sections for during warranty period Examine system components at frequency consistent with reliable operation Clean adjust and lubricate as required Include systematic examination adjustment and lubrication of components Repair or replace parts whenever required Use parts produced by manufacturer of original component Do not assign or transfer maintenance service to agent or Subcontractor without prior written consent of Contracting Officer PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION ADAL Ha
305. following shall be submitted in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 01 Preconstruction Submittals Existing Conditions G SD 07 Certificates Demolition Plan G Proposed demolition and removal procedures for approval before work is started ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 3 06 006 SD 11 Closeout Submittals Receipts Receipts or bills of laden as specified 1 4 REGULATORY AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS Comply with federal state and local hauling and disposal regulations In addition to the requirements of the Contract Clauses conform to the safety requirements contained in ANSI A10 6 1 41 Notifications 1 4 1 1 General Requirements Furnish timely notification of demolition and renovation projects to Federal State regional and local authorities in accordance with 40 CFR 61 SUBPART M Notify the State s environmental protection agencyand the Contracting Officer in writing 10 working days prior to the commencement of work in accordance with 40 CFR 61 SUBPART M Complete and submit Notification of Demolition and Renovation forms to Federal and State authorities and Contracting Officer postmarked or delivered at least ten working days prior to commencement of work in accordance with 40 CFR 61 SUBPART M 1 42 Receipts Submit a shipping receipt or bill of lading for all containers of ozone depleting substance ODS shipped to the Defense Depot Richmond Virginia 1 5 DUST AND DEBRIS CONTRO
306. formly until the area is covered The mulch shall not be bunched or clumped Sunlight shall not be completely excluded from penetrating to the ground surface All areas installed with seed shall be mulched on the same day as the seeding Mulch shall be anchored immediately following spreading 3 2 3 2 Mechanical Anchor Mechanical anchor shall be a V type wheel land packer a scalloped disk land packer designed to force mulch into the soil surface or other suitable equipment 3 2 3 3 Asphalt Adhesive Tackifier Asphalt adhesive tackifier shall be sprayed at a rate between 10 to 13 gallons per 1000 square feet Sunlight shall not be completely excluded from penetrating to the ground surface 3 2 3 4 Non Asphaltic Tackifier Hydrophilic colloid shall be applied at the rate recommended by the manufacturer using hydraulic equipment suitable for thoroughly mixing with water A uniform mixture shall be applied over the area 3 2 3 5 Asphalt Adhesive Coated Mulch Hay or straw mulch may be spread simultaneously with asphalt adhesive applied at a rate between 10 to 13 gallons per 1000 square feet using power mulch equipment which shall be equipped with suitable asphalt pump and nozzle The adhesive coated mulch shall be applied evenly over the surface Sunlight shall not be completely excluded from penetrating to the ground surface 3 2 4 Rolling Immediately after seeding firm entire area except for slopes in excess of 3 to 1 with a roller not excee
307. fter Notice of Award Attendance Required Contractor s Project Manager Contractor s Superintendent and all major subcontractors Agenda 1 Construction Schedule 2 Submission of executed bonds and insurance certificates 3 Distribution of Contract Documents 4 Submission of list of Subcontractors list of products schedule of values and progress schedule Designation of personnel representing parties in Contract Procedures and processing of field decisions submittals substitutions applications for payments proposal request Change Orders and Contract closeout procedures 7 Scheduling 8 Use of areas of the site Oo 9 Delivery and Storage 10 Safety 11 Security 12 Clean up 1 6 PROGRESS SCHEDULES PROGRESS REPORTS A Submit three 3 copies to the Contracting Officer for approval within five 5 days after the Notice to Proceed a Contract Progress Schedule The progress schedule shall show the major work elements and the order in which it is proposed to carry out the work Submit Contract Progress Report to the Contracting Officer for approval within one 1 working day of completion of each two week interval indicating the percentage of work completed for each major work element on the approved schedule Failure to submit the schedule and reports within the time required or failure to maintain progress in accordance with your progress schedule may result in withholding of payment and or other
308. g Sealants Compounds and Accessories Provide chemical functional and environmental characteristics limitations special application requirements Identify available colors where exposed Samples 1 Glass Submit two samples 12 x 12 inch in size illustrating each glass unit coloration and design 2 Glazing Materials Submit 6 inch long bead of glazing sealant and gaskets color as selected by Architect Certificates Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements Manufacturer s Certificate Certify sealed insulated glass meets or exceeds specified requirements 1 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Perform Work in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual GANA Sealant Manual GANA Laminated Glass Design Guide for glazing installation methods ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Glazing Building 210 08800 2 06 006 1 6 QUALIFICATIONS A Installer Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 7 MOCKUP A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Requirements for mock up B Construct mockup 2 x 2 feet including glass C Locate where directed by Architect 1 8 PRE INSTALLATION MEETING A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum one week before starting Work of this section 1 9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Do not install glazing when ambient temperature is less than 50 degrees F C Maintain
309. g and equipment placed in storage 1 8 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS Connecting hardware shall be rated for operation under ambient conditions of 32 to 140 degrees F and in the range of 0 to 95 percent relative humidity non condensing 1 9 WARRANTY The equipment items shall be supported by service organizations which are reasonably convenient to the equipment installation in order to render satisfactory service to the equipment on a regular and emergency basis during the warranty period of the contract 1 10 MAINTENANCE 110 1 Record Documentation Provide T5 drawings including documentation on cables and termination hardware in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A T5 drawings shall include schedules to show information for cut overs and cable plant management patch panel layouts and cover plate assignments cross connect information and connecting terminal layout as a minimum T5 drawings shall be provided in hard copy format and on electronic media using Windows based computer cable management software Provide the following T5 drawing documentation as a minimum a Cables A record of installed cable shall be provided in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A The cable records shall include only the required data fields include the required data fields for each cable and complete end to end circuit report for each complete circuit from the assigned outlet to the entry facility Jin accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A Include manufacture date of cab
310. g diagram shall be prepared and signed by a Registered Professional Engineer or a NICET Level 3 Fire Alarm Technician showing points of connection Diagram shall include connections between system devices appliances control panels supervised devices and equipment that is activated or controlled by the panel ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 4 ODG Engineering Inc 1 4 SYSTEM DESIGN 1 41 Interface With Existing Fire Alarm Equipment The equipment specified herein shall operate as an extension to an existing configuration The new equipment shall be connected to an existing control panel in the existing part of the building Existing control equipment shall be expanded modified or supplemented as necessary to extend the existing control and monitoring functions to the new points or zones New components shall be capable of merging with the existing configuration without degrading the performance of either system The scope of the acceptance tests of paragraph Testing shall include aspects of operation that involve combined use of both new and existing portions of the final configuration 142 Interface With other Equipment Interfacing components shall be furnished as required to connect to subsystems or devices which interact with the fire alarm system such as supervisory or alarm contacts 15 DELIVERY AND STORAGE Equipment delivered and placed in storage shall be stored with pro
311. g tape at internal corners F Joint Treatment 1 Finish in accordance with GA 214 Level 4 2 Tape fill and sand exposed joints edges and corners to produce smooth surface ready to receive finishes 3 Feather coats on to adjoining surfaces so that camber is maximum 1 32 inch G Texture Finish Spray apply finish texture coating ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies Building 210 09260 4 06 006 3 4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Variation of Finished Gypsum Board Surface from Flat Surface 1 8 inch in 10 feet END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies Building 210 09260 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies Building 210 09260 6 06 006 SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A B Section includes suspended metal grid ceiling system and perimeter trim Related Sections 1 Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies 2 Division 15 Sprinkler heads in ceiling system 3 Division 15 Air Outlets and Inlets Air diffusion devices in ceiling system 4 Division 16 Interior Luminaries Light fixtures in ceiling system 5 Division 16 Public Address and Music Eguipment Speakers in ceiling system 6 Division 16 Fire Alarm and Smoke Detection Systems 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM C635 Standard Specification for the Manufacture
312. ge is restored relay disconnects lamps and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger 2 7 EMERGENCY FLUORESCENT POWER SUPPLY UNIT A Internal Type Self contained modular battery inverter unit factory mounted within fixture body Comply with UL standards 1 Test Switch and Light Emitting Diode Indicator Light Visible and accessible without opening fixture or entering ceiling space 2 Battery Sealed maintenance free nickel cadmium type with minimum 10 year nominal life 3 Charger Fully automatic solid state constant current type 4 Operation Relay automatically energizes lamp from unit when normal supply circuit voltage drops to 80 percent of nominal voltage or below When normal voltage is restored relay disconnects lamp and battery is automatically recharged and floated on charger 5 Units shall be capable of powering one or two lamps for a minimum of 90 minutes with a minimum light output of 1300 lumens 2 8 LAMPS A Lamps shall comply with the current Federal energy legislation Energy Policy Act EPACT 1992 or latest and meet current Federal Environmental Protection Agency EPA Universal Waste regulations and pass Toxic Characteristic Leaching Procedure TCLP test B Coordinate ballast and lamp compatibility with manufacturers C Fluorescent lamps shall be as described in the Lighting Fixture Schedule and as follows 1 Linear and U bent T8 medium bi pin lamps 2 Correlated color tempe
313. gency for all on site fuel storage tanks In case of spill avoid hosing down or burial of spilled fuel documentation reporting to COR and regulatory agency clean up per regulation is required The temporary fuel containers placed on site shall meet the industrial standard labeled and stored in accordance with applicable Federal state and local Fire codes Vehicle and Equipment Maintenance Outdoor vehicle or equipment maintenance is a significant potential source of storm water pollution Activities include engine repair changing fluids etc shall be prohibited on job site ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 7 Vehicle and Eguipment Parking All vehicle or eguipment parked on site shall have drip pan or drip cloth to catch spill or leak Vehicle or eguipment the Contractor and the subcontractor shall regularly inspect for leaks and schedule routine maintenance to reduce the potential for leaks 3 6 EMPLOYEE AND SUBCONTRACTOR TRAINING The Contractor is responsible to provide training for all workers including the subcontractor on the job site The objectives in training are to provide a clear concept of activities or problems that generate pollutants to storm water identify solutions BMPs promote ownership of the problems and solutions and integrate feedback into training and BMP implementation A certificate to verify completion of training shall be signed by all trained perso
314. gend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation Install metal backed butyrate signs for outdoor items 2 Emergency Operation Install engraved laminated signs with white legend on red background with minimum 3 8 inch 9 mm high lettering for emergency instructions on power transfer load shed ding and other emergency operations K Eguipment Identification Labels Engraved plastic laminate Install on each unit of eguipment including central or master unit of each system This includes power lighting communication signal and alarm systems Unless otherwise indicated provide a single line of text with 1 2 inch 13 mm high lettering on 1 1 2 inch 38 mm high label where two lines of text are reguired use labels 2 inches 50 mm high Use white lettering on black field for normal power systems and white lettering on red field for emergency sys tems Apply labels for each unit of the following categories of eguipment using mechanical fasteners 1 Panelboards electrical cabinets and enclosures 2 Transformers 3 Switchgear and switchboards 4 Emergency system boxes and enclosures 5 Disconnect switches 6 Enclosed circuit breakers 7 Motor starters and controllers 8 Ground Bars 9 Motor control centers 10 Electrical substations 11 Power generating units 12 Power transfer equipment 13 UPS Systems 14 Battery racks 15 Contactors 16 Push button stations ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Electric
315. ger use pressure type grounding lugs No 10 AWG and smaller grounding conductors may be terminated with winged pressure type con nectors Non Contact Metal Raceway Terminations If metallic raceways terminate at metal housings without me chanical and electrical connection to housing terminate each conduit with a grounding bushing Connect grounding bushings with a bare grounding conductor to grounding bus or terminal in housing Bond elec ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 5 ODG Engineering Inc 3 6 trically non continuous conduits at entrances and exits with grounding bushings and bare grounding con ductors unless otherwise indicated Connections at Test Wells Use bolted pressure clamps with at least two bolts Use compression type connectors on conductors and make bolted and clamped type connections between conductors and ground rods Torgue Tighten screws and bolts for grounding and bonding connectors and terminals according to manufacturer s published torgue tightening values If manufacturer s torgue values are not indicated use those specified in applicable UL Standards Compression Type Connections Use hydraulic compression tools to provide correct circumferential pres sure for compression connectors Use tools and dies recommended by connector manufacturer Provide embossing die code or other standard method to make a visible indication that a connector has been ade guately compre
316. gers with other work 4 Install hanger clips during steel deck erection Install additional hangers and inserts as required 5 Hang suspension system independent of walls columns ducts pipes and conduit Where carrying members are spliced avoid visible displacement of face plane of adjacent members 6 Where ducts or other eguipment prevent regular spacing of hangers reinforce nearest affected hangers and related carrying channels to span extra distance 7 Do not support components on main runners or cross runners when weight causes total dead load to exceed deflection capability Support fixture loads by supplementary hangers located within 6 inches of each corner or support components independently 8 Do not eccentrically load system or produce rotation of runners B Acoustic Units 1 Fit acoustic units in place free from damaged edges or other defects detrimental to appearance and function 2 Lay directional patterned units as directed by the Architect 3 Install units after above ceiling work is complete 4 Install acoustic units level in uniform plane and free from twist warp and dents 5 Cutting Acoustic Units a Cut to fit irregular grid and perimeter edge trim 6 Where bullnose concrete block corners occur install preformed closures to match perimeter molding 3 4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Variation from Flat and Level Surface 1 8 inch in 10
317. guisher cabinets and brackets for wall mounting B Related Sections 1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Wood blocking and shims 1 2 REFERENCES A National Fire Protection Association 1 NFPA 10 Standard for Portable Fire Extinguishers B Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL Fire Protection Equipment Directory 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Conform to NFPA 10 B Provide extinguishers classified and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc C Provide fire extinguisher cabinets classified and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Shop Drawings Indicate cabinet physical dimensions rough in measurements for recessed cabinets wall bracket mounted measurements location and fire ratings C Product Data Submit extinguisher operational features color and finish and anchorage details D Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special criteria and wall opening coordination requirements 1 5 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Closeout procedures ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Extinguishers And Cabinets Building 210 10523 1 06 006 Operation and Maintenance Data Submit test refill or recharge schedules and re certification reguirements 1 6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements Environmental conditions affecting products on site Do not install exting
318. h other trades Minor relocations necessitated by the conditions at the site or directed by the Owner shall be made without additional cost to the Owner K Contractor shall supply and set in place waterproof flashings where pipes and ducts pass through roofs The final installation of the flashings shall be coordinated with Division 7 of these Specification L Locations and elevations of the various utilities included within the scope of the work have been obtained from utility maps and or other substantially reliable sources and are offered separate from the contract documents as a general guide only without guarantee as to accuracy The Contractor shall examine the site and shall verify to his own satisfaction the size location and elevations of all utilities and shall ade quately inform himself of their relation with the work before entering into a contract 1 11 EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS A It is the intent of the Contract Documents that all systems and equipment being furnished under the air conditioning and or plumbing sections of these specifications shall be provided with all necessary utility connections completed to allow safe and proper operation of said systems Where it is necessary to make final connections to items of equipment specified under other sections of these Specifications all such work shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner and all materials shall be of quality and finish normally used for such installation
319. h associated connectors splices and terminations for wiring systems rated 600 V and less 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Product data for wire cable connectors and conductor splices 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Provide wires and cables specified in this Section that are listed and labeled The Terms Listed and La beled shall be as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to Authorities Having Jurisdiction and marked for intended use B Comply with the current edition of NFPA 70 or the edition adopted by local Authorities with amendments where applicable 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Deliver store and handle wires and cables according to applicable NEMA standards 1 6 COORDINATION A Coordinate layout and installation of cables with other installations B Revise locations and elevations as required to suit field conditions PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements herein specified and as approved by the Author ity Having Jurisdiction Provide products by one of the following 1 Wires and Cables ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Conductors And Cables Building 210 16120 1 ODG Engineering Inc Alcan Aluminum Corporation Alcan Cable Div Carol Cable Co Inc Senator Wire amp Cable Company Southwire Company Okonite Company Perilli Cables North America To 200p 2 Metal Clad Cables a Alcan Aluminum Corporation Alcan Cable Div b
320. h requirements of electrical power utility company Communication Service Service conduit shall be schedule 40 PVC sized as indicated by the drawings Elbows shall be PVC coated rigid steel The exact location and requirements of the communication ser vice conduit terminations shall be verified with the Service Company before installation PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION Headroom Maintenance If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated arrange and install components and equipment to provide the maximum possible headroom In addition the Contractor shall incorporate the following additional requirements into the project 1 Shell Areas Mounting heights of all conduit systems wiring systems and equipment shall be mounted tight to structure to provide maximum possible headroom for the shell spaces Contractor shall provide conduit offsets pull boxes and other equipment to maintain maximum mounting heights and clear spaces in the Shell areas ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 9 ODG Engineering Inc 3 2 3 3 2 If the criteria in this specification are not followed and upon notification by the Contract Officer of a deficiency the Contractor shall at not additional cost to the Project relocate conduits feeders branch circuits disconnects and other eguipment to provide the maximum possible headroom Materials and Components
321. hall be responsible for the following a Compliance with applicable federal state and local environmental regulations including maintaining reguired documentation b Implementation of the Waste Management Plan c Implementation of the Indoor Air Quality IAQ Management Plan Q Implementation of the Environmental Protection Plan e Environmental training for Contractor personnel in accordance with their position requirements f Monitoring and documentation of environmental procedures 1 5 2 Qualifications Minimum 5 years construction experience on projects of similar size and scope minimum 2 years experience with environmental procedures similar to those of this project familiarity with Environmental Management Systems EMSs familiarity with environmental regulations applicable to construction operations 1 6 ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS The Contractor shall be responsible for knowing federal state and local regulatory requirements pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials Comply with all applicable regulations and maintain records of permits licenses certificates and other environmental regulatory requirement correspondences 1 7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS 1 71 Material Safety Data Sheets MSDS Submit an MSDS for each product specified in other sections or required by OSHA to have an MSDS MSDS shall be prepared within the previous five years Includ
322. hall be selected from the Manufacturer s 16 minimum standard choices by the Owner 1 Gravel Guard and Cover Plates Hook at face on continuous 22 gauge galvanized cleat and nail flange at 3 on center staggered with hot dipped galvanized roofing nails ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flashing and Sheet Metal Building 210 07600 2 06 006 2 Coping Hook at face on continuous 22 gauge galvanized cleat Secure back leg with neoprene head screws spaced at 16 on center Provide with 1 high standing seam joints 3 Counterflashing and Receiver Attach receiver as shown in Drawings and noted hereafter Attach counterflashing to receiver with sheet metal screws spaced at 16 on center 4 Expansion Joint Hook Strips Attach with neoprene head screws spaced at 12 on center 5 Expansion Joint Cover Hooked on both sides 6 Downspouts Transition from downspout to gutter with 24 gauge galvanized fully soldered drops Attach downspouts to masonry walls with 12 gauge x 1 galvanized steel straps with two 2 zinc jacketed masonry drive pins per strap Anchor straps to downspouts with three 3 stainless steel sheet metal screws 0 5 maximum length per strap Space straps uniformly at 60 on center and cover each joint in the downspout 8 Gutters Fastened at 6 on center to substrate wood nailers with stainless steel wood screws and having 12 gauge x 1 galvanized steel straps spaced at 30 on center Straps shall be anchored with stainless steel she
323. hardware com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 CARPET AND RUG INSTITUTE CRI 310 Holiday Ave Dalton GA 30720 P O Box 2048 Dalton GA 30722 2048 Ph 1 800 882 3176 or 706 278 0232 Fax 706 278 8835 Internet http www carpet rug com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 CAST IRON SOIL PIPE INSTITUTE CISPI 5959 Shallowford Rd Suite 419 Chattanooga TN 37421 Ph 423 892 0137 Fax 423 892 0817 Internet http www cispi org ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 06 006 Quality Requirements 01400 10 06 006 AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 CHEMICAL FABRICS amp FILM ASSOCIATION CFFA 1300 Sumner Ave Cleveland OH 44115 2851 PH 216 241 7333 FAX 216 241 0105 Internet http www chemicalfabricsandfilm com OK 4 02 LOK 0 00 COMPRESSED GAS ASSOCIATION CGA 4221 Walney Road 5th Floor Chantilly VA 20151 2923 Ph 703 788 2700 Fax 703 961 1831 Internet http www cganet com e mail Customer Service cganet com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE CRSI 933 N Plum Grove Rd Schaumburg IL 60173 4758 Ph 847 517 1200 Fax 847 517 1206 Internet http www crsi org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 COPPER DEVELOPMENT ASSOCIATION CDA 260 Madison Ave New York NY 10016 Ph 212 251 7200 Fax 212 251 7234 Internet http www copper org E mail staff cda copper org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 DOOR AND HARDWARE INSTITUTE DHI 14150 Newbrook Dr Suite 200 Chantilly VA 20151 2223 Ph 703 222 2010 Fax 703 2
324. have been installed bearings are greased belts are aligned and tight and equipment with functioning controls is ready for operation Examine terminal units such as variable air volume boxes and mixing boxes to verify that they are acces sible and their controls are connected and functioning Examine plenum ceilings utilized for supply air to verify that they are airtight Verify that pipe penetrations and other holes are sealed Examine strainers for clean screens and proper perforations Examine 3 way valves for proper installation for their intended function of diverting or mixing fluid flows ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 4 ODG Engineering Inc 3 2 3 3 Examine heat transfer coils for correct piping connections and for clean and straight fins Examine eguipment for installation and for properly operating safety interlocks and controls Examine automatic temperature system components to verify the following Dampers valves and other controlled devices operate by the intended controller Dampers and valves are in the position indicated by the controller Integrity of valves and dampers for free and full operation and for tightness of fully closed and fully open positions This includes dampers in multizone units mixing boxes and variable air volume terminals Thermostats and humidistats are located to avoid adverse effects of sunlight drafts and cold walls Sensors
325. he responsibility of the Contractor to furnish same as well as furnish and install material and equipment usually furnished with such systems or required to complete the installation This Section includes the following Supporting devices for electrical components Concrete equipment bases Codes fees permits standards inspections field quality control and submittal requirements Electrical demolition excavation and backfill Cutting and patching for electrical construction Project record documentation Safety guards Space and equipment arrangement Refinishing and touchup painting Cleaning and protection of apparatus Electrical component identification Sp 5D OA ON PPNS O CODES FEES PERMITS STANDARDS AND INSPECTIONS Work performed under these Specifications shall be in strict accordance with the National Electrical Code NEC Occupational Safety and Hazard Act OSHA Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers IEEE Underwriters Laboratory UL National Fire Protection Association NFPA all applicable City County State and National codes specifications standards and ordinances and in accordance with all Utility Company regulations Refer to conditions of the Contract for payment of fees and permits Drawings and these specifications are intended to comply with all the above mentioned rules and regula tions however some discrepancies may occur Where such discrepancies occur the Contractor sh
326. heated shelters F Furnish Pay for and deliver to the jobsite G Install Fix permanently in place make all necessary connections as related to all trades involved place in operation and test H Replace Remove and install l Relocate Remove and install J Contractor Contractor responsible for all trades under the specifications covered by this Division K Work Labor and or materials accruing in the provision of a system as defined by the drawings and these specifications L Store Provide an environmentally controlled space to protect the stored eguipment from damage prior to installation M Remove De energize disconnect and de commission the designated eguipment as related to the trades reguired to take the eguipment out of service This shall include transporting the eguipment to an off site location as reguired by authorities having jurisdiction and regulatory agencies unless directed otherwise by the Contract Officer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 2 ODG Engineering Inc N The following are industry abbreviations for plastic materials ABS Acrylonitrile butadiene styrene plastic CPVC Chlorinated polyvinyl chloride plastic NP Nylon plastic PE Polyethylene plastic PVC Polyvinyl chloride plastic OT PG Na O The following are industry abbreviations for rubber materials 1 CR Chlorosulfonated polyethylene synthetic rubber 2 EPDM Ethy
327. hen the building or zone is occupied Measure outside air wet and dry bulb temperatures TEMPERATURE CONTROL VERIFICATION Verify that controllers are calibrated and start up complete ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 7 ODG Engineering Inc B Check transmitter and controller locations and note conditions that would adversely affect control func tions C Record controller settings and note variances between set points and actual measurements D Verify operation of limiting controllers i e high and low temperature controllers E Verify free travel and proper operation of control devices such as damper and valve operators F Verify seguence of operation of control devices Note air pressures and device positions and correlate with airflow and water flow measurements Note the speed of response to input changes G Confirm interaction of electrically operated switch transducers H Confirm interaction of interlock and lockout systems l Verify main control supply air pressure and observe compressor and dryer operations J Record voltages of power supply and controller output Determine if the system operates on a grounded or nongrounded power supply K Note operation of electric actuators using spring return for proper fail safe operations 3 8 TOLERANCES A Set HVAC system airflow and water flow rates within the following tolerances 1 Supply Return and Exhaust Fans
328. here partitions have been removed The transition between the different ceiling heights shall be effected by continuing the higher ceiling level over to the first runner on the lower ceiling and closing the vertical opening with a painted sheet metal strip ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 8 06 006 3 2 CONCURRENT EARTH MOVING OPERATIONS Do not begin excavation filling and other earth moving operations that are sequential to demolition or deconstruction work in areas occupied by structures to be demolished or deconstructed until all demolition and deconstruction in the area has been completed and debris removed Fill holes open basements and other hazardous openings 3 3 DISPOSITION OF MATERIAL 3 31 Title to Materials Except for salvaged items specified in related Sections and for materials or equipment scheduled for salvage all materials and equipment removed and not reused or salvaged shall become the property of the Contractor and shall be removed from Government property Title to materials resulting from demolition and deconstruction and materials and equipment to be removed is vested in the Contractor upon approval by the Contracting Officer of the Contractor s demolition deconstruction and removal procedures and authorization by the Contracting Officer to begin demolition and deconstruction The Government will not be responsible for the condition or loss of or damage to such property after contract
329. hes 750 mm below grade and 24 inches 600 mm from building foundation INSTALLATION Ground Rods Drive ground rods until tops are 2 inches 50 mm below finished floor or below final grade unless otherwise indicated Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductors Use exother mic welds except at test wells and as otherwise indicated Make connections without exposing steel or damaging copper coating Driven ground rods shall be used for all electrode locations In the event that the ground rods can not be driven i e due to rock inform the Contract Officer s Representative immedi ately At the recommendation of the Contract Officer s Representative ground plates shall be substituted in place of the ground rods Ground Improving Compound Ground improving compound shall be installed per manufacturer s recom mendations Ground rods shall be installed in minimum 3 diameter augured hole with ground improving compound installed for the entire depth of the ground rod Grounding conductors shall be installed in 4 wide trench with ground improving compound installed minimum 1 thick on the top and bottom of the ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 4 ODG Engineering Inc 3 5 grounding conductor Grounding Conductors Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain impac
330. hich the detector base contains terminals for making wiring connections Detectors that are to be installed in concealed above false ceilings etc locations shall be provided with a remote indicator LED LCD suitable for mounting in a finished visible location 2 6 2 1 Photoelectric Detectors Detectors shall operate on a light scattering concept using an LED light source Failure of the LED shall not cause an alarm condition Detectors shall be factory set for sensitivity and shall require no field adjustments of any kind Detectors shall have an obscuration rating in accordance with UL 268 Addressable smoke detectors shall be capable of having the sensitivity being remotely adjusted by the control panel 2 7 NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES Audible appliances shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 464 Devices shall be connected into notification appliance circuits Devices shall have a separate screw terminal for each conductor Audible appliances shall generate a unique audible sound from other devices provided in the building and surrounding area Surface ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 6 ODG Engineering Inc mounted audible appliances shall be painted red 2 7 2 Alarm Horns Horns shall be surface mounted with the matching mounting back box recessed Horns shall produce a sound rating of at least 85 dBA at 3 05 m 10 feet Horns used in exterior locations shall be specif
331. hick with a printed legend indicating type of underground line F Aluminum Wraparound Marker Bands Bands cut from 0 014 inch 0 4 mm thick aluminum sheet with stamped or embossed legend and fitted with slots or ears for permanently securing around wire or cable jacket or around groups of conductors G Plasticized Card Stock Tags Vinyl cloth with preprinted and field printed legends Orange background unless otherwise indicated with eyelet for fastener H Aluminum Faced Card Stock Tags Weather resistant 18 point minimum card stock faced on both sides with embossable aluminum sheet 0 002 inch 0 05 mm thick laminated with moisture resistant acrylic adhesive punched for fasteners and preprinted with legends to suit each application Brass or Aluminum Tags 2 by 2 by 0 05 inch 51 by 51 by 1 3 mm metal tags with stamped legend punched for fastener 2 2 NAMEPLATES AND SIGNS A Safety Signs Comply with OSHA Regulations B Engraved Plastic Nameplates and Signs Engraving stock melamine plastic laminate minimum 1 16 inch 1 6 mm thick for signs up to 20 sq in 129 sq cm and 1 8 inch 3 2 mm thick for larger sizes Name plates shall be punched or drilled for mechanical fasteners C Exterior Metal Backed Butyrate Signs Weather resistant nonfading preprinted cellulose acetate bu tyrate signs with 0 0396 inch 1 mm galvanized steel backing and with colors legend and size required for the application 1 4 inch 6 4 mm
332. http www ntis gov AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 U S GENERAL SERVICES ADMINISTRATION GSA General Services Administration 1800 F Street NW Washington DC 20405 PH 202 501 0705 Order from General Services Administration Federal Supply Service Bureau Section 01420 Page 18 1941 Jefferson Davis Highway Arlington VA 22202 PH 703 605 5400 Internet http www fss gsa gov pub fed specs cfm AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 U S NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION NARA 700 Pennsylvania Avenue N W Washington D C 20408 Phone 866 325 7208 Internet http www nara gov Order documents from ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 26 06 006 Superintendent of Documents U S Government Printing Office 732 North Capitol Street NW Washington DC 20401 Mailstop SDE Ph 866 512 1800 or 202 512 1800 Fax 202 512 2250 Internet http www gpo gov E mail gpoaccess gpo gov AOK 4 02 LOK 0 00 WEST COAST LUMBER INSPECTION BUREAU WCLIB P O Box 23145 Portland OR 97281 Ph 503 639 0651 Fax 503 684 8928 Internet http www wclib org e mail info wclib org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 WESTERN WOOD PRODUCTS ASSOCIATION WWPA Yeon Bldg 522 SW 5th Ave Suite 500 Portland OR 97204 2122 Ph 503 224 3930 Fax 503 224 3934 Internet http www wwpa org e mail info wwpa org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 WINDOW AND DOOR MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION WDMA 1400 East Touhy Ave Suite 470 Des P
333. ial which will not stain concrete or absorb moisture Nails Spikes Lag Bolts Through Bolts Anchorages Sized as required of strength and character to maintain formwork in place while placing concrete PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSPECTION A Verify lines levels and measurements before proceeding with formwork 3 2 PREPARATION A Hand trim sides and bottoms of earth forms remove loose dirt prior to placing concrete Minimize form joints Symmetrically align joints and make watertight to prevent leakage of mortar Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling or stripping so that concrete is not damaged during its removal Arrange forms to allow stripping without removal of principal shores where required to remain in place 3 3 FORMWORK ERECTION A Verify lines levels and centers before proceeding with formwork Insure that dimensions agree with drawings B Construct formwork shoring and bracing to meet design and code requirements so that resultant finished concrete conforms to required shapes lines and dimensions ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Concrete Formwork Building 210 03100 2 06 006 Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping so that concrete is not damaged during its removal and to allow principal shores to remain in place where reguired Align joints and make watertight to prevent leakage of mortar that disfigures appearance of concrete Keep form joints to mi
334. ically listed or approved for outdoor use and be provided with metal housing and protective grilles 2 1 3 Visual Notification Appliances Visual notification appliances shall conform to the applicable requirements of UL 1971 and the contract drawings Appliances shall have clear high intensity optic lens xenon flash tubes and output white light Strobe flash rate shall be between 1 to 3 flashes per second and a minimum of 75 candela Strobe shall be surface mounted 2 7 4 Combination Audible Visual Notification Appliances Combination audible visual notification appliances shall provide the same requirements as individualunits except they shall mount as a unit in standard backboxes Units shall be factory assembled Any other audible notification appliance employed in the fire alarm systems shall be approved by the Contracting Officer 2 8 FIRE DETECTION AND ARARM SYSTEM PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT 281 Conduit Conduit and fittings shall comply with NFPA 70 UL 6 UL 1242 and UL 797 28 2 Wiring Wiring shall conform to NFPA 70 Wiring for 120 Vac power shall be No 12 AWG minimum The SLC wiring shall be copper cable in accordance with the manufacturer s requirements Wiring for the fire alarm dc circuits shoal be No 14 AWG minimum Voltages shall not be mixed in any junction box housing or device except those containing power supplies and control relays System field wiring shall be solid copper and installed in metallic conduit or electrical meta
335. ication Seasons and Conditions Immediately before seeding restore soil to proper grade Do not seed when ground is muddy frozen or in an unsatisfactory condition for seeding If special conditions exist that may warrant a variance in the above seeding dates or conditions submit a written request to the Contracting Officer stating the special conditions and proposed variance Apply seed within twenty four hours after seedbed preparation Sow seed by approved sowing equipment Sow one half the seed in one direction and sow remainder at right angles to the first sowing 3 2 2 Seed Application Method Seeding method shall be broadcasted and drop seeding 3 2 2 1 Broadcast and Drop Seeding Seed shall be uniformly broadcast at the rate of pounds per 1000 square feet Use broadcast or drop seeders Sow one half the seed in one direction and sow remainder at right angles to the first sowing Cover seed uniformly to a maximum depth of 1 4 inch in clay soils and 1 2 inch in sandy soils by means of spike tooth harrow cultipacker raking or other approved devices 3 2 3 Mulching 3 2 3 1 Hay or Straw Mulch Hay or straw mulch shall be spread uniformly at the rate of 2 tons per acre Mulch shall be spread by hand blower type mulch spreader or other approved method Mulching shall be started on the windward side of relatively flat areas or on the upper part of steep slopes and ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 8 06 006 continued uni
336. ied devices and trim to be the same series and design as mechanical devices and trim B Exit Devices to be UL listed for life safety All exit devices for labeled doors shall have UL label for Fire Exit Hardware All devices mounted on labeled wood doors are to be through bolted or per the manufacturer s listing requirements All devices shall conform to NFPA 80 and NFPA 101 requirements C All exit devices to be of a heavy duty chassis mounted design with one piece removable covers eliminating necessity of removing the device from the door for standard maintenance and keying requirements D All trims to be through bolted to the lock stile case Lever design to be the same as specified with the lock sets Guantum design Provide Vandal Resistant Trim as specified in hardware sets ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 7 06 006 E Exit Devices to be the modern push rail design F All devices shall carry a five 5 year warranty against manufacturing defects and workmanship G Exit Devices shall be Monarch 18 series or egual products manufactured by Arrow Von Duprin or Sargent 2 5 SURFACE MOUNTED DOOR CLOSERS A All closers for this project shall be the products of a single manufacturer for continuity of design and consideration of warranty All door closers shall be mounted as to achieve the maxium degree of opening trim permitting B All closers to be heavy duty surface
337. ies of reguest for Substitution for consideration Limit each reguest to one proposed Substitution 2 Submit Shop Drawings Product Data and certified test results attesting to proposed product eguivalence Burden of proof is on proposer 3 Contracting Officer will notify Contractor in writing of decision to accept or reject reguest PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 EQUIPMENT ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND COMPONENTS A Wiring Terminations Furnish terminal lugs to match branch circuit conductor quantities sizes and materials indicated Include lugs for terminal box B Cord and Plug Furnish minimum 6 foot cord and plug including grounding connector for connection to electric wiring system Cord of longer length is specified in individual specification sections PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Product Requirements Building 210 01600 3 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Product Reguirements Building 210 01600 4 06 006 SECTION 01700 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES A Final inspection B Final cleaning C Starting of systems D Demonstration and instructions E Testing adjusting and balancing F Protecting installed construction G Project record documents H Operation and maintenance data l Manual for materials and finishes J Manual for eguipment and systems K Spare parts and maintenance products L Product warranties M Maintenance service
338. ign matter seal knots pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer Fill nail holes with tinted exterior caulking compound after sealer has been applied Metal Doors Scheduled for Painting Prime metal door top and bottom edge surfaces 3 3 EXISTING WORK A Extend existing paint and coatings installations using materials and methods compatible with existing installations and as specified 3 4 APPLICATION A Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied B Apply each coat to uniform appearance Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless specified otherwise C Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 5 06 006 D Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat E Where clear finishes are required tint fillers to match wood Work fillers into grain before set Wipe excess from surface F Prime concealed surfaces of interior woodwork with primer paint G Prime concealed surfaces of interior wood surfaces scheduled to receive stain or varnish finish with gloss varnish reduced 25 percent with thinner H Finishing Mechanical And Electrical Equipment 1 2 3 Refer to Division 15 and Division 16 for schedule of color coding and identification banding of eq
339. ilding and structure line true to grade shape to drain and maintain free of trash and debris until final inspection has been completed and the work has been accepted ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 12 06 006 3 12 PLACING TOPSOIL On areas to receive topsoil prepare the compacted subgrade soil to a 2 inch depth for bonding of topsoil with subsoil Spread topsoil evenly to a thickness of 2 inch and grade to the elevations and slopes shown Do not spread topsoil when frozen or excessively wet or dry Obtain material required for topsoil in excess of that produced by excavation within the grading limits from offsite areas or areas indicated 3 13 TESTING Perform testing by a Corps validated commercial testing laboratory or the Contractor s validated testing facility If the Contractor elects to establish testing facilities do not permit work requiring testing until the Contractor s facilities have been inspected Corps validated and approved by the Contracting Officer Determine field in place density in accordance with ASTM D 1556 ASTM D 2167 or ASTM D 2922 When ASTM D 2922 is used check the calibration curves and adjust using only the sand cone method as described in ASTM D 1556 ASTM D 2922 results in a wet unit weight of soil to determine the moisture content of the soil when using this method ASTM D 3017 Check the calibration curves furnished with the moisture gauges along with density calibration checks as de
340. inches 50 mm 3 Number of Layers One 4 Field Applied Jacket Foil and paper 5 Vapor Retarder Required No ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 8 ODG Engineering Inc 3 12 OUTDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE 1 APN 6 Service Rectangular supply air ducts Material Closed cell phenolic foam Thickness 3 inches 50 mm Number of Layers One Field Applied Jacket Aluminum a Aluminum Thickness 0 032 inch 0 8 mm b Corrugation Dimension 2 1 2 by 5 8 inch 64 by 16 mm Vapor Retarder Reguired Yes B Service Rectangular return air ducts PON Material Closed cell phenolic foam Thickness 3 inches 50 mm Number of Layers One Field Applied Jacket Aluminum a Aluminum Thickness 0 032 inch 0 8 mm b Corrugation Dimension 2 1 2 by 5 8 inch Vapor Retarder Required Yes END OF SECTION 15081 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 Duct Insulation 15081 9 ODG Engineering Inc ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 10 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 15815 METAL DUCTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes rectangular round metal ducts and plenums for heating ventilating and a
341. inforcement Shapes and Plates Galvanized steel reinforcement where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts compatible materials for aluminum and stainless steel ducts Tie Rods Galvanized steel 1 4 inch 6 mm minimum diameter for lengths 36 inches 900 mm or less 3 8 inch 10 mm minimum diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches 900 mm ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 2 ODG Engineering Inc 2 3 BACKDRAFT DAMPERS A Manufacturers American Warming and Ventilating Greenheck Pottorff Prefco Products Inc Ruskin Company Vent Products Company Inc OO ON B Description Multiple blade parallel action gravity balanced with center pivoted blades of maximum 6 inch 150 mm width with sealed edges assembled in rattle free manner with 90 degree stop steel ball bearings and axles adjustment device to permit setting for varying differential static pressure C Frame 0 052 inch 1 3 mm thick galvanized sheet steel with welded corners and mounting flange D Blades 0 025 inch 0 6 mm thick roll formed aluminum E Blade Seals Neoprene F Blade Axles Galvanized steel G Tie Bars and Brackets Galvanized steel H Return Spring Adjustable tension 2 4 VOLUME DAMPERS A Manufacturers American Warming and Ventilating Flexmaster U S A Inc McGill AirFlow Corporation METALAIRE Inc Nailor Industries Inc Pottorff Ruskin Company ND OT e 0O N B Gene
342. ing Officer 1 9 REQUIRED DATA Prepare a Demolition Plan Include in the plan procedures for careful removal and disposition of materials specified to be salvaged coordination with other work in progress a disconnection schedule of utility services a detailed description of methods and equipment to be used for each operation and of the sequence of operations Identify components and materials to be salvaged for reuse or recycling with reference to paragraph Existing Facilities to be Removed Append tracking forms for all removed materials indicating type quantities condition destination and end use Coordinate with Waste Management Plan Include statements affirming Contractor inspection of the existing roof deck and its suitability to perform as a safe working platform or if inspection reveals a safety hazard to workers state provisions for securing the safety of the workers throughout the performance of the work Provide procedures for safe conduct of the work in accordance with EM 385 1 1 Plan shall be approved by Contracting Officer prior to work beginning ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 6 06 006 1 10 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION Comply with the Environmental Protection Agency requirements specified 111 USE OF EXPLOSIVES Use of explosives will not be permitted 1 12 AVAILABILITY OF WORK AREAS Areas in which the work is to be accomplished will be available in accordance with the following schedule
343. ing corners 1 Design Wind Load To design pressure of 20 psf Wind Uplift Resistance UL 580 Class 90 Air Infiltration Limit air leakage through roof assembly to 0 03 cfm sq ft of wall area measured at reference differential pressure across assembly of 6 24 psf as measured in accordance with ASTM E283 Water Leakage None when measured in accordance with ASTM E331 with test pressure of 6 24 psf Gutter and Downspout Components Conform to SMACNA Architectural Sheet Metal Manual for sizing components for rainfall intensity determined by storm occurrence of 1 in 100 years Exterior Components Accommodate the following without damage to system components or deterioration of seals ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 2 06 006 Movement within system Movement between system and perimeter framing components Dynamic loading and release of loads Deflection of structural support framing Expansion and contraction from temperature range of 170 degrees F over 12 hour period PON A 1 4 SUBMITTALS A B Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures Shop Drawings 1 Indicate metal roofing panel profiles jointing patterns jointing details fastening methods flashings terminations and installation details Product Data 1 Submit data on metal types finishes and characteristics 2 Submit color charts for finish selection Samples 1 Submit
344. ing interior and materials and equipment from the weather at all times Where removal of existing roofing is necessary to accomplish work have materials and workmen ready to provide adequate and temporary covering of exposed areas 1 6 6 Trees Protect trees within the project site which might be damaged during demolition or deconstruction and which are indicated to be left in place by a 6 foot high fence Erect and secure fence a minimum of 5 feet from the trunk of individual trees or follow the outer perimeter of branches or clumps of trees Replace any tree designated to remain that is damaged during the work under this contract with like kind or as approved by the Contracting Officer 1 6 7 Utility Service Maintain existing utilities indicated to stay in service and protect against damage during demolition and deconstruction operations Prior to start of work utilities serving each area of alteration or removal will be shut off by the Government and disconnected and sealed by the Contractor ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 5 06 006 1 6 8 Facilities Protect electrical and mechanical services and utilities Where removal of existing utilities and pavement is specified or indicated provide approved barricades temporary covering of exposed areas and temporary services or connections for electrical and mechanical utilities Floors roofs walls columns pilasters and other structural components that are de
345. ing metal and suitable profile so as to ensure complete and permanent water tight integrity of metal joint Fasten adjoining 10 metal gravel guard sections as per ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flashing and Sheet Metal Building 210 07600 4 3 04 06 006 most current SMACNA reguirements New cover plates shall be set in specified sealant Mastic shall not be used in the jointing of gravel guard corners or cover and backer plates Cover plates shall be neatly bent along the edges to hug the gravel guard over which they are installed Any gap of more than 1 16 is not allowed Gravel guard flanges shall be nailed in place not more than 3 o c with staggered pattern Cover plate joints shall be symmetrically laid out so that opposite end sticks of metal are of the same length with all lengths in between being the same Sample layouts will be required in the field for the Architect s approval prior to proceeding with the Work CLEANING Remove all bituminous stains from all sheet metal components Clean exposed sealant from all joints Sealant shall not remain exposed unless intended by the Drawings Touch up paint is not permitted and shall not be used on any exposed prefinished sheet metal component Any metal receiving touch up paint shall be completely cleaned to the Architect s satisfaction or be replaced END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flashing and Sheet Metal Building 210 07600 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition F
346. ings is based on the dimensions of a particular manufacturer Where other manufacturers are acceptable it is the responsibility of the contractor to determine if the equipment he proposes to furnish will fit the space B Equipment shall be installed in a manner that will permit access to all surfaces requiring access Proper clearances shall be maintained to meet all safety and operating requirements or codes and standards 1 19 PROTECTION OF MATERIALS AND APPARATUS A At all times take such precautions as may be necessary to properly protect the electrical apparatus from damage This shall include the creation of all required temporary shelters and environmental control to adequately protect any electrical apparatus Electrical apparatus shall be cribbed up from the floor and covered with protective coverings where necessary to protect the apparatus from damage B As reguired apply temporary heat according to manufacturer s written instructions within the enclosure of each ventilated type unit throughout periods during which equipment is not energized and is not in a space that is continuously under normal control of temperature and humidity C Damage resulting from failure to comply with this requirement will be considered justification for rejection of the damaged apparatus and requiring its complete replacement by the Contractor ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 8 ODG Engineering Inc
347. inish PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify rough openings for cabinet are correctly sized and located 3 2 INSTALLATION A Install cabinets plumb and level in wall openings B Secure rigidly in place C Place extinguishers in cabinets and on wall brackets D Position cabinet signage as required by authorities having jurisdiction 3 3 SCHEDULES A In locations indicated on Drawings as FEC provide fire extinguisher and cabinet END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Extinguishers And Cabinets Building 210 10523 3 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Extinguishers And Cabinets Building 210 10523 4 SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY It is the intent of the Contract Documents to provide an installation complete on every respect In the event that additional details or special construction may be required for work indicated or specified in this section or work specified in other sections it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to provide same as well as provide material and equipment usually provided with such systems or required to complete the installation This Secti
348. inished surface 1 15 OPERATION PRIOR TO COMPLETION A When any piece of equipment is operable and it is to the advantage of the Contractor to operate the equipment he may do so providing that he properly supervises the operation The warranty period shall however not commence until such time as the equipment is operated for the beneficial use of the Owner or until final acceptance by the Owner B Regardless of whether or not the equipment has or has not been operated the Contractor shall properly clean the equipment and properly adjust the operation of the equipment before final acceptance by the Owner C Contractor may operate the HVAC systems prior to owner acceptance of the building providing a climate controlled environment during interior finish construction processes Contractor shall be responsible for the operation and all maintenance of all equipment and ductwork during this period Contractor shall in stall and maintain pre filters and final filters as specified during construction operations and shall change filters to prevent excessive filter loading D Immediately prior to owner move in all eguipment piping ductwork and all other devices will be cleaned adjusted and commissioned by this contractor The warranty period shall begin upon completion of the work above demonstration of complete and operating systems and Substantial Completion certified by the Contract Officer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Mat
349. inning at eaves Weather lap ends minimum 6 inches D Align transverse lapped joints of roofing sheets E Terminate roofing panels with sheet metal trim and flashing for watertight installation Close and conceal openings between roofing panels panel seams and roof substrate F Seal metal joints watertight ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 7 06 006 3 6 INSTALLATION FLASHING A B E Install flashings in accordance with Section 07600 Place eave edge and gable edge metal flashings tight to fascia Weather lap joints 2 inches and seal with plastic cement Secure flange to substrate Apply plastic cement compound between metal flashings and felt flashings Fit flashings tight in place Make corners square surfaces true and straight in planes and lines accurate to profiles Seal metal joints watertight 3 7 INSTALLATION GUTTERS AND DOWNSPOUTS A B C D E F Built In Gutters 1 Secure gutter lining to substrate with cleats spaced minimum 24 inches on center along edges of gutters 2 Longitudinal joints not acceptable 3 At roof edges extend gutter lining under metal roofing 6 inches minimum and terminate in 3 4 inch folded edge secured by cleats Hook lower end of roofing into lock strip to form 3 4 inch wide loose lock seam Secure gutters and downspouts in place using concealed fasteners Slope gutters minimum 1 4 inch per foot Seal gutt
350. installing and maintaining insulation Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment accessories and specialties including space for disassembly required for periodic maintenance Equipment and accessory service connections and support details Exterior wall and foundation penetrations Fire rated wall and floor penetrations Sizes and location of required concrete pads and bases Scheduling sequencing movement and positioning of large equipment into building during con struction Floor plans elevations and details to indicate penetrations in floors walls and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and installations 10 Reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installation of air outlets and inlets light fixtures communication system components sprinklers and other ceiling mounted items on CON OD OV o ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 3 ODG Engineering Inc 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with the applicable ASME Standards for lettering size length of color field colors and viewing an gles of identification devices Materials shall be new and of the quality specified All materials shall be free from defects at the time of installation Materials or equipment damaged in shipment or otherwise damaged shall NOT be repaired at the jobsite but shall be replaced with new materials Equipment installed shall
351. inter and special operating instructions ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Execution Requirements Building 210 01700 6 06 006 Maintenance Reguirements Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting disassembly repair and reassembly instructions and alignment adjusting balancing and checking instructions Include servicing and lubrication schedule and list of lubricants required Include manufacturer s printed operation and maintenance instructions Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer Include original manufacturer s parts list illustrations assembly drawings and diagrams required for maintenance Include control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed Include Contractor s coordination drawings with color coded piping diagrams as installed Include charts of valve tag numbers with location and function of each valve keyed to flow and control diagrams Include list of original manufacturer s spare parts current prices and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage Include test and balancing reports as specified in Section 01400 Additional Requirements As specified in individual product specification sections Include listing in Table of Contents for design data with tabbed dividers and space for insertion of data 1 12 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE PRODUCTS A Furnish spare parts maintenance and extra products in quantities speci
352. ion is open maintain the water level continuously at least 3 feet below the working level 3 2 3 Underground Utilities The Contractor is responsible for movement of construction machinery and eguipment over pipes and utilities during construction For work immediately adjacent to or for excavations exposing a utility or other buried obstruction excavate by hand Start hand excavation on each side of the indicated obstruction and continue until the obstruction is uncovered or until clearance for the new grade is assured Support uncovered lines or other existing work affected by the contract excavation until approval for backfill is granted by the Contracting Officer Report damage to utility lines or subsurface construction immediately to the Contracting Officer 3 3 GRADING AREAS Where indicated divide work into grading areas within which satisfactory excavated material will be placed in embankments fills and required backfills Do not haul satisfactory material excavated in one grading area to another grading area except when so directed in writing Place and grade stockpiles of satisfactory materials as specified Keep stockpiles in a neat and well drained condition giving due consideration to drainage at all times Clear grub and seal by rubber tired equipment the ground surface at stockpile locations separately stockpile excavated satisfactory and unsatisfactory materials Protect stockpiles of satisfactory materials from contaminatio
353. ions and Outdoors Hot dip galvanized materials U channel system components ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 10 ODG Engineering Inc 3 4 3 5 Dry Locations Steel materials Selection of Supports Comply with manufacturer s written instructions Strength of Supports Adeguate to carry present and future loads times a safety factor of at least four minimum of 200 lb 90 kg design load SUPPORT INSTALLATION Install support devices to securely and permanently fasten and support electrical components Install individual and multiple raceway hangers and riser clamps to support raceways Provide U bolts clamps attachments and other hardware necessary for hanger assemblies and for securing hanger rods and conduits Support parallel runs of horizontal raceways together on trapeze or bracket type hangers Size supports for multiple raceway installations so capacity can be increased by a 25 percent minimum in the future Support individual horizontal raceways with separate malleable iron pipe hangers or clamps Spring steel fasteners specifically designed for supporting single conduits or tubing may be used instead of malleable iron hangers for 1 1 2 inch 38 mm and smaller raceways serving lighting and receptacle branch circuits above suspended ceilings and for fastening raceways to slotted channel and angle sup ports Arrange supports in vertical runs so the weight of ra
354. ions through the Contracting Officer All personnel working on the project must attend a flight line safety class before being authorized to access site The Contractor shall strictly adhere to the requirements of UFC 3 260 01 paragraph A15 6 Operational Safety on the Airfield During Construction An electronic copy of UFC 3 260 01 AIRFIELD AND HELIPORT PLANNING AND DESIGN can be attained from website http 65 204 17 188 report doc ufc html 3 5 SWEEP AIRFIELD PAVEMENTS A Any debris created by the contractor within the airfield controlled area that may result in foreign object damage shall be removed immediately The Contractor shall continuously clean airfield pavements used as haul routes 3 6 LIGHTING FOR NIGHT WORK A The Contractor shall be responsible for providing all lighting fixtures and power sources The Contractor shall coordinate all night time lighting with Laughlin AFB s Civil Engineering office the Airfield Manager and the Contracting Officer or his designated representative prior to the starting night time operations 3 7 RADIO COMMUNICATIONS A No radio communications required END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Special Provisions For Laughlin AFB Building 210 01101 2 06 006 SECTION 01300 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SECTION INCLUDES moO gt m G H Coordination and project conditions Field engineering Contractor Verification of Contract Survey Data Preconstructi
355. ip galvanized Grout Applicable ASTM standards Grade B factory mixed and packaged nonshrink and nonmetallic dry hydraulic cement grout 1 Characteristics Post hardening and volume adjusting recommended for both interior and exterior applications 2 Properties Nonstaining noncorrosive and nongaseous 3 Design Mix 5000 psi 34 5 MPa 28 day compressive strength PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 HANGER AND SUPPORT APPLICATIONS Specific hanger reguirements are specified in Sections specifying eguipment and systems Comply with MSS standards for pipe hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Specification Sections Horizontal Piping Hangers and Supports Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections install the following types 1 Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers MSS standards For suspension of noninsulated or insulated stationary pipes NPS 1 2 to NPS 30 DN15 to DN750 2 Yoke Type Pipe Clamps MSS standards For suspension of 120 to 450 deg F 49 to 232 deg C pipes NPS 4 to NPS 16 DN100 to DN400 reguiring up to 4 inches 100 mm of insulation 3 Carbon or Alloy Steel Double Bolt Pipe Clamps MSS standards For suspension of pipes NPS 3 4 to NPS 24 DN20 to DN600 requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches 100 mm of in sulation 4 Steel Pipe Clamps MSS standards For suspension of cold and hot pipes NPS 1 2 to NPS 24 DN15 to
356. ipment specified at no cost to the Owner 1 21 AVOIDING ELECTROMAGNETIC INTERFERENCE A Avoid potential sources of Electromagnetic Interference EMI such as motors transformers and power wiring when installing raceways for communication and data cabling B To avoid EMI communication and data cabling pathways should cross perpendicular to fluorescent light ing fixtures and electrical power cables or conduits As a minimum communication and data cabling pathways should be provided with at least the following clearances 1 48 inches 1200 mm from motors or transformers 2 12 inches 300 mm from conduit and cables used for electrical power distribution including branch circuits 3 6 inches 150 mm from fluorescent lighting fixtures 1 22 ELECTRICAL PROTECTIVE DEVICE COORDINATION STUDY A The Division 16 Contractor shall provide the Electrical Protective Devices Coordination Study EPDC Study with protective device settings B General Requirements for EPDC Study The EPDC Study shall follow ANSI IEEE NEMA NETA NFPA and UL standards requirements procedures and professional engineering practice The EPDC Study shall be performed and certified by an Electrical Professional Engineer licensed as an individual and as profes sional firm in the State jurisdiction of the project location Each submittal of the EPDC Study shall be signed and sealed in accordance with the regulations and rules of the State Board of Professional Engi ne
357. ir conditioning systems in pressure classes from minus 1 to plus 6 inch wg minus 249 to plus 1494Pa Related Sections include the following 1 Division 15 For duct insulation 2 Division 15 For dampers sound control devices duct mounted access doors and panels turning vanes and flexible ducts DEFINITIONS Thermal Conductivity and Apparent Thermal Conductivity k Value As defined in ASTM C 168 In this Section these values are the result of the formula Btu x in h x sq ft x deg F or W m x K at the tempera ture differences specified Values are expressed as Btu or W 1 Example Apparent Thermal Conductivity k Value 0 26 or 0 037 Where any reference to sheetmetal work or ductwork appears in this section of these specification or on the drawings it shall be construed to include air ducts and all other related pieces and parts of the air con veying systems SYSTEM DESCRIPTION Duct system design as indicated has been used to select and size air moving and distribution equipment and other components of air system Changes to layout or configuration of duct system must be specifically approved in writing by Contract Officer Accompany requests for layout modifications with calculations showing that proposed layout will provide original design results without increasing system to tal pressure SUBMITTALS Product Data For duct liner and sealing materials Shop Drawings Show details of the following
358. isions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section 1 2 SUMMARY A This Section includes receptacles connectors switches and finish plates 1 3 DEFINITIONS A GFCI Ground fault circuit interrupter B IG Isolated Ground C WP Weather Proof D SPST Single Pole Single Throw 1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Listed and Labeling Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled The Terms Listed and Labeled shall be as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to Au thorities Having Jurisdiction and marked for intended use B Standards Comply with applicable UL and NEMA Standards for materials sizes and configurations 1 5 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each product specified including receptacles switches coverplates dimmers and ac cessories B Samples Samples of pertinent products shall be submitted for approval as required by the Architect PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Available Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include but are not limited to the following 1 Wiring Devices ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Wiring Devices Building 210 16140 1 ODG Engineering Inc 2 2 2 3 a Hubbell Inc Wiring Devices Div b Pass amp Seymour Legrand Wiring Devices Div C Levit
359. ist mold growth 2 7 5 Erosion Control Material Anchors Erosion control anchors shall be as recommended by the manufacturer PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PREPARATION 3 1 1 Extent of Work Provide soil preparation fertilizing seeding and surface topdressing of all newly graded finished earth surfaces unless indicated otherwise and at all areas inside or outside the limits of construction that are disturbed by the Contractor s operations ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 7 06 006 3 1 1 1 Topsoil Provide 4 inches of on site topsoil or existing soil to meet indicated finish grade After areas have been brought to indicated finish grade incorporate fertilizer into soil a minimum depth of 4 inches by disking harrowing tilling or other method approved by the Contracting Officer Remove debris and stones larger than 3 4 inch in any dimension remaining on the surface after finish grading Correct irregularities in finish surfaces to eliminate depressions Protect finished topsoil areas from damage by vehicular or pedestrian traffic 3 1 1 2 Soil Conditioner Application Rates Omitted 3 1 1 3 Fertilizer Application Rates Apply fertilizer at rates as determined by laboratory soil analysis of the soils at the job site For bidding purposes only apply at rates for the following Synthetic Fertilizer TBP pounds per 1000 square feet Hydroseeding Fertilizer pounds per 1000 square feet 3 2 SEEDING 3 2 1 Seed Appl
360. ith requirements of Contract Documents G Fit Work tight to pipes sleeves ducts conduit and other penetrations through surfaces H Maintain integrity of wall ceiling or floor construction completely seal voids l At penetrations of fire rated walls partitions ceiling or floor construction completely seal voids with fire rated material in accordance with Section 07840 to full thickness of penetrated element ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Administrative Requirements Building 210 01300 4 06 006 Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes For continuous surfaces refinish to nearest intersection for assembly refinish entire unit Identify hazardous substances or conditions exposed during the Work to Contracting Officer for decision or remedy 3 2 SPECIAL PROCEDURES A Materials As specified in product sections match existing with new products for patching and extending work B Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform alteration work C Cut move or remove items as necessary for access to alterations and renovation Work Replace and restore at completion D Remove unsuitable material not marked for salvage including rotted wood corroded metals and deteriorated masonry and concrete Replace materials as specified for finished Work E Remove debris and abandoned items from area and from concealed spaces F Prepare surface and remove surface finishes to permit installation of new work and finishes
361. ivity ASTM D 4491 0 2 sec 1 AOS U S Std Sieve ASTM D 4751 20 100 2 1 2 Silt Fence Stakes and Posts The Contractor may use either wooden stakes or steel posts for fence construction Wooden stakes utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum cross section of 2 inches by 2 inches when oak is used and 4 inches by 4 inches when pine is used and shall have a minimum length of 5 feet Steel posts standard U or T section utilized for silt fence construction shall have a minimum weight of 1 33 pounds per linear foot and a minimum length of 5 feet 2 1 3 Mill Certificate or Affidavit A mill certificate or affidavit shall be provided attesting that the fabric and factory seams meet chemical physical and manufacturing requirements specified above The mill certificate or affidavit shall specify the actual Minimum Average Roll Values and shall identify the fabric supplied by roll identification numbers The Contractor shall submit a mill certificate or affidavit signed by a legally authorized official from the company manufacturing the filter fabric 2 1 4 Identification Storage and Handling Filter fabric shall be identified stored and handled in accordance with ASTM D 4873 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION OF SILT FENCES Silt fences shall extend a minimum of 16 inches above the ground surface and shall not exceed ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 4 34 inches abo
362. ization practices to be implemented shall include geotextiles and preservation of mature vegetation On his daily CQC Report the Contractor shall record the dates when the major grading activities occur e g pavement removals excavation and grading when construction activities temporarily or permanently cease on a portion of the site and when stabilization practices are initiated Contractor shall propose methods for stabilization of soil which will be exposed for longer than 21 days during construction activities Stabilization practices includes but are not limited to establishment of temporary or permanent vegetation mulching geotextiles sod stabilization vegetative buffer strips protection of existing trees and vegetation and other similar measures Except as provided in paragraphs UNSUITABLE CONDITIONS and NO ACTIVITY FOR LESS THAN 21 DAYS stabilization practices shall be initiated as soon as practicable but no more than 14 days in any portion of the site where construction activities have temporarily or permanently ceased 1 4 1 1 Unsuitable Conditions Where the initiation of stabilization measures by the fourteenth day after construction activity temporarily or permanently ceases is precluded by unsuitable conditions caused by the weather stabilization practices shall be initiated as soon as practicable after conditions become suitable 1 4 1 2 No Activity for Less Than 21 Days Where construction activity will resume on a po
363. ject 7 Type of inspection or test 8 Date of test 9 Results of tests 10 Conformance with Contract Documents J Limits On Testing Authority 1 Agency or laboratory may not release revoke alter or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents 2 Agency or laboratory may not approve or accept any portion of the Work 3 Agency or laboratory may not assume duties of Contractor ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 29 06 006 4 Agency or laboratory has no authority to stop the Work 1 9 MANUFACTURERS FIELD SERVICES A When specified in individual specification sections reguire material or product suppliers or manufacturers to provide gualified staff personnel to observe site conditions conditions of surfaces and installation guality of workmanship start up of equipment test adjust and balance of equipment and as applicable and to initiate instructions when necessary B Submit gualifications of observer to Contracting Officer 30 days in advance of reguired observations Observer subject to approval of Contracting Officer C Report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers written instructions D Refer to Section 01330 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES MANUFACTURERS FIELD REPORTS article PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Verify existing site conditions and substr
364. l ari ari org Internet http www ari org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 AIR MOVEMENT AND CONTROL ASSOCIATION AMCA 30 W University Dr Arlington Heights IL 60004 1893 Ph 847 394 0150 Fax 847 253 0088 Internet http www amca org AOK 5 01 LOK 2 01 ALUMINUM ASSOCIATION AA 900 19th Street N W Washington DC 20006 Ph 202 862 5100 Fax 202 862 5164 Internet http www aluminum org AOK 4 021 LOK 4 02 AMERICAN ARCHITECTURAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION AAMA 1827 Walden Ofc Sq Suite 104 Schaumburg IL 60173 4268 Ph 847 303 5664 Fax 847 303 5774 Internet http www aamanet org AOK 04 02 LOK 04 02 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 5 06 006 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF STATE HIGHWAY AND TRANSPORTATION OFFICIALS AASHTO 444 N Capital St NW Suite 249 Washington DC 20001 Ph 800 231 3475 202 624 5800 Fax 800 525 5562 202 624 5806 Internet http www aashto org AOK 4 02 LOK 2 01 AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF TEXTILE CHEMISTS AND COLORISTS AATCC P O Box 12215 Research Triangle Park NC 27709 2215 Ph 919 549 8141 Fax 919 549 8933 Internet http www aatcc org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 AMERICAN BEARING MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION ABMA 2025 M Street NW Suite 800 Washington DC 20036 Ph 202 367 1155 Fax 202 367 2155 Internet http www abma dc org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 AMERICAN CONFERENCE OF GOVERNMENTAL INDUSTRIAL HYGIENISTS ACGIH 1330 Kemper Mea
365. l the proper static pressure is achieved a Where sufficient space in submains and branch ducts is unavailable for Pitot tube traverse measurements measure airflow at terminal outlets and inlets and calculate the total airflow for that zone 2 Remeasure each submain and branch duct after all have been adjusted Continue to adjust sub mains and branch ducts to design airflows within specified tolerances Measure terminal outlets and inlets without making adjustments Is Measure terminal outlets using a direct reading hood or the outlet manufacturer s written instruc tions and calculating factors Adjust terminal outlets and inlets for each space to design airflows within specified tolerances of design values Make adjustments using volume dampers rather than extractors and the dampers at the air termi nals 1 Adjust each outlet in the same room or space to within specified tolerances of design guantities without generating noise levels above the limitations prescribed by the Contract Documents 2 Adjust patterns of adjustable outlets for proper distribution without drafts TEMPERATURE TESTING During testing adjusting and balancing report need for adjustment in temperature regulation within the automatic temperature control system Measure indoor wet and dry bulb temperatures every other hour for a period of 2 successive 8 hour days in each separately controlled zone to prove correctness of final temperature settings Measure w
366. lace ends square cut tapered edges 2 Gypsum Sheathing Board ASTM C79 C79M moisture resistant type 1 2 inch thick maximum available size in place ends square cut square edges water repellent paper faces Dens Glass Gold as manufactured by Georgia Pacific 2 3 ACCESSORIES A B Corner Beads Metal Edge Trim GA 216 Type L and U exposed reveal bead Joint Materials ASTM C475 GA 216 reinforcing tape joint compound adhesive and water Textured Finish Materials Latex based texturing material Fasteners ASTM C1002 Type S12 and GA 216 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions Verify site conditions are ready to receive work and opening dimensions are as indicated on shop drawings 3 2 EXISTING WORK A Extend existing gypsum board installations using materials and methods as specified B Repair and remodel existing gypsum board assemblies which remain or are to be altered ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies Building 210 09260 3 06 006 3 3 INSTALLATION A Metal Stud Installation 1 Install studs in accordance with Section 09111 B Wall Furring Installation 1 Erect wall furring for direct attachment to concrete masonry and concrete walls 2 Erect furring channels vertically space maximum 16 inches o c not more than 4 inches from floor and ceiling lines or abutting walls Secure in place o
367. laines IL 60018 Ph 847 299 5200 or 800 223 2301 Fax 708 299 1286 Internet http www wdma com e mail admin wdma com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 WOOD MOULDING AND MILLWORK PRODUCERS ASSOCIATION WMMPA 507 First Street Woodland CA 95695 Ph 503 661 9591 or 800 550 7889 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 27 06 006 Fax 530 661 9586 Internet http www wmmpa com AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 1 7 MOCK UP REQUIREMENTS A Tests will be performed under provisions identified in this section and identified in respective product specification sections B Assemble and erect specified items with specified attachment and anchorage devices flashings seals and finishes C Accepted mock ups shall be comparison standard for remaining Work D Where mock up has been accepted by Contracting Officer and is specified in product specification sections to be removed remove mock up and clear area when directed to do so by Contracting Officer 1 8 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES A Employ and pay for services of an independent testing agency or laboratory acceptable to Owner to perform specified testing 1 Prior to start of Work submit testing laboratory name address and telephone number and names of full time registered Engineer and responsible officer 2 Submit copy of report of laboratory facilities inspection made by Materials Reference Laboratory of National Bureau of Standards during most recent in
368. lashing and Sheet Metal Building 210 07600 6 06 006 SECTION 07613 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL ROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section Includes 1 Structural lapped seam metal roofing 2 Metal facias flashings and trim 3 Metal gutters and downspouts Related Sections 1 Section 03100 Concrete Forms and Accessories Placement of flashing reglets and accessories 2 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Placement of flashing reglets and accessories Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Wood Blocking Section 07213 Batt Insulation Flexible insulation under sheet metal roofing system Section 07600 Flashing and Sheet Metal Section 07714 Gutters and Downspouts Section 07900 Joint Sealers Section 09900 Painting and Coatings Field painting A w ONDA 1 2 REFERENCES A American Architectural Manufacturers Association 1 AAMA 2603 Voluntary Specification Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Pigmented Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels 2 AAMA 2604 Voluntary specification Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels 3 AAMA 2605 Voluntary Specification Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for Superior Performing Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels B American Iron and Steel Institute 1 AISI SG 973 Cold Formed Steel Design Manual C American Society
369. lation polyethylene vapor barrier film Insulated Duct Connectors UL 181 Class 1 multiple layers of aluminum laminate supported by helically wound spring steel wire fibrous glass insulation polyethylene vapor barrier film 1 Pressure Rating 10 inch wg 2500 Pa positive and 1 0 inch wg 250 Pa negative 2 Maximum Air Velocity 4000 fpm 20 3 m s 3 Temperature Range Minus 20 to plus 210 deg F Minus 28 to plus 99 deg C Insulated Duct Connectors UL 181 Class 1 aluminum laminate and polyester film with latex adhesive supported by helically wound spring steel wire fibrous glass insulation polyethylene vapor barrier film 1 Pressure Rating 10 inch wg 2500 Pa positive and 1 0 inch wg 250 Pa negative 2 Maximum Air Velocity 4000 fpm 20 3 m s 3 Temperature Range Minus 20 to plus 210 deg F Minus 28 to plus 99 deg C Flexible Duct Clamps Nylon strap in sizes 3 through 18 inches 75 to 450 mm to suit duct size DUCT ACCESSORY HARDWARE Instrument Test Holes Cast iron or cast aluminum to suit duct material including screw cap and gasket Size to allow insertion of pitot tube and other testing instruments and of length to suit duct insulation thickness Adhesives High strength quick setting neoprene based waterproof and resistant to gasoline and grease PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 APPLICATION AND INSTALLATION A Install duct accessories according to applicable details in SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construction Sta
370. ld VA 22161 Ph 703 605 6000 Fax 703 605 6900 Internet http www ntis gov NATIONAL READY MIXED CONCRETE ASSOCIATION NRMCA 900 Spring St Silver Spring MD 20910 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 19 06 006 Ph 301 587 1400 Fax 301 585 4219 Internet http www nrmca org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 NORTHEASTERN LUMBER MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NELMA 272 Tuttle Road P O Box 87A Cumberland Center ME 04021 Ph 207 829 6901 Fax 207 829 4293 Internet http www nelma org e mail info nelma org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 NSF INTERNATIONAL NSF ATTN Publications 789 North Dixboro Rd P O Box 130140 Ann Arbor MI 48113 0140 Ph 734 769 8010 Fax 734 769 0109 Toll Free 800 NSF MARK Internet http www nsf org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 PLASTIC PIPE AND FITTINGS ASSOCIATION PPFA 800 Roosevelt Rd Bldg C Suite 20 Glen Ellyn IL 60137 Ph 630 858 6540 Fax 630 790 3095 Internet http www ppfahome org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 PLUMBING AND DRAINAGE INSTITUTE PDI 45 Bristol Dr South Easton MA 02375 Ph 508 230 3516 or 800 589 8956 Fax 508 230 3529 Internet http www pdionline org E Mail info pdionline org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 20 06 006 REDWOOD INSPECTION SERVICE RIS 405 Efrente Drive Suite 200 Novato CA 94949 Ph 415 382 0662 Fax 415 382 8531 Internet http www calredwood org
371. ld interfere with planting and maintenance operations 3 2 GENERAL EXCAVATION Perform excavation of every type of material encountered within the limits of the project to the lines grades and elevations indicated and as specified Perform the grading in accordance with the typical sections shown and the tolerances specified in paragraph FINISHING Transport satisfactory excavated materials and place in fill or embankment within the limits of the work Excavate unsatisfactory materials encountered within the limits of the work below grade and replace with satisfactory materials as directed Include such excavated material and the satisfactory material ordered as replacement in excavation Dispose surplus satisfactory excavated material not required for fill or embankment in areas approved for surplus material storage or designated waste areas Dispose unsatisfactory excavated material in designated waste or spoil areas During construction perform excavation and fill in a manner and sequence that will provide proper drainage at all times Excavate material required for fill or embankment in excess of that produced by excavation within the grading limits from the borrow areas indicated or from other approved areas selected by the Contractor as specified 3 21 Drainage Provide for the collection and disposal of surface and subsurface water encountered during construction Completely drain construction site during periods of construction to keep soil
372. lds bolted connections and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Division 9 Section Painting Galvanized Surfaces Clean welds bolted connections and abraded areas and apply galvanizing repair paint to comply with ASTM Standards END OF SECTION 15060 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 7 ODG Engineering Inc ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 8 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 15075 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes mechanical identification materials and devices SUBMITTALS Product Data For identification materials and devices Samples Of color lettering style and graphic representation required for each identification material and device Valve Schedules For each piping system Reproduce on standard size bond paper Tabulate valve number piping system system abbreviation as shown on tag room or space location of valve and varia tions for identification Mark valves intended for emergency shutoff and similar special uses Besides mounted copies furnish copies for maintenance manuals specified in Division 1 QUALITY ASSURANCE Comply with ASME Standards Sche
373. le with submittal b Termination Hardware A record of installed patch panels cross connect points distribution frames terminating block arrangements and type and outlets shall be provided in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A Documentation shall include the required data fields as a minimum only in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 COMPONENTS UL or third party certified Where equipment or materials are specified to conform to industry and technical society reference standards of the organizations submit proof of such compliance The label or listing by the specified organization will be acceptable evidence of compliance In lieu of the label or listing submit a certificate from an independent testing organization competent to perform testing and approved by the Contracting Officer The certificate shall state that the item has been tested in accordance with the specified organization s test methods and that the item complies with the specified organization s reference standard Provide a complete system of telecommunications cabling and pathway components using star topology Provide support structures and pathways complete with outlets cables connecting hardware and telecommunications cabinets racks Cabling and interconnecting hardware and ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 6 ODG Engineering Inc components for telecommunications systems shall be UL list
374. lene propylene diene terpolymer rubber 1 5 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For dielectric fittings flexible connectors mechanical sleeve seals and identification mate rials and devices B Shop Drawings Detail fabrication and installation for supports and anchorage for mechanical materials and equipment C Coordination Drawings shall include the following Access panel and door locations Sheetmetal duct drawings including BOD elevations and structural restrictions Mechanical Room A H U Room layout and piping drawings Cooling Tower piping drawings Piping Ductwork handing and supporting details Environmental Temperature control pneumatic and electrical diagrams including sequence of op erations OO TOO N 7 HVAC valve tag charts and diagrams 8 Plumbing valve tag charts piping lay outs and diagrams 9 Sprinkler piping shop drawings including pipe sizes pipe elevations routing and head locations D Coordination Drawings For access panel and door locations E Coordination Drawings Detail major elements components and systems of mechanical equipment and materials in relationship with other systems installations and building components Show space require ments for installation and access Indicate if sequence and coordination of installations are important to efficient flow of the Work Include the following Planned piping layout including valve and specialty locations and valve stem movement Clearances for
375. ll St 17th Floor New York NY 10005 4001 Ph 212 248 5000 Fax 212 248 5017 Internet http www iesna org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 INSECT SCREENING WEAVERS ASSOCIATION ISWA DEFUNCT in 1997 P O Box 1018 Ossining NY 10562 Can not verify address Ph 914 962 9052 Not in Service Fax Internet None found AOK 0 00 LOK 0 00 INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS IEEE 445 Hoes Ln P O Box 1331 Piscataway NJ 08855 1331 Ph 732 981 0060 OR 800 701 4333 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 14 06 006 Fax 732 981 9667 Internet http www ieee org E mail customer services ieee org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION ICEA P O Box 1568 Carrollton GA 30117 Ph 770 830 0369 Fax 770 830 8501 E mail Internet http www icea net AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL ICC 5203 Leesburg Pike Suite 600 Section 01420 Page 9 Falls Church VA 22041 Ph 703 931 4533 Fax 703 379 1546 Internet http www intlcode org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE OF BUILDING OFFICIALS ICBO 5360 Workman Mill Rd Whittier CA 90601 2298 Ph 800 284 4406 Ph 562 699 0541 Fax 562 692 3853 Internet http www icbo org AOK 4 02 LOK 6 00 INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION FOR STANDARDIZATION ISO 1 rue de Varembe Case Postale 56 CH 1211 Geneve 20 Switzerland Ph 41 22 749 0111 Fax 41 22 733 3430 Internet
376. ll push plates door pull s kick plates and other miscellaneous hardware as listed in hardware sets Equivalent products as manufactured by Ives Rockwood Glynn Johnson and Trimco are acceptable Kick plates to be 10 inches high and Mop plates to be 6 inches high both by 2 inches or 1 inch less than door width LDW as specified They are to be of 16 gauge 050 inches thick stainless steel For door with louvers or narrow bottom rails kick plate height to be 1 inch less dimension shown from the bottom of the door to the bottom of the louver or glass ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 9 06 006 C Where required armor plates edge guards and other protective hardware shall be supplied in sizes as scheduled in the hardware sets D Finish Same as other hardware 2 8 FLUSH BOLTS AND COORDINATORS A Provide Flush bolts with Dust Proof Strikes as indicated in the individual hardware sets by Ives Rockwood Glynn Johnson and Trimco are acceptable Finish to match adjacent hardware 2 9 THRESHOLDS AND GASKETING A Provide materials and finishes as listed in hardware sets Equivalent product by National Guard Products Zero and Reese are acceptable All thresholds must be in accordance with the requirements of the ADA and ANSI A117 1 B Provide thresholds with wood screws and plastic anchors Supply all necessary anchoring devices for weather strip and sound seal C Gasketing shall comply with requirem
377. llast shall provide 50 000 or better switching cycles for use on occupancy sensors and build control systems T5 program start ballasts shall be series wired THD lt 10 minimum starting temperature of 0 Deg F maximum case temperature of 70 Deg C and allow for remote mounting up to 18 feet Ballast factor shall be 1 00 for normal light output of T5 lamps Ballasts shall provide up to 100 000 switch ing cycles for use on occupancy sensors and building control systems Ballast shall provide dy namic and end of life sensing with auto reset feature when lamps are replaced ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 3 ODG Engineering Inc C Electromagnetic Ballasts for other Linear and U Bent Lamps Unless otherwise indicated features include the following besides those in General Requirements Paragraph above 1 Type Energy saving 2 Certified Ballast Manufacturer Certification Indicated by label 3 Encapsulation Without voids in potting compound 4 Electromagnetic ballasts installed outdoors shall be low temperature rated D Ballasts for Compact Fluorescent Lamps in Recessed Fixtures Unless otherwise indicated additional fea tures include the following POV Gon Type Electronic or electromagnetic fully encapsulated in potting compound Power Factor Electronic 97 minimum and electromagnetic 90 minimum Operating Frequency Electronic 20 kHz or higher and electromagnetic 60 Hz Flicker
378. llation might be required in addition to expansion and contraction D Vertical Piping Clamps Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections install the following types 1 Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps MSS standards For support of pipe risers NPS 3 4 to NPS 20 DN20 to DN500 2 Carbon or Alloy Steel Riser Clamps MSS standards For support of pipe risers NPS 3 4 to NPS 20 DN20 to DN500 if longer ends are required for riser clamps E Hanger Rod Attachments Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specifica tion Sections install the following types Steel Turnbuckles MSS standards For adjustment up to 6 inches 150 mm for heavy loads Steel Clevises MSS standards For 120 to 450 deg F 49 to 232 deg C piping installations Swivel Turnbuckles MSS standards For use with MSS Type 11 split pipe rings Malleable Iron Sockets MSS standards For attaching hanger rods to various types of building at tachments Steel Weldless Eye Nuts MSS standards For 120 to 450 deg F 49 to 232 deg C piping installa tions PN a F Building Attachments Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Specification Sections install the following types 1 Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts MSS standards For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling 2 Top Beam C Clamps MSS standards For use under roof in
379. llic tubing except that rigid plastic conduit may be used under slab on grade Conductors shall be color coded Conductors used for the same functions shall be similarly color coded Wiring code color shall remain uniform throughout the circuit Pigtail or t tap connection to initiating device circuits supervisory alarm circuits and notifications appliance Circuits are prohibited T tapping using screw terminal block is allowed for style 5 addressable systems PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSTALLATION All work shall be installed as shown and in accordance with NFPA 70 and NFPA 72 and in accordance with the manufacturer s diagrams and recommendations unless otherwise specified Smoke detectors shall not be installed until construction is essentially complete and the building has been thoroughly cleaned 311 Detectors Detectors shall be located and installed in accordance with NFPA 72 Detectors shall be connected into signal line circuits or initiating device circuits depending on existing system Detectors shall be at least 300 mm 12 inches from any part of any lighting fixture Detectors shall be located at least 900 mm 3 feet from diffusers of air handling systems Each detector shall be provided with appropriate mounting hardware as required by its mounting location Detectors which mount in open space shall be mounted directly to the end of the stubbed down rigid conduit drop Conduit drops shall be firmly secured to minimize detector sway Where leng
380. llowing finish designations color as selected 1 Transparent Finish TR 6 Catalyzed polyurethane Premium quality satin sheen Seal door top edge with clear sealer to match door facing PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions Verify opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable Do not install doors in frame openings that are not plumb or are out of tolerance for size or alignment 3 2 INSTALLATION A Install fire rated and non rated doors in accordance with AWI Quality Standard NFPA 80 and to requirements for fire rating label by UL or Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed B Trim non rated door width by cutting egually on both jamb edges C Trim door height by cutting bottom edges to maximum of 3 4 inch ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flush Wood Doors Building 210 08212 4 F 06 006 1 Trim fire door height at bottom edge only in accordance with fire rating requirements Machine cut doors for hardware installation Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 08115 and hardware specified in Section 08710 Coordinate installation of glass and glazing specified in Section 08800 3 3 INSTALLATION TOLERANCES A B C D Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances Conform to AWI requirements for fit and clearance tolerances Conform to AWI Section 1300 requirements for maximum
381. llowing provisions 1 The certified Agent has tested and balanced systems according to the Contract Documents 2 Systems are balanced to optimum performance capabilities within design and installation limits PART 2 PRODUCTS Not Applicable ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 3 ODG Engineering Inc PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION Examine Contract Documents to become familiar with project reguirements and to discover conditions in systems designs that may preclude proper testing adjusting and balancing of systems and eguipment 1 Contract Documents are defined in the Contract 2 Verify that balancing devices such as test ports gage cocks thermometer wells flow control de vices balancing valves and fittings and manual volume dampers are reguired by the Contract Documents Verify that guantities and locations of these balancing devices are accessible and ap propriate for effective balancing and for efficient system and eguipment operation Examine approved submittal data of HVAC systems and equipment Examine project record documents described in Division 1 Section Project Record Documents Examine Architect s and Engineer s design data including HVAC system descriptions statements of de sign assumptions for environmental conditions and systems output and statements of philosophies and assumptions about HVAC system and equipment controls Examine equipment
382. lor as selected to match existing C Internal and External Corners Same material thickness and finish as exterior sheets profile to suit system shop cut and factory mitered to required angles Mitered internal corners to be back braced with 22 gage thick pre coated sheet stock to maintain continuity of profile D Trim Closure Pieces Caps and Flashings Same material thickness and finish as exterior sheets brake formed to required profiles ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Siding Building 210 07468 3 06 006 E Anchors Galvanized steel 2 3 ACCESSORIES A Gaskets Manufacturer s standard type suitable for use with system permanently resilient color as selected B Sealants Specified in Section 07900 C Fasteners Manufacturer s standard type to suit application with soft neoprene washers fastener cap same color as exterior panel Exposed fasteners same finish as panel system D Power Actuated Fasteners Steel hot dip galvanized with soft neoprene washers fastener cap same color as exterior panel E Field Touch up Paint As recommended by panel manufacturer F Bituminous Paint Asphalt base G Building Paper ASTM D226 15 pound unperforated asphalt felt 2 4 FABRICATION A Panel Profile Manufacturer s standard profile for specified system B Fabricate corners in one continuous piece with minimum 18 inch returns PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements C
383. lowing record documents record actual revisions to the Work 1 Drawings 2 Specifications 3 Addenda 4 Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract 5 Reviewed Shop Drawings Product Data and Samples 6 Manufacturer s instruction for assembly installation and adjusting B Ensure entries are complete and accurate enabling future reference by Owner C Store record documents separate from documents used for construction D Record information concurrent with construction progress not less than weekly E Specifications Legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed including the following 1 Manufacturer s name and product model and number 2 Product substitutions or alternates utilized 3 Changes made by Addenda and modifications F Record Drawings and Shop Drawings Legibly mark each item to record actual construction including 1 Measured depths of foundations in relation to finish first floor datum 2 Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances referenced to permanent surface improvements 3 Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work 4 Field changes of dimension and detail 5 Details not on original Contract drawings G Submit documents to Contracting Officer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Execution Reguirements Building 210 0170
384. ls for operation are not acceptable Stations employing glass rods are not acceptable The use of a key or wrench shall be required to reset the station Gravity or mercury switches are not acceptable Switches and contacts shall be rated for the voltage and current upon which they operate Addressable pull stations shall be capable of being field programmed shall latch upon operation and remain latched until manually reset Stations shall have a separate screw terminal for each conductor Surface mounted boxes shall be matched and painted the same color as the fire alarm manual stations 2 6 FIRE DETECTING DEVICES Fire detecting devices shall comply with the applicable requirements of NFPA 72 NFPA 90A UL 268 UL 268A and UL 521 The detectors shall be provided as indicated Detector base shall have screw terminals for making connections No solder connections will be allowed Detectors located in concealed locations above ceiling raised floors etc shall have a remote visible indicator LED LCD Addressable fire detecting devices except flame detectors shall be dynamically supervised and uniquely identified in the control panel All fire alarm initiating devices shall be individually addressable except where indicated Installed devices shall conform to NFPA 70 hazard classification of the area where devices are to be installed 2 6 1 Heat Detectors Heat detectors shall be designed for detection of fire by combination fixed temperature and r
385. ly or other hazardous substances from entering the ground drainage areas or local bodies of water Store and service construction equipment at areas designated for collection of oil wastes Prevent ponding of stagnant water conducive to mosquito breeding habitat Prevent run off from site during demolition and construction operations 3 1 3 Land Resources Prior to construction identify land resources to be preserved within the work area Do not remove cut deface injure or destroy land resources including trees shrubs vines grasses topsoil and landforms without permission from the Contracting Officer Coordinate protection practices with work specified in Division 2 SITEWORK 3 1 3 1 Erodible Soils Plan and conduct earthwork to minimize the duration of exposure of unprotected soils except where the constructed feature obscures borrow areas quarries and waste material areas Clear areas in reasonably sized increments only as needed to use the areas developed ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 9 Form earthwork to final grade as shown Immediately protect side slopes and back slopes upon completion of rough grading 3 1 3 2 Erosion and Sedimentation Control Devices Construct or install temporary and permanent erosion and sedimentation control features as required 3 1 3 3 Tree and Plant Protection Protect as specified in Division 2 SITEWORK and as specified Prior to start of construction
386. m removal of unsatisfactory material or excavation of rock to required grade with satisfactory materials and shape the entire subgrade to line grade and cross section and compact as specified Do not vary the elevation of the finish subgrade more than 15 mm 0 05 foot from the established grade and cross section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 11 06 006 3 10 3 Compaction Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers pneumatic tired rollers steel wheeled rollers vibratory compactors or other approved eguipment Except for paved areas and railroads compact each layer of the embankment to at least 90 percent of laboratory maximum density 3 10 3 1 Subgrade for Pavements Compact subgrade for pavements to at least 95 percentage laboratory maximum density for the depth below the surface of the pavement shown When more than one soil classification is present in the subgrade thoroughly blend reshape and compact the top 6 inches of subgrade 3 10 3 2 Subgrade for Shoulders Compact subgrade for shoulders to at least 90 percentage laboratory maximum density for the full depth of the shoulder 3 10 3 3 Subgrade for Airfield Pavements Compact top 600 mm 24 inch below finished pavement or top 300 mm 12 inch of subgrades whichever is greater to 100 percent of ASTM D 1557 compact fill and backfill material to 100 percent of ASTM D 1557 3 11 FINISHING Finish the surface of excavations embankments
387. m strength the concrete shall meet the following requirements a It shall have a maximum slump of 5 1 2 unless otherwise called for on drawings b It must work readily into corners and angles of forms and reinforcement without excessive vibration and without permitting materials to segregate or free water to collect on surface C In general workability should be improved by adjusting gradation of aggregates rather than by adding water 2 6 CONCRETE MIXING A Mixing Standard Structural Concrete Use ready mixed concrete complying with ASTM C94 and with the requirements of Contract Documents 2 7 VAPOR BARRIER PRODUCTS A C Stego Wrap 15 mil Vapor Barrier by STEGO INDUSTRIES LLC San Juan Capistrano CA 877 464 7834 www stegoindustries com Barrier Bac VB350 16 mil Vapor Retarder by BARRIER BAC INC Calhoun Georgia 706 629 4425 www barrierbac com W R Meadows Premoulded Membrane with Plasmatic Core PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 INSPECTION A Do not place concrete in any unit of work until all formwork has been completely constructed all reinforcement is secured and supported in place all items to be built into concrete are in place and form ties at construction joints are tightened Verify that steel and accessories are so placed as to permit proper flow of largest aggregate in concrete before placing any concrete Before placing clean mixing and conveying equipment clean forms and space to be occupi
388. materials sufficiently dry Construct storm drainage features ponds basins at the earliest ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 8 06 006 stages of site development and throughout construction grade the construction area to provide positive surface water runoff away from the construction activity or provide temporary ditches swales and other drainage features and eguipment as reguired to maintain dry soils When unsuitable working platforms for eguipment operation and unsuitable soil support for subseguent construction features develop remove unsuitable material and provide new soil material as specified herein It is the responsibility of the Contractor to assess the soil and ground water conditions presented by the plans and specifications and to employ necessary measures to permit construction to proceed 3 2 2 Dewatering Control groundwater flowing toward or into excavations to prevent sloughing of excavation slopes and walls boils uplift and heave in the excavation and to eliminate interference with orderly progress of construction Do not permit French drains sumps ditches or trenches within 3 feet of the foundation of any structure except with specific written approval and after specific contractual provisions for restoration of the foundation area have been made Take control measures by the time the excavation reaches the water level in order to maintain the integrity of the in situ material While the excavat
389. mber Grading Rules SPIB WCLIB B Exterior Plywood APA EWA Grade B on exposed face and Grade C on concealed faces C Interior Plywood Where concealed by other work APA EWA Grade C D plugged 2 2 ACCESSORIES A Fasteners and Anchors 1 Fasteners Hot dipped galvanized steel for high humidity and treated wood locations unfinished steel elsewhere 2 Anchors Toggle bolt type for anchorage to hollow masonry Expansion shield and lag bolt type for anchorage to solid masonry or concrete Bolt or ballistic fastener for anchorages to steel 2 3 FACTORY WOOD TREATMENT A Wood Preservative Pressure Treatment AWPA C1 Wolman salts in accordance with LPO2 for normal exposure B Fire Retardant Treatment Pressure treatment AWPA C20 for lumber and AWPA C27 for plywood Interior Type chemically treated and pressure impregnated capable of providing a maximum flame spread smoke development rating of 25 450 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Verification of existing conditions before starting work B Verify substrate conditions are ready to receive blocking curbing and framing 3 2 PREPARATION A Coordinate placement of blocking curbing and framing items ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Rough Carpentry Building 210 06100 2 06 006 3 3 INSTALLATION Set members level and plumb in correct position Place horizontal members crown side up Space framing and furring 16 inche
390. me for the Identification of Piping Systems for lettering size length of color field colors and viewing angles of identification devices SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Coordinate installation of identifying devices with completion of covering and painting of surfaces where devices are to be applied Install identifying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 IDENTIFYING DEVICES AND LABELS General Products specified are for applications referenced in other Division 15 Sections If more than single type is specified for listed applications selection is Installer s option Equipment Nameplates Metal permanently fastened to equipment with data engraved or stamped 1 Data Manufacturer product name model number serial number capacity operating and power characteristics labels of tested compliances and essential data ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Mechanical Identification Building 210 15075 1 ODG Engineering Inc 2 Location Accessible and visible C Snap On Plastic Pipe Markers for pipe less than 125 F Manufacturer s standard preprinted semirigid snap on type Include color coding according to ASME Standards unless otherwise indicated D Pipes with OD Including Insulation 6 Inches 150 mm and Larger Either full band or strip type pipe markers at least 3 times letter height and of length required for label E Lettering Manufacturer s standard preprint
391. ment and Storage U S FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION FAA FAA AC 70 7460 1 Rev K Change 1 Obstruction Marking and Lighting U S NATIONAL ARCHIVES AND RECORDS ADMINISTRATION NARA 40 CFR 61 SUBPART M National Emission Standard for Asbestos 40 CFR 82 Protection of Stratospheric Ozone 49 CFR 173 301 Shipment of Compressed Gases in Cylinders and Spherical Pressure Vessels 1 2 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Do not begin demolition or deconstruction until authorization is received from the Contracting Officer The work of this section is to be performed in a manner that maximizes salvage and recycling of materials Remove rubbish and debris from project site do not allow accumulations inside or outside the building The work includes demolition salvage of identified items and materials and removal of resulting rubbish and debris Remove rubbish and debris from Government property daily unless otherwise directed Store materials that cannot be removed daily in areas specified by the Contracting Officer In the interest of occupational safety and health perform the work in accordance with EM 385 1 1 Section 23 Demolition and other applicable Sections 1 3 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contractor Quality Control approval When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government The
392. mer B50WZ Series 3 0 405 2 Finish Two coats S W Industrial Enamel B54 Series 2 0 440 C FERROUS METAL SHOP PRIMED 1 Primer Touch up as needed with S W Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50WZ Series 3 0 405 2 Finish Two coats S W Industrial Enamel B54 Series 2 0 440 D GALVANIZED METAL NON FERROUS METAL 1 Finish Two coats S W DTM Acrylic Semi Gloss Coating B66W200 Series 2 5 208 INTERIOR SCHEDULE NEW CONSTRUCTION A CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS C M U 1 Block Filler S W Heavy Duty Block filler B42W46 43 2 Finish Two coats S W ProMar 200 Interior Latex Semi Gloss B31W2200 Series 1 5 85 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 7 06 006 B GYPSUM BOARD CEILINGS 1 Primer One coat S W PrepRite 200 Latex Primer B28W200 1 10 86 2 Finish Two coats S W ProMar 200 Interior Latex Eg Shel B20W2200 Series 1 6 142 C FERROUS METAL UNPRIMED 1 Primer One coat S W Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50WZ Series 3 0 405 2 Finish Two coats S W Industrial Enamel B54 Series 2 0 440 D FERROUS METAL SHOP PRIMED 1 Primer Touch up as needed with S W Kem Kromik Universal Metal Primer B50WZ Series 3 0 405 2 Finish Two coats S W Industrial Enamel B54 Series 2 0 440 m GALVANIZED METAL NON FERROUS METAL 1 Finish Two coats S W DTM Acrylic Semi Gloss Coating B66W200 Series 2 5 208 INTERIOR SCHEDULE PREVIOUSLY PAINTED A CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS C M U 1 Block Fill
393. mooth and flush with adjacent surfaces Wash and neutralize high alkali surfaces Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces Remove grease mill scale weld splatter dirt and rust Where heavy coatings of scale are evident remove by hand power tool wire brushing or sandblasting clean by washing with solvent Apply treatment of phosphoric acid solution ensuring weld joints bolts and nuts are similarly cleaned Spot prime paint after repairs Shop Primed Steel Surfaces Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust Feather edges to make touch up patches inconspicuous Clean surfaces with solvent Prime bare steel surfaces Prime metal items including shop primed items Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish Wipe off dust and grit prior to priming Seal knots pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer Fill nail holes and cracks after primer has dried sand between coats Interior Wood Items Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish Wipe off dust and grit prior to sealing seal knots pitch streaks and sappy sections with sealer Fill nail holes and cracks after sealer has dried sand lightly between coats Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish Remove dust grit and foreign matter Seal knots pitch streaks and sappy sections Fill nail holes with tinted exterior paintable caulking compound after prime coat has been applied Exterior Wood Scheduled to Receive Transparent Finish Remove dust grit and fore
394. ms and steel of drippings Wet and slush roughed concrete surfaces with neat cement Place new concrete before grout initially sets 3 6 PROTECTION AND CURING A Protect finished concrete surfaces from injurious action of elements and defacement of any nature during operations B Keep forms sufficiently wet to prevent drying out of concrete C Immediately after finishing concrete surfaces cover with clear sheet plastic with all edges lapped six inches and fastened together with water resistant adhesive Covering shall remain for a minimum of 7 days NOTE ALL HORIZONTAL CONCRETE SURFACES FLOOR AREAS SHALL BE WET CURED D Protect slabs and exposed corners of concrete from traffic or damage 3 7 PATCHING AND CLEANING A Immediately after forms are removed remove projecting fins bolts form ties nails etc that are not necessary for the work Patch by filling all voids chipped areas etc Repaired surfaces shall match appearance of unpatched work ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 6 06 006 3 8 FINISHING A In accordance with Section 03346 3 9 MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS OF CONCRETE A Equipment Foundations Provide concrete bases for electrical and mechanical equipment as shown on the drawings Anchor bolts shall be provided and set by the equipment contractor Sidewalks In accordance with Division 2 unless otherwise indicated place 1 2 prefabricated compressible type exp
395. n detailing both equipment and software requirements Original and backup copies of all software delivered for this project shall be provided on each type of media utilized Manuals shall be approved prior to training 1 3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1 31 Standard Products Material and equipment shall be the standard products of a manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacture of the products for at least 2 years prior to bid opening Equipment shall be supported by a service organization that can provide service within 24 hours of notification 1 3 2 Nameplates Major components of equipment shall have the manufacturer s name address type or style voltage and current rating and catalog number on a noncorrosive and nonheat sensitive plate which is securely attached to the equipment 1 3 3 Keys and Locks Locks shall be keyed alike Four keys for the system shall be provided 1 3 4 Tags Tags with stamped identification number shall be furnished for keys and locks ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 3 ODG Engineering Inc 1 3 5 Verification of Dimensions After becoming familiar with details of the work the Contractor shall verify dimensions in the field and shall advise the Contracting Officer of any discrepancy before performing the work 1 3 6 Compliance The fire detection and alarm system and the central reporting system shall be configured in accordance with NFPA 72 exc
396. n Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 6 06 006 2 Verify damaged shop coatings are repaired with touch up paint C Verify roof openings curbs pipes sleeves ducts or vents through roof are solidly set reglets are in place and nailing strips located D Verify roofing termination and base flashings are in place sealed and secure E Verify insulation is installed and ready for roof application 3 2 PREPARATION A Back paint concealed metal surfaces and surfaces in contact with dissimilar metals with protective backing paint to minimum dry film thickness of 15 mil 3 3 INSTALLATION STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS A Install structural supports in accordance with Drawings B Align supports with top surface in plane uniformly sloped to eaves C Secure supports to building structural frame with mechanical fasteners 3 4 INSTALLATION EAVE PROTECTION A Apply eave protection sheet over deck flange of eave edge flashings B Extend eave protection sheet minimum 2 feet upslope beyond interior face of exterior wall C Place single width eave protection sheet centered over valley hips and ridges D Place single width eave protection sheet along gable parallel to gable edge 3 5 INSTALLATION LAPPED SEAM METAL ROOFING A Install furring configured to continuously support roof panel side laps and receive fasteners B Install roofing panels with long dimension perpendicular to eaves C Install roofing panels beg
397. n alternate channel flanges at maximum 24 inches on center C Ceiling Framing Installation 1 Install in accordance with ASTM C754 and GA 216 2 Coordinate location of hangers with other work 3 Install ceiling framing independent of walls columns and above ceiling work 4 Reinforce openings in ceiling suspension system which interrupt main carrying channels or furring channels with lateral channel bracing Extend bracing minimum 24 inches past each end of openings 5 Laterally brace entire suspension system D Acoustic Accessories Installation 1 Place acoustic insulation in partitions tight within spaces around cut openings behind and around electrical and mechanical items within or behind partitions and tight to items passing through partitions E Gypsum Board Installation 1 Install gypsum board in accordance with GA 216 and GA 600 2 Erect single layer board with ends and edges occurring over firm bearing 3 Use screws when fastening gypsum board to metal furring or framing 4 Erect exterior gypsum sheathing in accordance with ASTM C1280 horizontally with edges butted and ends occurring over firm bearing 5 Place control joints consistent with lines of building spaces as directed by the Architect 6 Place corner beads at external corners as indicated on Drawings Use longest practical length Place edge trim where gypsum board abuts dissimilar materials and at other locations where detailed Install reinforcin
398. n of doors with installation of frames specified in Section 08115 and hardware specified in Section 08710 E Touch up damaged shop finishes 3 3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Diagonal Distortion 1 16 inch measured with straight edge corner to corner 3 4 ADJUSTING A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Requirements for adjusting B Adjust door for smooth and balanced door movement 3 5 SCHEDULE A Refer to Door and Frame Schedule in the Drawings END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Doors Building 210 08114 4 06 006 SECTION 08115 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes fire rated and non rated steel frames T Provide frames for exterior glazed lights Related Sections 1 Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Placement of anchors into masonry wall construction 2 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Masonry grout fill of metal frames and placement of anchors into masonry wall construction 3 Section 08114 Standard Steel Doors 4 Section 08710 Door Hardware Hardware silencers and weatherstripping 5 Section 08800 Glazing 6 Section 09900 Painting 1 2 REFERENCES A American National Standards Institute 1 ANSI A250 8 Recommended Specifications for Standard Steel Doors and Frames ASTM International 1 ASTM A591 A591M Standard Specification for Steel Sheet Electrolytic
399. n on design drawings for terminating and cross connecting permanent cabling Provide telecommunications interconnecting hardware color coding in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A 2 31 Connector Blocks Provide insulation displacement connector IDC Type 110 for Category 5e and higher systems Provide blocks for the number of horizontal and backbone cables terminated on the block plus 10 percent spare 24 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLET CONNECTOR ASSEMBLIES 2 4 1 Outlet Connector Copper Outlet connectors shall comply with ETL 02 12 FCC Part 68EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 and EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 UTP outlet connectors shall be UL 1863 listed non keyed 8 pin modular constructed of high impact rated thermoplastic ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 7 ODG Engineering Inc housing and shall be third party verified and shall comply with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 Category 6 requirements Outlet connectors provided for UTP cabling shall meet or exceed the requirements for the cable provided Outlet connectors shall be terminated using a Type 110 IDC PC board connector color coded for both T568A and T568B wiring Each outlet connector shall be wired T568A or as indicated by the Contracting Officer UTP outlet connectors shall comply with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 for 200 mating cycles 2 4 2 Optical Fiber Adapters Provide optical fiber adapters suitable for duplex SC in accordance with ETL 02 12 EIA TIA EIA 604 3
400. n providing training or education similar in content and extent to that indicated for this project 1 9 2 Coordination Coordinate instruction schedule with Government operations Adjust schedule as required to minimize disruption of Government operations Coordinate instruction with demonstration and training of general building systems ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 6 1 9 3 Training Program Develop a training program for all site workers that includes the following topics a Overview of environmental and sustainability issues related to the building industry b Overview of environmental and sustainability issues related to the project c Compliance with applicable federal state and local environmental regulations d Review of site specific procedures and management plans implemented during construction including the Waste Management Plan Indoor Air Quality IAQ Management Plan Environmental Protection Plan and procedures for noise and acoustics management 1 9 3 1 Scheduling Provide instruction at mutually agreeable time s 1 9 3 2 Training Modules Develop a learning objective and teaching outline for each topic in the Training Program Include a description of specific skills and knowledge that each participant is expected to acquire Instructors shall be well versed in the particular topics that they are presenting 1 9 3 3 Evaluation At the conclusion of each training module assess an
401. n which may destroy the quality and fitness of the stockpiled material If the Contractor fails to protect the stockpiles and any material becomes unsatisfactory remove and replace such material with satisfactory material from approved sources 3 4 FINAL GRADE OF SURFACES TO SUPPORT CONCRETE Do not excavate to final grade until just before concrete is to be placed Only use excavation methods that will leave the foundation rock in a solid and unshattered condition Roughen the level surfaces and cut the sloped surfaces as indicated into rough steps or benches to provide a satisfactory bond Protect shales from slaking and all surfaces from erosion resulting from ponding or water flow ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 9 06 006 3 5 GROUND SURFACE PREPARATION 3 5 1 General Requirements Remove and replace unsatisfactory material with satisfactory materials as directed by the Contracting Officer in surfaces to receive fill or in excavated areas Scarify the surface to a depth of 150 mm 6 inch before the fill is started Plow step bench or break up sloped surfaces steeper than 1 vertical to 4 horizontal so that the fill material will bond with the existing material When subgrades are less than the specified density break up the ground surface to a minimum depth of 6 inch pulverizing and compacting to the specified density When the subgrade is part fill and part excavation or natural ground scarify the excavated o
402. nce with ASTM D 4840 Provide Field Quality Control Reports in accordance with approved Environmental Protection Plan End of Section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 10 SECTION 01356A STORM WATER POLLUTION PREVENTION MEASURES 08 96 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REFERENCES The publications listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced The publications are referred to in the text by basic designation only ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers Society of Civil Engineers Minimum design loads for buildings and other structures AF1l32 1021 Air Force Instruction 32 1021 24 Jan 03 AF132 1032 Air Force Instruction 32 1032 24 Sep 02 ANSIS American National Standards Institute Standards ATFP Anti Terrorism Force Protection Guidelines CTL Construction Technical Letter s ETL Engineering Technical Letter s IES Illuminating Engineering Society Lighting Handbook UFC3 600 01 Unified Facilities Criteria Fire Protection Engineering for Facilities 17 April 03 NEC National Electric Code NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association NESC National Electrical Safety Code NFPA National Fire Protection Association Codes and Standards IPC International Plumbing Code IMC International Mechanical Code ASHRAE American Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air Conditioning Engineers STD DET 40 06 04 Standard Detail 40 06 04 TI Technical Instructions TXDOT Texas Departm
403. nch 25 mm wide tape in colors specified Adjust tape bands to avoid obscuring cable identification markings H Power Circuit Identification over 600 Volts Metal tags or aluminum wraparound marker bands for cables feeders and power circuits in vaults pull and junction boxes manholes and switchgear rooms 1 2 3 Legend 1 4 inch 6 4 mm steel letter and number stamping or embossing with legend corre sponding to indicated circuit designations Tag Fasteners Nylon cable ties Band Fasteners Integral ears Apply identification to conductors as follows Conductors to Be Extended in the Future Indicate source and circuit numbers 2 Multiple Power or Lighting Circuits that are served from more than one source and installed in the Same Enclosure Identify each conductor with source and circuit number Use color coding to identify circuits voltage and phase 3 Multiple Control and Communication Circuits in the Same Enclosure Identify each conductor by its system and circuit designation Use a consistent system of tags color coding or cable marking tape J Apply warning caution and instruction signs where indicated by the drawings or required by code in equipment rooms and on equipment as follows 1 Warnings Cautions and Instructions Install to ensure safe operation and maintenance of electri cal systems and of items to which they connect Install engraved plastic laminated instruction signs with approved le
404. nch circuits Where dimmers and switches are shown adjacent they shall be mounted under a common coverplate and shall match in style CONNECTIONS Connect wiring device grounding terminal to branch circuit equipment grounding conductor ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Wiring Devices Building 210 16140 3 ODG Engineering Inc B IG receptacles shall be connected to isolated ground conductor routed to designated isolated equipment ground terminal of electrical system C Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer s published torque tightening val ues If manufacturers torque values are not indicated use applicable UL standards D Connect wiring device using screw terminals only Do not back wire between devices 3 3 CLEANING A Clean devices device outlet boxes and enclosures Replace stained or improperly painted wall plates or devices END OF SECTION 16140 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Wiring Devices Building 210 16140 4 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16475 SAFETY SWITCHES FUSES AND ENCLOSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5 RELATED DOCUMENTS Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section SUMMARY This Section includes individually mounted safety switches and enclosed circuit breakers used for the ser vice disconnect switches feeder and equipmen
405. nd Methods Building 210 16050 11 ODG Engineering Inc 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 CONCRETE BASES Construct concrete bases not less than 4 inches 100 mm larger around the exposed perimeters than the supported unit Follow supported equipment manufacturer s anchorage recommendations and setting templates for anchor bolt and tie locations unless otherwise indicated Concrete strength and reinforce ment shall be as specified in Division 3 of these specifications DEMOLITION General Protect existing electrical equipment and installations indicated to remain If damaged or dis turbed in the course of the Work remove damaged portions and install new products of equal capacity quality and functionality Accessible Work Remove exposed electrical equipment and installations indicated to be demolished in their entirety Abandoned Work Cut and remove buried raceway and wiring indicated to be abandoned in place 2 inches 50 mm below the surface of adjacent construction Cap raceways and patch surface to match ex isting finish Demolished Material Remove demolished material from Project site in accordance with all applicable codes standards and regulations Equipment Relocation Remove store clean reinstall reconnect and make operational components indi cated for relocation CUTTING AND PATCHING Cut channel chase and drill floors walls partitions ceilings and other surfaces required to permit elec trical in
406. ndards Metal and Flexible for metal ducts and in NAIMA AH116 Fibrous Glass Duct Construction Standards for fibrous glass ducts B Provide duct accessories of materials suited to duct materials use galvanized steel accessories in galvanized steel and fibrous glass ducts stainless steel accessories in stainless steel ducts and aluminum accessories in aluminum ducts ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 8 ODG Engineering Inc C Install backdraft dampers on exhaust fans or exhaust ducts nearest to outside and where indicated D Install volume dampers in ducts with liner avoid damage to and erosion of duct liner E Provide balancing dampers at points on supply return and exhaust systems where branches lead from larger ducts as required for air balancing Install at a minimum of two duct widths from branch takeoff F Provide test holes at fan inlets and outlets and elsewhere as required or indicated G Install fire and smoke dampers with fusible links according to manufacturer s UL approved written instructions H Install duct silencers rigidly to ducts l Install duct access doors to allow for inspecting adjusting and maintaining accessories and terminal units as follows On both sides of duct coils Downstream from volume dampers and equipment Adjacent to fire or smoke dampers providing access to reset or reinstall fusible links On sides of ducts where adequate clearance is available
407. ndor Hand calculations are not allowed nor approved a Electrical Short Circuit Criteria The engineer performing the ESC Study shall confirm in writing with the Power Utility Company the ultimate available short circuit current which includes all future upgrades and X R ratio at the terminals of the Power Utility point of connection The calculations shall include the estimated motor contribution for motors connected to the system 2 System Calculations The ESC Study shall indicate calculated fault calculations for three phase bolted faults phase phase line line faults and phase ground line ground faults at each connec tion point equipment location referred to as a bus The ESC Study shall be based on a fully rated system 3 Equipment The ESC Study shall include all equipment including any owner furnished equipment equipment furnished under other Divisions including but not limited to Division 14 Division 15 and Division 16 4 Summary Table ESC Study output shall indicate all faults at each bus and corresponding line flows between buses All calculations for determining interrupting and withstand ratings shall in clude a 1 25 multiplier to ensure adequate ratings All calculated values shall include the 1 25 mul tiplier value and short circuit interrupting ratings and withstand ratings shall be shall be summarized in a Short Circuit Interrupting and Withstand Table indicating all equipment is suitable rated 5 Software App
408. ng agency or laboratory shall not relieve Contractor of obligation to perform Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents G Re testing or re inspection required because of non conformance to specified requirements shall be performed by same independent firm on instructions by Contracting Officer Payment for re testing or re inspection will be charged to Contractor by deducting testing charges from Contract Sum Price H Agency Responsibilities 1 Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor 2 Provide gualified personnel at site Cooperate with Contracting Officer and Contractor in performance of services 3 Perform specified sampling and testing of products in accordance with specified standards 4 Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with reguirements of Contract Documents 5 Promptly notify Contracting Officer and Contractor of observed irregularities or non conformance of Work or products 6 Perform additional tests required by Contracting Officer 7 Attend preconstruction meetings and progress meetings Agency Reports After each test promptly submit two copies of report to Architect Engineer and to Contractor When requested by Architect Engineer provide interpretation of test results Include the following 1 Date issued 2 Project title and number 3 Name of inspector 4 Date and time of sampling or inspection 5 Identification of product and specifications section 6 Location in Pro
409. ng for power lighting or control circuits shall be compression type C Material Aluminum or zinc coated steel D LFMC Flexible steel conduit with PVC jacket E Expansion joints Equal with O Z Gedney type AX 8 with external bonding jumper type BJ for IMC and TX for EMT F Moisture Sealing Sealing assembly around conduits passing through concrete wall or floor egual with O Z Gedney type FSK 2 3 NONMETALLIC CONDUIT AND TUBING A General UL Listed non metallic conduit and tubing with material herein specified shall comply with appli cable NEMA and ANSI Standards B Type Non metallic conduit and tubing shall be Schedule 40 PVC C Fittings Matched to conduit or tubing type and material 2 4 METAL WIREWAYS A Material Sheet metal sized and shaped as indicated B Fittings and Accessories Include couplings offsets eloows expansion joints adapters hold down straps end caps and other fittings to match and mate with wireways as required for complete system C Wireway Covers Standard covers shall be hinged type unless noted otherwise Provide flanged and gas keted type covers when required by the application or installation D Finish Manufacturer s standard enamel finish 2 5 NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS A Description Fiberglass polyester extruded and fabricated to size and shape indicated with no holes or knockouts Cover is gasketed with oil resistant gasket material and fastened with captivated screws treated for
410. ng materials and methods as specified 3 3 INSTALLATION A Install work in accordance with AWI Custom quality standard B Set and secure materials and components in place plumb and level C Carefully scribe work abutting other components with maximum gaps of 1 32 inch Do not use additional overlay trim to conceal larger gaps D Site Applied Wood Treatment 1 Apply preservative treatment 2 Brush apply one coats of preservative treatment on wood in contact with cementitious materials 3 Allow preservative to dry prior to erecting members E Preparation For Site Finishing 1 Set exposed fasteners Apply wood filler in exposed fastener indentations Sand work smooth 3 4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Variation from Indicated Position 1 16 inch ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finish Carpentry Building 210 06200 4 06 006 C Maximum Offset from Alignment with Abutting Materials 1 32 inch END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finish Carpentry Building 210 06200 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finish Carpentry Building 210 06200 6 06 006 SECTION 07110 DAMPPROOFING PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes cold applied asphalt bituminous dampproofing and adhesive for insulation B Related Sections 1 Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Concrete Surfaces 2 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Masonry concrete surfaces 3 Section 0926
411. ngar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 9 06 006 3 5 3 Removal to Spoil Areas on Government Property Transport noncombustible materials removed from demolition and deconstruction structures to designated spoil areas on Government property 3 5 4 Removal from Government Property Transport waste materials removed from demolished and deconstructed structures except waste soil from Government property for legal disposal Dispose of waste soil as directed 3 6 REUSE OF SALVAGED ITEMS Recondition salvaged materials and eguipment designated for reuse before installation Replace items damaged during removal and salvage operations or restore them as necessary to usable condition End of Section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 10 PART 1 h _t h oh 1 4 h ah bh NO 1 8 PART 2 2 1 06 006 SECTION 02300 EARTHWORK 07 06 TABLE OF CONTENTS GENERAL REFERENCES MEASUREMENT Deleted PAYMENT 1 31 Classified Excavation 1 3 2 Unclassified Excavation 1 3 3 Authorized Overhaul DEFINITIONS 1 41 Satisfactory Materials 1 42 Unsatisfactory Materials 1 4 3 Cohesionless and Cohesive Materials 1 4 4 Degree of Compaction 1 4 5 Overhaul 1 4 6 Topsoil 1 4 7 Select Granular Material 1 4 7 1 General Requirements 1 4 7 2 California Bearing Ratio Values 1 4 8 Initial Backfill Material 1 4 9 Expansive Soils SUBMITTALS SUBSURFACE DATA CLASSIFICATION OF E
412. ngar No 2 Addition Execution Requirements Building 210 01700 8 SECTION 01722 MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION 12 2002 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 MOBILIZATION Mobilization will be considered the transportation to the project site of the various items used for work during construction 1 2 DEMOBILIZATION Demobilization will be considered the transportation from the site of various items used for work during construction 1 3 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A All costs connected with the mobilization and demobilization of all of the Contractor s plant and equipment will be paid for at the contract lump sum price for this Item B In the event the Contracting Officer considers that the amount in this Item does not bear a reasonable relation to the cost of the work in this Contract the Contracting Officer may require the Contractor to produce cost data to justify this portion of the bid Failure to justify such price to the satisfaction of the Contracting Officer will result in payment of actual mobilization costs as determined by the Contracting Officer at the completion of mobilization and actual demobilization costs as determined by the Contracting Officer at the completion of demobilization and payment of the remainder of this Item in the final payment under this Contract The determination of the Contracting Officer is not subject to appeal PART 2 PRODUCTS NOT APPLICABLE PART 3 EXECUTION NOT APPLICABLE END OF SECTION ADAL
413. nimum Obtain Architect s or Engineer s review before framing openings in structural members which are not indicated on drawings Provide bracing to insure stability of formwork Prop or strengthen previously constructed formwork that may be overstressed by construction loads Apply form release agent onto formwork in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations Apply prior to placing reinforcing steel anchoring devices and embedded items Do not apply form release agent where concrete surfaces will receive special finishes or applied coverings which are affected by agent Soak inside surfaces of untreated forms with clean water Keep surfaces wet prior to placing concrete Form slabs and beams to conform to the tolerances required or permitted by ACI 301 3 4 INSERTS EMBEDDED PARTS AND OPENINGS A Provide formed openings where required for pipes conduits sleeves and other work to be embedded in and passing through concrete members Locate and set in place items which will be cast directly into concrete Coordinate work of other sections and cooperate with trades involved in forming and setting openings slots recesses chases sleeves bolts anchors and other inserts Do not perform work unless specifically indicated on drawings or reviewed prior to installation Install concrete accessories in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations straight level and plumb Insure items are not disturbed during concrete pla
414. nnel 3 7 SPILL CONTROL AND REPORTING In case of spill of hazardous toxic and radiological waste HTRW the Contractor shall stop work contain spill notify the COR and Safety Office and execute spill control per the SPILL CONTROL PLAN Spill containment notification clean up restoration reporting record keeping etc shall be in accordance with 40 CFR 110 other applicable Federal state and local regulations and to the satisfaction of the COR PART 6 TIMING OF CONTROLS AND ACTIVITIES The Contractor shall 1 sequence soil disturbing activities to preserve existing vegetation 2 minimize area of disturbance 3 establish storm water control devices 4 do not disturb an area until it is necessary to proceed with field work 5 stabilize disturbed areas as soon as practicable 6 delay construction of infiltration measures until the end of project when upstream drainage areas are stabilized and established 7 maintain storm water control devices until stabilized disturbed areas have achieved final stabilization Final stabilization depicts soil disturbing activities at the site have been completed and a uniform e g evenly distributed without large bare areas perennial vegetative cover with a density of 70 percent of all native background vegetative cover for the area has been established on all unpaved areas and areas not covered by permanent structures or equivalent permanent stabilization measures such as use of rip rap
415. ns however some discrepancies may occur Where such discrepancies occur the Contractor shall immediately notify the Contract Officer in writing of said discrepancies and apply for an interpretation and unless an interpretation is offered in writing by the Contract Officer the applicable rules and regula tions shall be complied with as a part of the contract E In case of difference between building codes specifications state laws industry standards and the Con tract Documents the most stringent shall govern 1 4 DEFINITIONS A Finished Spaces Spaces other than mechanical and electrical equipment rooms furred spaces pipe and duct shafts unheated spaces immediately below roof spaces above ceilings unexcavated spaces crawl spaces and tunnels B Exposed Interior Installations Exposed to view indoors Examples include finished occupied spaces and mechanical equipment rooms C Exposed Exterior Installations Exposed to view outdoors or subject to outdoor ambient temperatures and weather conditions Examples include rooftop locations D Concealed Interior Installations Concealed from view and protected from physical contact by building oc cupants Examples include above ceilings and in duct shafts E Concealed Exterior Installations Concealed from view and protected from weather conditions and physi cal contact by building occupants but subject to outdoor ambient temperatures Examples include instal lations within un
416. ns and other services E Eguipment Changes The electrical design and drawings are based on the eguipment scheduled specified and indicated by the drawings and should any eguipment reguiring changes to the electrical design be ap proved the reguired electrical changes shall be made at the expense of the Contractor at no cost to the Owner 1 6 PRODUCT UNIFORMITY A In order to insure an integrated electrical system providing ease of maintenance operation and repair similar types of equipment shall be provided by a single manufacturer The following categories of equip ment shall be provided by a single manufacturer 1 Electrical distribution eguipment consisting of switchboards switchgear panelboards transformers disconnect switches and power distribution unit panelboards 2 Motor controllers and motor control centers 3 Lamps 4 Ballasts 5 Fuses ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 2 ODG Engineering Inc 6 Wiring devices 1 7 PRODUCT INTEGRATION A In order to insure an integrated electrical system providing ease of maintenance operation repair and provide integrated control functions and operation a single Contractor who is regularly engaged in the in tegration of such systems shall provide the entire system including accessories Associated equipment specified and allowed to be supplied by other Contractors shall be fully compatible with other components
417. nstall preformed control joint device in continuous lengths Seal butt and corner joints 3 Size control joint in accordance with Section 07900 for sealant performance 4 Form expansion joint by omitting mortar and cutting unit to form open space l Built In Work 1 As work progresses install built in steel door and fabricated metal frames wood nailing strips anchor bolts plates and other items to be built in the work and furnished by other sections 2 Install built in items plumb and level ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Unit Masonry Assemblies Building 210 04810 5 J 06 006 3 Bed anchors of steel door frames in adjacent mortar joints Fill frame voids solid with grout or mortar Fill adjacent masonry cores with grout minimum 12 inches from framed openings 4 Do not build in materials subject to deterioration Cutting And Fitting 1 Cut and fit for chases pipes conduit sleeves grounds and electrical boxes Coordinate with other sections of work to provide correct size shape and location 2 Obtain Architect s approval prior to cutting or fitting masonry work not indicated or where appearance or strength of masonry work may be impaired 3 4 ERECTION TOLERANCES A B F G Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances Maximum Variation From Unit to Adjacent Unit 1 16 inch Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall 1 4 inch in 10 ft and 1 2 inch in 20 ft or more Maximum Variation from Pl
418. nstruction F Required instruction time for each item of equipment and system is specified in individual sections 1 6 TESTING ADJUSTING AND BALANCING A Contractor shall employ services of independent firm to perform testing adjusting and balancing B Independent firm will perform services specified in Section 15990 C Reports will be submitted by independent firm to Contracting Officer indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non compliance with requirements of Contract Documents 1 7 PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A Protect installed Work and provide special protection where specified in individual specification sections B Provide temporary and removable protection for installed products Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Execution Requirements Building 210 01700 3 F 06 006 Provide protective coverings at walls projections jambs sills and soffits of openings Protect finished floors stairs and other surfaces from traffic dirt wear damage or movement of heavy objects by protecting with durable sheet materials Prohibit traffic or storage upon waterproofed or roofed surfaces When traffic or activity is necessary obtain recommendations for protection from waterproofing or roofing material manufacturer Prohibit traffic from landscaped areas 1 8 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS A Maintain on site one set of the fol
419. nt ASTM C920 Grade NS Class 12 1 2 Uses M and A single component solvent release curing non skinning a Applications Use for concealed locations only at acoustically rated construction 1 Provide sealant bead between top stud runner and structure and between bottom stud track and floor 2 2 ACCESSORIES A Primer Non staining type recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application B Joint Cleaner Non corrosive and non staining type recommended by sealant manufacturer compatible with joint forming materials C Joint Backing Round foam rod compatible with sealant ASTM D1056 closed cell polyethylene oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width 1 Type Sonofoam manufactured by Sonneborne D Bond Breaker Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify substrate surfaces and joint openings are ready to receive work C Verify joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Joint Sealers Building 210 07900 3 06 006 3 2 PREPARATION A Remove loose materials and foreign matter impairing adhesion of sealant B Clean and prime joints C Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C1193 D Protect elements surrounding Work of this section from damage or disfiguration 3 3 INSTALLATION A Pe
420. nt packaging sealed with heat shrunk plastic Do not store in damp or wet areas or in areas where sunlight might bleach veneer Seal top and bottom edges with tinted sealer when stored more than one week 1 Break seal on site to permit ventilation 1 7 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate Work with door opening construction door frame and door hardware installation ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Flush Wood Doors Building 210 08212 2 1 8 06 006 WARRANTY A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Product warranties and product bonds B Include coverage for delamination of veneer warping beyond specified installation tolerances defective materials and telegraphing core construction C Furnish manufacturer s Life of Installation warranty for interior doors PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 FLUSH WOOD DOORS A Manufacturers 1 Algoma Hardwoods Inc 2 VT Industries 3 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements B Product Description Solid core flush wood doors wood veneer facing material fire rated and non rated types flush glazed design factory pre fit shop finished wood doors 1 Flush Interior Doors 1 3 4 inches thick solid core seven ply fire rated non rated as indicated on Drawings 2 2 COMPONENTS A Solid Core Non Rated AWI Section 1300 Type SLC 7 Stave lumber core AWI Premium quality wood rotary cut balanced match
421. o AFC Spiraduct Inc Triangle PWC Inc Wheatland Tube Co 2 Nonmetallic Conduit and Tubing PRZTATT a PPN a Anamet Inc Anaconda Metal Hose Arnco Corp Breeze lllinois Inc Cantex Industries Harsco Corp Certainteed Corp Pipe amp Plastics Group Cole Flex Corp Condux International Electrical Products Electri Flex Co George Ingraham Corp Hubbell Inc Raco Inc Lamson amp Sessions Carlon Electrical Products R amp G Sloan Manufacturing Co Inc Spiraduct Inc Thomas amp Betts Corp 3 Conduit Bodies and Fittings sa gt oa0op American Electric Construction Materials Group Crouse Hinds Div of Cooper Industries Emerson Electric Co Appleton Electric Co Hubbell Inc Killark Electric Manufacturing Co Lamson amp Sessions Carlon Electrical Products O Z Gedney Unit of General Signal Scott Fetzer Co Adalet PLM Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Co ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Raceways And Boxes Building 210 16110 2 ODG Engineering Inc 5 Nonmetallic Wireways a Hoffman Engineering Co b Lamson amp Sessions Carlon Electrical Products 6 Surface Metal Raceways a Airey Thompson Co Inc A T Power Systems b American Electric Construction Materials Group c Butler Manufacturing Co Walker Division d Wiremold Co The Electrical Sales Division 7 Surface Nonmetallic Raceways a Anixter Brothers Inc b Butler Manufacturing Co Walker Division
422. o instruction is provided the Contractor shall turn in contained waste to the installation DRMO the local household hazardous waste drop off or recycling program Concrete waste shall be controlled and minimized by appropriate storage methods for dry and wet materials and controlling amount of concrete and cement mixed on site Washout of concrete truck shall not be allowed onsite unless otherwise approved in writing by the Contracting Officer Sanitary Septic Waste On site sanitary facilities shall be established at a convenient location Facility location design maintenance and waste collection practices shall be approved by COR and are in accordance with local regulations The Contractor and subcontractor shall have a routine schedule for waste pump out by a licensed hauler Septic waste treatment system shall have a pre construction permit from the local health regulating agency and have contract service with a licensed company Temporary sanitary facilities discharging to sanitary sewer system shall be approved by the operator of the system and properly connected to avoid illicit discharges Wastewater from water based paint shall not be discharged as sanitary waste Building Exterior Cleaning or High pressure Wash Storm drains shall be protected by approved storm water control device Wash onto dirt area spade in settle solids in pit collect mop up and discharge to sanitary sewer with approval from sewer operator If the exterio
423. o not encase horizontal runs in solid partitions unless spe cifically indicated Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling fire and smoke control dampers lighting layouts and similar finished work Electrical Equipment Spaces Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and electrical equipment spaces and enclosures Non Fire Rated Partition Penetrations Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls and are exposed to view conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal flanges of same metal thickness as duct Overlap opening on four sides by at least 1 1 2 inches 38 mm Fire Rated Partition Penetrations Where ducts pass through interior partitions and exterior walls install appropriately rated fire damper sleeve and firestopping sealant Fire and smoke dampers are specified in Division 15 Section Duct Accessories Firestopping materials and installation methods are specified in Division 7 Section Firestopping ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 6 ODG Engineering Inc 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 DUCT LINER SCHEDULE 3 inch thick liner 1 Outdoors Supply and return air ductwork 2 inch thick liner 1 Supply and return air ductwork as indicated on drawings 1 Ye inch thick liner 1 Supply and return air ductwork not externally insulated Ya inch thick liner 1 Toilet exhaust air duct work SEAM AND JOINT S
424. o options or substitutions allowed Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers with Provision for Substitutions Submit request for substitution for any manufacturer not named in accordance with the following article 1 6 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A Architect Engineer will consider requests for Substitutions only within 30 days after date of Owner Contractor Agreement Substitutions may be considered when a product becomes unavailable through no fault of Contractor Document each request with complete data substantiating compliance of proposed Substitution with Contract Documents A request constitutes a representation that Contractor 1 Has investigated proposed product and determined that it meets or exceeds quality level of specified product 2 Will provide same warranty for Substitution as for specified product 3 Will coordinate installation and make changes to other Work which may be required for the Work to be complete with no additional cost to Owner ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Product Requirements Building 210 01600 2 06 006 4 Waives claims for additional costs or time extension which may subseguently become apparent E Substitutions will not be considered when they are indicated or implied on Shop Drawing or Product Data submittals without separate written request or when acceptance will require revision to Contract Documents F Substitution Submittal Procedure 1 Submit three cop
425. o re move burrs and restore full ID Join pipe fittings and valves as follows a Note internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends and proximity of internal seat or wall to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint b Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dry seal thread ing is specified Align threads at point of assembly d Tighten joint with wrench Apply wrench to valve end into which pipe is being threaded e Damaged Threads Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are corroded or dam aged Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds 6 Welded Joints Construct joints according to the applicable AWS standards Recommended Prac tices and Procedures for Welding Low Carbon Steel Pipe using qualified processes and welding operators according to Quality Assurance Article 7 Flanged Joints Align flange surfaces parallel Select appropriate gasket material size type and thickness for service application Install gasket concentrically positioned Assemble joints by se quencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possi ble Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench 8 Plastic Piping Solvent Cement Joints Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or paper towels Join pipe and fittings according to the following a
426. o yield repeatable results Report Forms Test data sheets for recording test data in logical order System Effect A phenomenon that can create undesired or unpredicted conditions that cause reduced capacities in all or part of a system System Effect Factors Allowances used to calculate a reduction of the performance ratings of a fan when installed under conditions different from those presented when the fan was performance tested Terminal A point where the controlled medium such as fluid or energy enters or leaves the distribution system Test A procedure to determine quantitative performance of a system or equipment Testing Adjusting and Balancing Agent The entity responsible for performing and reporting the testing adjusting and balancing procedures ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Testing Adjusting And Balancing Building 210 15990 1 ODG Engineering Inc K AABC Associated Air Balance Council L AMCA Air Movement and Control Association M CTI Cooling Tower Institute N NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau O SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Quality Assurance Submittals Within 30 days from the Contractor s Notice to Proceed submit 2 copies of evidence that the testing adjusting and balancing Agent and this Project s testing adjusting and balanc ing team members meet the qualifications specified in the Quality Assurance Article
427. oating ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 7 ODG Engineering Inc Color Final color as selected by Contract Officer Vary first and second coats to allow visual inspection of the completed Work 3 10 DUCT SYSTEM APPLICATIONS A Insulation materials and thicknesses are specified in schedules at the end of this Section B Materials and thicknesses for systems listed below are specified in schedules at the end of this Section C Insulate the following plenums and duct systems 1 Indoor concealed round supply ductwork 2 Outdoor exposed supply and return ductwork D Items Not Insulated Unless otherwise indicated do not apply insulation to the following systems materials and equipment 1 Fibrous glass ducts 2 Indoor metal ducts with duct liner 3 Factory insulated flexible ducts 4 Factory insulated plenums casings terminal boxes and filter boxes and sections 5 Flexible connectors 6 Vibration control devices 7 Testing agency labels and stamps 8 Nameplates and data plates 9 Access panels and doors in air distribution systems 3 11 INDOOR DUCT AND PLENUM APPLICATION SCHEDULE A Service Round supply air ducts concealed 1 Material Mineral fiber blanket 2 Thickness 2 inches 50 mm 3 Number of Layers One 4 Field Applied Jacket Foil and paper 5 Vapor Retarder Required Yes B Service Round return air ducts concealed 1 Material Mineral fiber blanket 2 Thickness 2
428. offsets branch connections and other construction with galvanized sheet steel according to SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexi ble Comply with requirements for metal thickness reinforcing types and intervals tie rod applications and joint types and intervals 1 Lengths Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class re quired for pressure classification 2 Materials Free from visual imperfections such as pitting seam marks roller marks stains and discolorations Static Pressure Classifications Unless otherwise indicated construct ducts to the following Primary Air Duct 1 inch wg 250 Pa Toilet Exhaust Riser Ductwork 1 inch wg 250 Pa negative pressure Transfer Air Combustion Air Ductwork 0 5 inch wg 125 Pa Return Air Ductwork 1 inch wg 250 Pa negative pressure All Other 1 inch wg 250 Pa Gir ONE Cross Breaking or Cross Beading Cross break or cross bead duct sides 19 inches 480 mm and larger and 0 0359 inch 0 9 mm thick or less with more than 10 sq ft 0 93 sq m of unbraced panel area unless ducts are lined SHOP APPLICATION OF LINER IN RECTANGULAR DUCTS Adhere a single layer of indicated thickness of duct liner with 90 percent coverage of adhesive at liner con tact surface area Multiple layers of insulation to achieve indicated thickness are prohibited ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 4 O
429. ofing Factory formed metal roofing panel system with exposed fasteners 1 Panel Materials Pre finished galvalume steel sheet 0 024 inch base metal thickness Panel Width Nominal 36 inches Panel Profile PBR by specified manufacturer Panel Depth Nominal 1 1 4 inches Seam Type Lapped Color As selected to match existing DNR N 2 2 SHEET METAL MATERIALS A Pre Finished Galvalume Steel Sheet ASTM A755 A755M coil coated 1 Base Metal ASTM A792 A792M Structural Quality Grade 50 aluminum zinc alloy coating 2 Exposed Finish Minimum two coat fluoropolymer coating with minimum 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin 3 Unexposed Finish Acrylic coating 2 3 STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS A Roof Framing Metal framing as specified in Section 05120 2 4 ACCESSORIES A m GO O W Fasteners Same material and finish as roofing metal with soft neoprene washers where exposed Protective Backing Paint FS TT C 494 Bituminous Sealant Sealant as specified in Section 07900 Plastic Cement ASTM D4586 Type I Eave Protection Sheet Rubberized asphalt bonded to sheet polyethylene 40 mil total thickness with strippable treated release paper Perma A Barrier Wall Flashing manufactured by Grace Construction Products ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing Building 210 07613 5 06 006 2 5 FABRICATION A Form sections shape as indicated on Drawings accurate in size sguar
430. oll formed steel reinforcement channels between two abutting frames Anchor to structure and floor 3 3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Diagonal Distortion 1 16 inch measured with straight edges crossed corner to corner 3 4 SCHEDULE A Refer to Door and Frame Schedule in the Drawings END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Frames Building 210 08115 4 06 006 SECTION 08212 FLUSH WOOD DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes flush wood doors flush and flush glazed configuration fire rated and non rated Related Sections 1 Section 08115 Standard Steel Frames 2 Section 08710 Door Hardware 3 Section 08800 Glazing 1 2 REFERENCES A American National Standards Institute 1 ANSI A135 4 Basic Hardboard Architectural Woodwork Institute di AWI Quality Standards Illustrated Hardwood Plywood and Veneer Association 1 HPVA HP 1 American National Standard for Hardwood and Decorative Plywood National Fire Protection Association 1 NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors Fire Windows 2 NFPA 252 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL 10B Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 2 UL Building Materials Directory Uniform Building Code 1 UBC Standard 7 2 Fire Tests of Door Assemblies Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed 1 WH Certifi
431. om excess water and laitance using a special tool to tamp the surface and bring the fines to the surface Float with a wood float to the level of preset screeds 2 Trowel by machine or hand trowels to a smooth finished surface without dusting of cement 3 Give a final burnishing coat by hand with a steel trowel 4 Typically surfaces shall be true to established levels within a tolerance of 1 4 inch in the length of a ten foot straight edge when straight edge is placed in any direction Rubbed Concrete Exposed concrete surfaces shall be rubbed with Carborundum stone and water The rubbing shall be continued sufficiently to bring the surface to a paste a smooth dense surface without pits voids or irregularities The use of cement to form a surface paste will not be permitted The surfaces shall be left with a clean neat and uniform appearance and shall be uniform in color Sealers Apply sealer where scheduled by room number name in accordance with manufacturer s recommendations END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Finishing Concrete Surfaces Building 210 03346 2 06 006 SECTION 04065 MASONRY MORTAR AND GROUT PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes mortar and grout for masonry B Related Sections 1 Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Installation of mortar and grout 2 Section 08115 Standard Steel Frames Grouting steel door frames 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International ASTM
432. ompleted but prior to final acceptance tests The training period for systems maintenance shall consist of 1 training day and shall start after the system is functionally completed but prior to final acceptance tests The instructions shall cover items contained in the operating and maintenance instructions In addition training shall be provided on performance of expansions or ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 9 ODG Engineering Inc modifications to the fire detection and alarm system The training period for system expansions and modifications shall consist of at least 1 training day and shall start after the system is functionally completed but prior to final acceptance tesis End of Section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 10 ODG Engineering Inc
433. omponent non skinning butyl compatible with glazing tape color to match tape D Setting Blocks ASTM C864 Option Neoprene 80 to 90 Shore A durometer hardness length of 0 1 inch for each square foot of glazing or minimum 4 inch x ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Glazing Building 210 08800 4 06 006 width of glazing rabbet space minus 1 16 inch x height to suit glazing method and pane weight and area Spacer Shims ASTM C864 Option I Neoprene 50 to 60 Shore A durometer hardness minimum 3 inch long x one half the height of glazing stop x thickness to suit application Glazing Clips Manufacturer s standard type Smoke Removal Unit Targets Adhesive targets affixed to glass to identify glass units destined for removal for smoke control PART 2 EXECUTION 2 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions Verify openings for glazing are correctly sized and within acceptable tolerance Verify surfaces of glazing channels or recesses are clean free of obstructions impeding moisture movement weeps are clear and ready to receive glazing 2 2 PREPARATION A B C Clean contact surfaces with solvent and wipe dry Seal porous glazing channels or recesses with substrate compatible primer or sealer Prime surfaces scheduled to receive sealant 2 3 INSTALLATION A Perform installation in accordance with GANA Glazing Manual 1 Glazing Sealants Comply with
434. ompound and Joint Tape for Finishing Gypsum Board 3 ASTM C514 Standard Specification for Nails for the Application of Gypsum Board 4 ASTM C645 Standard Specification for Nonstructural Steel Framing Members 5 ASTM C665 Standard Specification for Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame Construction and Manufactured Housing 6 ASTM C754 Standard Specification for Installation of Steel Framing Members to Receive Screw Attached Gypsum Panel Products 7 ASTM C840 Standard Specification for Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board 8 ASTM C1002 Standard Specification for Steel Drill Screws for the Application of Gypsum Panel Products or Metal Plaster Bases 9 ASTM E119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials B Gypsum Association ale GA 214 Recommended Levels of Gypsum Board Finish 2 GA 216 Application and Finishing of Gypsum Board 3 GA 600 Fire Resistance Design Manual Sound Control C Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL Fire Resistance Directory ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Gypsum Board Assemblies Building 210 09260 1 06 006 D Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed 1 WH Certification Listings 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Shop Drawings Indicate special details associated with acoustic seals C Product Data Submit data on metal framing gypsum board joint tape and acoustic
435. on B Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation conduit END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Firestopping Building 210 07840 4 PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY 06 006 SECTION 07900 JOINT SEALERS A Section includes sealants and joint backing and accessories B Related Sections 1 2 3 4 Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Section 04810 Unit Masonry Assemblies Section 08800 Glazing Glazing sealants and accessories Section 09260 Gypsum Board Assemblies Acoustic sealant 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 2 3 4 5 1 3 SUBMITTALS ASTM C834 Standard Specification for Latex Sealants ASTM C919 Standard Practice for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications ASTM C920 Standard Specification for Elastomeric Joint Sealants ASTM C1193 Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants ASTM D1667 Standard Specification for Flexible Cellular Materials Vinyl Chloride Polymers and Copolymers Closed Cell Foam A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures B Products Data Submit data indicating sealant chemical characteristics performance criteria substrate preparation limitations and color availability C Samples Submit samples illustrating sealant colors for selection D Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit special procedures surface preparation and perimeter conditions requiring special attention E
436. on Manufacturing Co Inc 2 Wiring Devices for Hazardous Classified Locations a Crouse Hinds Electrical Co Distribution Equipment Div b Killark Electric Manufacturing Co c Pyle National Inc an Amphenol Co 3 Wall Box Dimmer Switches a Lutron b Lightolier C Leviton Manufacturing Co Inc RECEPTACLES Standard wall receptacles shall be equal to Leviton 5362 20 amperes 120 volts duplex grounding type except where indicated otherwise on the drawings Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters GFCI with lockout self diagnostic shall be equal to Leviton 8899 Isolated Ground IG receptacles shall be equal to Leviton 5362 IG Equipment grounding contacts con nected only to the green grounding screw terminal of the device with inherent electrical isolation from mounting strap Isolation method shall be integral to receptacle construction and not dependent on re movable parts Weatherproof Receptacles WP shall be equal to the standard GFCI receptacle listed above with weath erproof cover Covers for vertically mounted receptacles shall be equal to Leviton 4992 while covers for horizontally mounted receptacles shall be equal to Leviton 4990 Permanent Weatherproof Receptacles shall be equal to standard GFCI receptacle listed above with weatherproof cover equal to Leviton 5977 for vertical mounting and Leviton 5997 for horizontal mount ing Decorative area wall receptacles shall have square Decora style face 20 ampere
437. on Systems For telephone alarm voice and data and other communication sys tems provide 500MCM minimum insulated grounding conductor in raceway from grounding electrode sys tem to each service location terminal cabinet wiring closet and central equipment location Terminate grounding conductor on ground bus and extend No 4 AWG grounding conductor to each cabinet ground ing terminal on the equipment Metal Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures Provide a grounding electrode in addition to installing a separate equipment grounding conductor with supply branch circuit conductors Common Ground Bonding with Lightning Protection System Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding elec trode Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor and install in conduit COUNTERPOISE Ground the steel framework and the below grade rebar cage of the building with a driven ground rod at the base of every corner column and at intermediate exterior columns at distances not more than 100 feet 30 m apart Provide a grounding conductor counterpoise electrically connected to each ground rod to each steel column and to the below grade rebar cage extending around the perimeter of the building Use tinned copper conductor not less than 500MCM for counterpoise and for tap to building steel Bury coun terpoise not less than 30 inc
438. on includes the following basic mechanical materials and methods to complement other Divi sion 15 Sections Piping materials and installation instructions common to most piping systems Concrete base construction requirements Escutcheons Dielectric fittings Flexible connectors Mechanical sleeve seals Equipment nameplate data requirements Labeling and identifying mechanical systems and equipment is specified in Division 15 Section Mechanical Identification 9 Nonshrink grout for equipment installations 10 Field fabricated metal and wood equipment supports 11 Installation requirements common to equipment specification sections 12 Cutting and patching 13 Touchup painting and finishing 14 Mechanical demolition OA Or NO Ot Pipe and pipe fitting materials are specified in Division 15 piping system Sections CODES FEES PERMITS STANDARDS AND INSPECTIONS All work performed under these Specifications shall be in strict accordance with all applicable City County State and National Codes Specifications and Ordinances and in accordance with all Utility Company regulations Refer to Conditions of the Contract for payment of fees and permits All materials and workmanship shall com ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 1 ODG Engineering Inc D The drawings and these specifications are intended to comply with all the above mentioned rules and regulatio
439. on meeting Progress schedules progress reports Partnering meetings Cutting and patching Special procedures 1 2 COORDINATION AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A Coordinate scheduling submittals and Work of various sections of Project Manual to ensure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements with provisions for accommodating items installed later Verify utility requirements and characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing connecting to and placing in service operating equipment Coordinate space requirements supports and installation of mechanical and electrical Work indicated diagrammatically on Drawings Follow routing shown for pipes ducts and conduit as closely as practicable place runs parallel with lines of building Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations for maintenance and for repairs In finished areas except as otherwise indicated conceal pipes ducts and wiring within construction Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate sections in preparation for Substantial Completion ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Administrative Requirements Building 210 01300 1 06 006 After Owner occupancy of premises coordinate access to site for
440. on their letterhead stating the reason for entry contract number and the location at Laughlin AFB where the jobsite is located C Ali delivery trucks must have a bill of laden and delivery truck drivers must have a picture ID 4 All employees utilizing privately owned vehicles on Laughlin AFB must obtain a vehicle pass from the Pass and Registration Office At the time of registration the driver must provide proof of valid insurance meeting the minimum liability insurance requirements a valid drivers license and current state registration Note If the vehicle is not registered in the employee s name the registrant must have a legal bill of sale a vehicle title in his her name or notarized letter from owner authorizing registrant to operate the vehicle 1 7 UTILITIES A Payment for Utility Services Attachment 1 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Summary Building 210 01100 2 06 006 f In accordance with Contract Clause 52 236 14 AVAILABILITY AND USE OF UTILITY SERVICES water and electricity are available from l Government owned and operated systems and will be furnished to the Contractor The Contractor shail be responsible for installing separa meters on utility lines from which service is obtained 2 Outages a The Contractor shall coordinate all requests for utility outages with the Contracting Officer in writing 14 days prior to date of requested outage 1 Water gas steam and sewer outages shall be held to a maximum
441. ood L Engraved Plastic Laminate Signs ASTM D Type l cellulose paper base phenolic resin laminate en graving stock Grade ES 2 black surface black phenolic core with white melamine subcore unless oth erwise indicated Fabricate in sizes reguired for message Provide holes for mechanical fastening 1 Engraving Engraver s standard letter style of sizes and with terms to match eguipment identifica tion 2 Thickness 1 16 inch 2 mm for units up to 20 sg in 130 sg cm or 8 inches 200 mm in length and 1 8 inch 3 mm for larger units 3 Fasteners Self tapping stainless steel screws or contact type permanent adhesive M Plastic Eguipment Markers Manufacturer s standard laminated plastic in the following color codes Green Cooling eguipment and componenis Yellow Heating equipment and components Brown Energy reclamation equipment and components Blue Equipment and components that do not meet criteria above Hazardous Equipment Use colors and designs recommended by ASME STANDARDS Terminology Match schedules as closely as possible Include the following a Name and plan number b Equipment service c Design capacity d Other design parameters such as pressure drop entering and leaving conditions and speed DOVE ON ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Mechanical Identification Building 210 15075 2 ODG Engineering Inc 7 Size 2 1 2 by 4 inches 65 by 100 mm for control devices dampers and val
442. oofing f Joint Sealers g Wood amp Plastic Doors h Windows k Gypsum Board l Tile m Acoustical Ceilings n Resilient Flooring o Carpet p Toilet Compartments r Office Equipment ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 5 s Furnishings amp Accessories t Renewable Energy Equipment v HVAC equipment x Lighting equipment 1 8 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN Prepare and submit an Environmental Protection Plan not less than 10 days before the preconstruction meeting At a minimum address the following elements in accordance with this section a Identification and contact information for Environmental Manager b General site information including preconstruction description and photographs c Summary of training program d Procedures to address water resources e Procedures to address land resources f Procedures to address air resources g Procedures to address fish and wildlife resources h Monitoring and quality control procedures Revise and resubmit Plan as required by the Contracting Officer Approval of Contractor s Plan will not relieve the Contractor of responsibility for compliance with applicable environmental regulations 1 9 ENVIRONMENTAL DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING Contractor shall provide environmental training for workers performing work on the project site 1 9 1 Instructor Qualifications Training shall be given by a firm or individual experienced i
443. oordination and project conditions B Verify building framing members are ready to receive panel system 3 2 INSTALLATION A Protect surfaces in contact with cementitious materials and dissimilar metals with bituminous paint Allow to dry prior to installation B Fasten siding to structural supports aligned level and plumb C Locate joints over supports Lap panel ends minimum 2 inches D Use concealed fasteners unless otherwise approved by Architect Engineer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Siding Building 210 07468 4 06 006 E Seal and place gaskets to prevent weather penetration Maintain neat appearance 3 3 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Offset From Indicated Alignment Between Adjacent Members Butting or In Line 1 16 inch C Maximum Variation from Plane or Location Indicated on Drawings 1 4 inch 3 4 CLEANING A Section 01700 Execution Reguirements Final cleaning B Remove site cuttings from finish surfaces C Clean and wash prefinished surfaces with mild soap and water rinse with clean water END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Siding Building 210 07468 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Siding Building 210 07468 6 06 006 SECTION 07600 FLASHING AND SHEET METAL PART 1 GENERAL 1 01 DESCRIPTION A Flashing and sheet metal shall be of the materials indicated and installed to provide a permanent watertight condi
444. opsoil 2 2 2 Off Site Topsoil 2 2 3 Composition 2 3 SOIL CONDITIONERS 2 31 Lime 2 3 2 Aluminum Sulfate 2 3 3 Sulfur 2 3 4 Iron 2 3 5 Peat 2 3 6 Sand 2 3 7 Perlite 2 3 8 Composted Derivatives 2 3 8 1 Particle Size 2 3 8 2 Nitrogen Content ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 1 2 4 2 5 2 6 PART 3 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 4 3 5 06 006 2 3 9 Gypsum 2 3 10 Calcined Clay FERTILIZER 241 Granular Fertilizer MULCH 251 Straw 2 5 2 Hay 2 5 3 Wood Cellulose Fiber Mulch WATER EROSION CONTROL MATERIALS 2 7 1 Erosion Control Blanket 2 7 2 Erosion Control Fabric 2 7 3 Erosion Control Net 2 7 4 Hydrophilic Colloids 2 7 5 Erosion Control Material Anchors EXECUTION PREPARATION 3 1 1 Extent of Work 3 1 1 1 Topsoil 3 1 1 2 Soil Conditioner Application Rates 3 1 1 3 Fertilizer Application Rates SEEDING 3 2 1 Seed Application Seasons and Conditions 3 2 2 Seed Application Method 3 2 2 1 Broadcast and Drop Seeding 3 2 3 Mulching 3 2 3 1 Hay or Straw Mulch 3 2 3 2 Mechanical Anchor 3 2 3 3 Asphalt Adhesive Tackifier 3 2 3 4 Non Asphaltic Tackifier 3 2 3 5 Asphalt Adhesive Coated Mulch 3 2 4 Rolling 3 2 5 Erosion Control Material 3 2 6 Watering PROTECTION OF TURF AREAS RENOVATION OF EXISTING TURF AREA 3 4 1 Aeration 3 4 2 Vertical Mowing 3 4 3 Dethatching 3 4 4 Overseeding RESTORATION End of Table of Contents ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 2 06 006
445. ordance with ASTM D 4318 The plasticity index must not be greater than 15 percent when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 and not more than 25 percent by weight may be finer than No 200 sieve when tested in accordance with ASTM D 1140 1 4 7 2 California Bearing Ratio Values Bearing Ratio At 0 1 inch penetration provide a bearing ratio of percent at 95 percent ASTM D 1557 maximum density as determined in accordance with ASTM D 1883 for a laboratory soaking period of not less than 4 days Percent Passing by Sieve Size Weight 2 1 2 inch 100 No 4 40 85 No 10 20 80 No 40 10 60 No 200 5 25 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 5 06 006 1 4 8 Initial Backfill Material Initial backfill consists of select granular material or satisfactory materials free from rocks 3 inchesor larger in any dimension or free from rocks of such size as recommended by the pipe manufacturer whichever is smaller When the pipe is coated or wrapped for corrosion protection free the initial backfill material of stones larger than 3 inches in any dimension or as recommended by the pipe manufacturer whichever is smaller 1 4 9 Expansive Soils Expansive soils are defined as soils that have a plasticity index equal to or greater than when tested in accordance with ASTM D 4318 1 5 SUBMITTALS Government approval is required for submittals with a G designation submittals not having a G designation are for Contracto
446. oss section with insulators 2 3 CONNECTOR PRODUCTS A General Comply with IEEE 837 and UL 467 for listed use of specific types sizes and combinations of conductors and connected items B Bolted Connectors Bolted pressure type connectors or compression type C Welded Connectors Exothermic welded type in kit form and selected per manufacturer s written instruc tions Exothermically welded electrical connections made within existing buildings shall be made with low emission type process CALDWELD EXOLON or approved equal D Material All connectors shall be copper or bronze alloy 2 4 CONDUCTIVITY IMPROVING COMPOUND A General All mechanical or pressure type ground connections shall utilize a conductivity improving com pound between the contact surfaces This shall include conduit pipe or raised floor pedestal connections Compound shall be an oxide inhibiting compound with low contact resistance seal out air and moisture prevent oxidation or corrosion improve electrical conductivity and enhance the integrity of the connection B Material Conductivity improving compound shall be Burndy type PENETROX A A 13 and E oxide inhibiting joint compound or approved egual 2 5 GROUND IMPROVING COMPOUND A General All ground rods and grounding conductors shall be supplemented with an earth resistivity en hancement compound to assure minimum resistance to ground for the grounding system B Material Compound shall meet all U S
447. output on surviving lamps if one or more lamps fail High power factor Greater than 95 Ballast shall have inrush current limiting circuitry to assure compatibility with all lighting system con trols Ballast shall provide lamp starting conditions and operating parameters consistent with lamp manu facturer s recommendations Ballast shall be instant start or programmed start without continuous cathode heating for maxi mum efficiency The electronic ballast shall be Underwriters laboratories UL listed Class P Type 1 outdoor rated CSA certified and manufactured in accordance with ANSI methods where applicable Ballast shall comply with applicable ANSI and IEEE standards for harmonic distortion and line volt age transient protection and be immune to electrical disturbances Integral leads on ballasts shall be color coded to applicable ANSI standards T8 instant start ballasts shall be parallel wired THD lt 10 minimum starting temperature of 0 Deg F maximum case temperature of 70 Deg C and allow for remote mounting up to 18 feet Ballast factor to be 0 88 0 90 for normal light output 0 77 for low light output 1 18 1 20 for high light out put T8 rapid start ballasts shall be series wired THD lt 10 minimum starting temperature of 0 Deg maximum case temperature of 70 Deg C and allow for remote mounting up to 18 feet Ballast fac tor shall be 0 88 for normal light output 0 74 for low light output of T8 lamps Ba
448. oval of the Engineer has been obtained 3 4 TEMPORARY PROTECTION A Provide two layers of corrugated cardboard wrapped around steel tube columns and other structural shapes that are adjacent to masonry surfaces in order to prevent any bonding of steel to masonry Secure cardboard by use of light gage wire or similar method of fastening 3 5 FIELD TOUCH UP PAINTING A After the erection of structural steel and before the erection of masonry touch up paint field welds bolt heads nuts and abrasions in the shop paint coating with the same paint used for the shop painting END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Structural Steel Building 210 05120 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Structural Steel Building 210 05120 6 06 006 SECTION 05500 METAL FABRICATIONS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes shop fabricated metal items 1 Lintels 2 Channel door frames 3 Structural supports for miscellaneous attachments 4 Anchor bolts for sill plates Related Sections 1 Section 05120 Structural Steel Structural steel anchor bolts 2 Section 05200 Steel Joists Structural joist bearing plates including anchorage 3 Section 09900 Paints and Coatings Field applied paint finish 4 Section 03300 Cast In Place Concrete Execution requirements for embedded anchors and attachments for metal fabrications specified by this section in concrete 5 Section 04810 Unit Masonr
449. owing sleeve materials a Steel Pipe Sleeves For pipes smaller than 6 inch NPS DN150 b Stack Sleeve Fittings For pipes penetrating floors with membrane waterproofing Secure flashing between clamping flanges Install section of cast iron soil pipe to extend sleeve to 2 inches 50 mm above finished floor level Refer to Division 7 for flashing c Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with nonshrink nonmetallic grout 4 Except for underground wall penetrations seal annular space between sleeve and pipe or pipe in sulation using elastomeric joint sealants Refer to Division 7 for materials 5 Use neutral curing silicone sealant unless otherwise indicated O Aboveground Exterior Wall Pipe Penetrations Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals Size sleeve for 1 inch 25 mm annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installing me chanical sleeve seals 1 Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than 6 inches 150 mm in diameter 2 Install cast iron wall pipes for sleeves 6 inches 150 mm in diameter and larger 3 Assemble and install mechanical sleeve seals according to manufacturer s written instructions Tighten bolts that cause rubber sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 14 ODG Engineering Inc P Underground Exterior Wall Pipe Penetrations Install cast iron wall pipes for sleeves Seal
450. pansion loops expansion bends and similar units Load Distribution Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment Pipe Slopes Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and so maximum pipe deflec tions allowed by ASME Standards is not exceeded Insulated Piping Comply with the following 1 Attach clamps and spacers to piping a Piping Operated Above Ambient Air Temperature Clamp may project through insulation b Piping Operated Below Ambient Air Temperature Use thermal hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert c Do not exceed pipe stress limits according to ASME Standards 2 Install thermal hanger shield inserts Include steel weight distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 DN100 and larger if pipe is installed on rollers 3 Shield Dimensions for Pipe Not less than the following a NPS 1 4 to NPS 3 1 2 DN8 to DN90 12 inches 305 mm long and 0 048 inch 1 22 mm thick b NPS 4 DN100 12 inches 305 mm long and 0 06 inch 1 52 mm thick c NPS 5 and NPS 6 DN125 and DN150 18 inches 457 mm long and 0 06 inch 1 52 mm thick d NPS 8 to NPS 14 DN200 to DN350 24 inches 610 mm long and 0 075 inch 1 91 mm thick e NPS 16 to NPS 24 DN400 to DN600 24 inches 610 mm long and 0 105 inch 2 67 mm thick ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 6 ODG
451. paration and for timing and applica tion of successive coats 3 Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc rich paint recommended by manufacturer 4 Repair damage to paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer 3 11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A On completion of installation including outlets fittings and devices inspect exposed finish Remove burrs dirt paint spots and construction debris B Protect equipment and installations and maintain conditions to ensure that coatings finishes and cabinets are without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion 3 12 ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS STUDIES A The Division 16 Contractor shall provide the Electrical System Studies as outline in Part 1 of the Specifica tions The Studies shall be organized in a tab binder with a discussion which includes 1 Title Sheet Indicating Project Name Location Date of Study and Professional Engineer s Name and License number Professional Engineer s Business Name and Contact Information 2 Executive Summary 3 Discussion of Calculation Procedures and Models 4 Summary of Results 5 Recommended Revisions 6 Software Vendor Outputs 7 Appendix of Backup Materials B The Division 16 Contractor shall submit the Electrical System Studies as shop drawing submittal C The Division 16 Contractor shall update any revisions included in the final submittal of the Electrical Stud ies into the Record Drawings for the Project
452. penetrating items and required listed design numbers to seal openings to maintain fire resistance rating of adjacent assembly Manufacturer s Installation Instructions Submit preparation and installation instructions Manufacturer s Certificate Certify products meet or exceed specified requirements Engineering Judgements For conditions not covered by UL or WH listed designs submit judgements by licensed professional engineer suitable for presentation to authority having jurisdiction for acceptance as meeting code fire protection requirements 1 6 QUALIFICATIONS A Manufacturer Company specializing in manufacturing products specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience Applicator Company specializing in performing Work of this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Do not apply materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60 degrees F ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Firestopping Building 210 07840 2 C D 06 006 Maintain this minimum temperature before during and for minimum 3 days after installation of materials Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 FIRESTOPPING A C Manufacturers A D Fire Protection Systems Inc Dow Corning Corp Hilti Corp 3M fire Protection Products Pecora Corporation
453. per IEEE C62 41 B3 combination waveform and NFPA 70 Fuses shall not be used for surge protection The surge protector shall be rated for a maximum let thru voltage of 350 Volts ac line to neutral and 350 Volt ac neutral to ground 3 2 2 Low Voltage DC Circuits Surge Protection All IDC IDC NAC and communication cables conductors except fiber optics shall have surge protection installed at each point where it exits or enters a building Equipment shall be protected from surges per IEEE C62 41 B3 combination waveform and NFPA 70 The surge protector shall be rated to protect the 24 Volt dc equipment The maximum dc clamping voltages shall be 36 V line to ground and 72 Volt dc line to line 3 2 3 Signal Line Circuit Surge Protection All SLC cables conductors except fiber optics shall have surge protection isolation circuits installed at each point where it exits or enters a building The circuit shall be protected from surges per IEEE C62 41 B3 combination waveform and NFPA 70 The surge protector isolator shall be rated to protect the equipment 3 3 GROUNDING Grounding shall be provided by connecting to building ground system 3 4 Additions to Existing Facilities Supplemental components shall be added to the existing supervising equipment as required to accommodate the new fire alarm system to be as indicated on the drawings All present functions shall be extended including recording and storage in memory and programming shall
454. pers Combination fire and smoke dampers Turning vanes Duct mounting access doors Flexible connectors Flexible ducts 0 Duct accessory hardware OOO SIE OV eG Ne B Related Sections include the following Division 16 Section Fire Alarm for duct mounting fire and smoke detectors 2 Division 15 Section Building Management System BMS for electric and pneumatic damper actuators 3 Division 15 Section Sequence of Operations 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For the following Backdraft dampers Volume dampers Motorized control dampers Fire dampers Combination fire and smoke dampers Turning vanes Duct mounting access doors Flexible connectors Flexible ducts 0 00 N0 AP ON E B Shop Drawings Detail equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions weights loads required clearances method of field assembly components and location and size of each field connection 1 Special fittings 2 Manual volume damper installations 3 Motorized control damper installations ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 1 ODG Engineering Inc 1 4 4 Fire damper smoke damper and combination fire and smoke damper installations including sleeves and duct mounting access doors 5 Wiring Diagrams Power signal and control wiring Differentiate between manufacturer installed and field installed wiring Coordination Drawings Reflected ceiling plans drawn to s
455. pers at con nection to fire damper sleeve ROUND DUCT FABRICATION Round Ducts Fabricate supply ducts of galvanized steel according to Spiral Pipe of Texas National Duct System or United Sheet Metal Products recommendations ROUND SUPPLY AND EXHAUST FITTING FABRICATION 90 Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees Fabricate to comply with SMACNA s HVAC Duct Con struction Standards Metal and Flexible with metal thicknesses specified for longitudinal seam straight duct Diverging Flow Fittings Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess material projecting from body onto branch tap entrance Elbows Fabricate in die formed or gored construction Fabricate bend radius of die formed and gored elbows one and one half times elbow diameter Unless elbow construction type is indicated fabri cate elbows as follows 1 Round Elbows 8 Inches 200 mm and Smaller Fabricate die formed elbows for 45 and 90 degree elbows and gored elbows for 30 45 60 and 90 degrees only Fabricate nonstandard bend angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction 2 Round Elbows 9 through 14 Inches 225 through 355 mm Fabricate gored elbows for 30 45 60 and 90 degrees Fabricate nonstandard bend angle configuration or nonstandard diameter elbows with gored construction 3 Round Elbows larger than 14 Inches 355 mm Fabricate gored elbows 4 Die Formed Elbows for Sizes through 8 Inches 200 mm and
456. pes of lamps 7 Electronic ballast warranty and applicable combined lamp ballast warranty 8 Submit catalog cut sheets for photocells occupancy sensors dimming components time clocks and lighting contactors Shop Drawings Show details of nonstandard or custom fixtures Indicate dimensions weights method of field assembly components features and accessories 1 Wiring Diagrams Detail wiring for fixtures and differentiate between manufacturer installed and field installed wiring Samples for Verification For lighting fixtures designated for sample submission in the Interior Lighting Fix ture Schedule 1 Lamps Specified units installed 2 Ballast 120 V model of specified ballast type 3 Accessories Cord and plug QUALITY ASSURANCE Listed and Labeling Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled The Terms Listed and Labeled shall be as defined in NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to Au thorities Having Jurisdiction and marked for intended use Standards Comply with applicable NEMA IEEE UL and NFPA Standards ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 1 ODG Engineering Inc C NFPA 101 Compliance Comply with visibility and luminance requirements for exit signs 1 5 COORDINATION A Fixtures Mounting Hardware and Trim Coordinate layout and installation of lighting fixtures with ceiling system and other construction P
457. plaster B Plaster Finish Materials 1 Cement As specified for plaster base coat gray color 2 Lime As specified for plaster base coat 3 Water Clean fresh potable and free of matter capable of affecting plaster C Finish Aggregate 1 Mineral Aggregate Finish Coat Marble No 8 sieve Bedding Coat Sand No 16 sieve D Furring And Lathing 1 Expanded Metal Lath ASTM C847 galvanized diamond mesh self furring Casing Bead Formed sheet steel depth governed by plaster thickness maximum possible lengths expanded metal flanges with square edges galvanized 2 Corner Bead Formed sheet steel depth governed by plaster thickness maximum possible lengths expanded metal flanges with radiused edge galvanized 3 Base Screed Formed sheet steel depth governed by plaster thickness maximum possible lengths expanded metal flanges with beveled edge galvanized 4 Control and Expansion Joint Accessories Formed sheet steel accordion profile 2 inch expanded metal flanges each side galvanized 5 Anchorage Tie wire nails and other metal supports of type and size to suit application to rigidly secure materials in place galvanized 6 Fasteners ASTM C1002 self drilling self tapping screws 2 3 MIXES A Dash Bond Coat 1 part Portland Cement and maximum 2 parts of sand proportioned by volume B Base Coats Mix and proportion cement plaster base coat in accordance with ASTM C926 Type C in accordance with
458. pment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent soiling disfigurement or damage 1 4 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS A Store and protect products in accordance with manufacturers instructions B Store with seals and labels intact and legible C Store sensitive products in weather tight climate controlled enclosures in an environment favorable to product ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Product Requirements Building 210 01600 1 06 006 For exterior storage of fabricated products place on sloped supports above ground Provide bonded off site storage and protection when site does not permit on site storage or protection Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet covering Provide ventilation to prevent condensation and degradation of products Store loose granular materials on solid flat surfaces in well drained area Prevent mixing with foreign matter Provide equipment and personnel to store products by methods to prevent soiling disfigurement or damage Arrange storage of products to permit access for inspection Periodically inspect to verify products are undamaged and are maintained in acceptable condition 1 5 PRODUCT OPTIONS A Products Specified by Reference Standards or by Description Only Any product meeting those standards or description Products Specified by Naming One or More Manufacturers Products of one of manufacturers named and meeting specifications n
459. r factory and local service representative 4 Instructions of Owners Personnel Prior to final inspection and acceptance fully instruct the Owner s designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operating and performance of the equipment furnished 5 Warranties Include warranty information properly executed by respective manufacturers suppliers or sub contractors for the equipment and system furnished WARRANTY Project warranty shall be as specified in Division 1 General Requirements Section but not less than one 1 year from final acceptance SAFETY GUARDS Contractor shall furnish and install all safety guards required All electrical equipment belt driven equip ment projecting shafts and other rotating or energized parts shall be properly enclosed or adequately guarded SPACE AND EQUIPMENT ARRANGEMENT Size of equipment shown by the drawings is based on the dimensions of a particular manufacturer Where other manufacturers are acceptable it is the responsibility of the contractor to determine if the equipment he proposes to furnish will fit the space Equipment shall be installed in a manner that will permit access to all surfaces requiring access Proper clearances shall be maintained to meet all safety and operating requirements or codes and standards ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 4 ODG Engineering Inc FLOOR CEILING AND WALL PLATES A In finish
460. r Intakes Eguip with O ring gaskets designed to make motors weatherproof Eguip motors with internal heaters to permit normal operation at minus 40 deg F minus 40 deg C 4 Nonspring Return Motors For dampers larger than 25 sg ft 2 3 sg m size motor for running torque rating of 150 in x Ibf 17 N x m and breakaway torque rating of 300 in x Ibf 34 N x m 5 Electrical Connection 115 V single phase 60 Hz G Provide factory mounted contract to indicate damper position status Position indication shall be a UL rated component 2 8 TURNING VANES A Fabricate to comply with the most recent edition of SMACNA s HVAC Duct Construction Standards Metal and Flexible for vanes and vane runners Vane runners shall automatically align vanes B Manufactured Turning Vanes Fabricate 1 1 2 inch 38 mm wide double vane curved blades of galvanized sheet steel set 3 4 inch 19 mm o c support with bars perpendicular to blades set 2 inches 50 mm o c and set into vane runners suitable for duct mounting 1 Manufacturers a Ductmate Industries Inc b Duro Dyne Corp C METALAIRE Inc d Ward Industries Inc 2 9 DUCT MOUNTING ACCESS DOORS A General Description Fabricate doors airtight and suitable for duct pressure class B Door Double wall duct mounting and rectangular fabricated of galvanized sheet metal with insulation fill and thickness as indicated for duct pressure class Include vision panel where indicated Include
461. r Quality Control approval When used a designation following the G designation identifies the office that will review the submittal for the Government Submit the following in accordance with Section 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES SD 03 Product Data Utilization of Excavated Materials G Opening of any Excavation or Borrow Pit Shoulder Construction Procedure and location for disposal of unused satisfactory material Proposed source of borrow material Notification of encountering rock in the project Advance notice on the opening of excavation or borrow areas Advance notice on shoulder construction for rigid pavements SD 06 Test Reports Testing Borrow Site Testing Within 24 hours of conclusion of physical tests 5 copies of test results including calibration curves and results of calibration tests Results of testing at the borrow site SD 07 Certificates Testing Qualifications of the Corps validated commercial testing laboratory or the Contractor s validated testing facilities 1 6 SUBSURFACE DATA ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 6 06 006 The subsoil investigation report and samples of materials taken from subsurface investigations may be examined at Contracting Office These data represent the best subsurface information available however variations may exist in the subsurface between boring locations 1 7 CLASSIFICATION OF EXCAVATION No consideration will be given to the nature of the mat
462. r conditions affecting performance of wires and cables Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Conductors And Cables Building 210 16120 2 ODG Engineering Inc 3 2 WIRE AND INSULATION APPLICATIONS A Service Entrance Type THWN in raceway B Service Entrance Type XHHW 2 in raceway C Feeders Type THHN THWN in raceway D Underground Feeders Type XHHW 2 90 C insulation E Fire Pump Feeder Same as specified for service entrance F Branch Circuits Type THHN THWN in raceway or Tyre McCable G Branch Circuits If approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction MC Cable may be used but shall be lim ited to branch circuit wiring to lighting fixture and convenience receptacle installations within wall cavities or above the ceilings Type MC cable shall be installed in a neat workmanlike manner shall not be in stalled for home runs shall not be installed exposed to view within finished areas and shall not be in stalled within electrical or mechanical equipment rooms H Class 1 Control Circuits Type THHN THWN in raceway l Class 2 Control Circuits Power limited tray cable in cable tray J Class 2 Control Circuits Power limited cable concealed in building finishes K Class 2 Control Circuits Type THHN THWN in raceway for smoke control systems 3 3 INSTALLATION A Install wires and cables as indicated according to manufacturer s written instr
463. r grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping and sup port together on field fabricated heavy duty trapezes 1 Pipes of Various Sizes Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install inter mediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual pipe hangers 2 Field fabricate from ASTM Standards steel shapes selected for loads being supported Weld steel according to AWS Standards Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in MSS Install additional attachments at concentrated loads in cluding valves flanges guides strainers and expansion joints and at changes in direction of piping In stall concrete inserts before concrete is placed fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts Install powder actuated drive pin fasteners in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured Use operators that are licensed by powder actuated tool manufacturer Install fasteners according to powder actuated tool manufacturer s operating manual Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts bolts rods nuts washers and other acces sories Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems to per mit freedom of movement between pipe anchors and to facilitate action of expansion joints ex
464. r leakage except for outdoor and exhaust dampers at less than 10 cfm per sg ft 51 L s per sq m of damper area at differential pressure of 4 inch wg 995 Pa when damper is being held by torque of 50 in x Ibf 5 6N x m when tested according to AMCA 500D Dampers used for outdoor air and exhaust air shall meet ASHRAE 90 1 standards Provide factory mounted contact to indicate damper position status where monitoring is required Position indication shall be a UL rated component FIRE DAMPERS Manufacturers Air Balance Inc METALAIRE Inc Nailor Industries Inc Pottorff Ruskin Company Vent Products Company Inc Or OV ON Fire dampers shall be labeled according to UL 555 Fire Rating 1 or 3 hours refer to wall fire rating Frame Curtain type with blades outside airstream fabricated with roll formed 0 034 inch 0 85 mm thick galvanized steel with mitered and interlocking corners Mounting Sleeve Factory or field installed galvanized sheet steel 1 Minimum Thickness 0 052 or 0 138 inch 1 3 or 3 5 mm thick as indicated and of length to suit application 2 Exceptions Omit sleeve where damper frame width permits direct attachment of perimeter mounting angles on each side of wall or floor and thickness of damper frame complies with sleeve requirements Mounting Orientation Vertical or horizontal as indicated Blades Roll formed interlocking 0 034 inch 0 85 mm thick galvanized sheet steel In place
465. r mixing and reducing D Paint Materials Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45 degrees F and maximum of 90 degrees F in ventilated area and as required by manufacturer s instructions 1 9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside temperature ranges reguired by paint product manufacturer C Do not apply exterior coatings during rain or snow when relative humidity is outside humidity ranges or moisture content of surfaces exceed those required by paint product manufacturer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 2 F 06 006 Minimum Application Temperatures for Latex Paints 45 degrees F for interiors 50 degrees F for exterior unless reguired otherwise by manufacturer s instructions Minimum Application Temperature for Varnish Finishes 65 degrees F for interior or exterior unless reguired otherwise by manufacturer s instructions Provide lighting level of 80 ft candle measured mid height at substrate surface 1 10 SEQUENCING A B Section 01100 Summary Work sequence Sequence application to the following 1 Do not apply finish coats until paintable sealant is applied 2 Back prime wood trim before installation of trim PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 PAINTS AND COATINGS A Manufacturers Paint Transparent Finishes Stain Primer Sealers and Block Fillers Sherwin Williams
466. r natural ground portion to a depth of 12 inch and compact it as specified for the adjacent fill 3 5 2 Frozen Material Do not place material on surfaces that are muddy frozen or contain frost Finish compaction by sheepsfoot rollers pneumatic tired rollers steel wheeled rollers or other approved equipment well suited to the soil being compacted Moisten material as necessary to plus or minus 2 percent of optimum moisture 3 6 UTILIZATION OF EXCAVATED MATERIALS Dispose unsatisfactory materials removing from excavations into designated waste disposal or spoil areas Use satisfactory material removed from excavations insofar as practicable in the construction of fills embankments subgrades shoulders bedding as backfill and for similar purposes Do not waste any satisfactory excavated material without specific written authorization Dispose of satisfactory material authorized to be wasted in designated areas approved for surplus material storage or designated waste areas as directed Clear and grub newly designated waste areas on Government controlled land before disposal of waste material thereon Stockpile and use coarse rock from excavations for constructing slopes or embankments adjacent to streams or sides and bottoms of channels and for protecting against erosion Do not dispose excavated material to obstruct the flow of any stream endanger a partly finished structure impair the efficiency or appearance of any structure or be d
467. r paint contains lead exceeding the levels stated in the Consumer Safety Standard mercury or mildewcide the wash water shall be collected and disposed of as HT waste Street Pavement Cleaning Water used for this activity shall be minimized and sediment basin shall be used to contain wastewater At completion of construction the silt shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations and water from the basin shall be pumped to a sanitary sewer with written approval from the COR 3 5 VEHICLE AND EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT Vehicle and Equipment Cleaning Washing shall be performed off site at a commercial washing facility that has an oil water separator as pre treatment prior to sanitary sewer connection If washing must occur on site the wash area shall have written approval from the COR Vehicle and Equipment Fueling Fueling shall be off site If fueling must occur on site a written approval shall be obtained from COR If fueling is allowed by the COR it shall be ata designated area at least 50 feet away from drainage courses Fueling operations shall avoid topping of fuel tank avoid mobile fueling of mobile construction equipment Fueling locations shall use secondary containment i e a liquid tight berm and a impermeable liner have a stockpile of cleanup material and absorbent material for immediate clean up of minor spills or other spill protection measures A permit shall be obtained from state or local regulatory a
468. r the fill and onto both sides and bottom of beams Lap edges of film at least six inches Seal with waterproof tape all joints and cuts in the film such as where pipes extend through the film Keep pockets below film to a minimum as approved by Engineer After reinforcing steel and other items have been installed and immediately prior to placing concrete repair all tears and punctures with waterproof tapes 3 4 CONVEYING AND PLACING A Structural Concrete 1 Keep a record open to inspection of Architect on the site of the time and date of placing concrete in each portion of the structure 2 Carry on concreting once started as a continuous operation until the section of approved size and shape is completed Make pour cut offs of approved detail and location 3 Handle concrete as rapidly as practicable from mixer to place of deposit by methods which prevent separation or loss of materials Deposit as nearly as practicable in final position to avoid rehandling or flowing Do not drop concrete freely where reinforcing bars will cause segregation nor drop freely more than six feet Deposit to maintain a plastic surface approximately horizontal In placing thin sections of considerable heights use openings in forms elephant trunks tremies or other approved devices which permit concrete to be placed ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Cast In Place Concrete Building 210 03300 5 06 006 without segregation or accumulation of
469. ral Description Factory fabricated with required hardware and accessories Stiffen damper blades for stability Include locking device to hold single blade dampers in a fixed position without vibration Close duct penetrations for damper components to seal duct consistent with pressure class 1 Pressure Classes of 3 Inch wg 750 Pa or Higher End bearings or other seals for ducts with axles full length of damper blades and bearings at both ends of operating shaft C Standard Volume Dampers Multiple or single blade parallel or opposed blade design as indicated standard leakage rating with linkage outside airstream and suitable for horizontal or vertical applications 1 Steel Frames Hat shaped galvanized sheet steel channels minimum of 0 064 inch 1 62 mm thick with mitered and welded corners frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts 2 Roll Formed Steel Blades 0 064 inch 1 62 mm thick galvanized sheet steel 3 Aluminum Frames Hat shaped 0 10 inch 2 5 mm thick aluminum sheet channels frames with flanges where indicated for attaching to walls and flangeless frames where indicated for installing in ducts ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 3 ODG Engineering Inc 4 Roll Formed Aluminum Blades 0 10 inch 2 5 mm thick aluminum sheet 5 Extruded Aluminum Blades 0 050 inch 1 2 mm thick extruded aluminum
470. raming members and slabs or decks with compressible joint filler with joint as indicated on drawings E Joint Reinforcement And Anchorage Single Wythe Masonry 1 Install horizontal joint reinforcement 16 inches oc 2 Place masonry joint reinforcement in first and second horizontal joints above and below openings Extend minimum 16 inches each side of opening 3 Place joint reinforcement continuous in first and second joint below top of walls 4 Lap joint reinforcement ends minimum 6 inches 5 Reinforce joint corners and intersections with strap anchors 16 inches oc F Lintels 1 Install reinforced unit masonry lintels over openings where steel lintels are not scheduled or indicated 2 Do not splice reinforcing bars 3 Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement 4 Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing 5 Allow masonry lintels to attain specified strength before removing temporary supports 6 Maintain minimum 8 inch bearing on each side of opening G Grouted Components 1 Reinforce bond beam as indicated on drawings 2 Lap splices 24 bar diameters 3 Support and secure reinforcing bars from displacement 4 Place and consolidate grout fill without displacing reinforcing 5 Fill masonry cores with grout for minimum 12 inches both sides of opening H Control And Expansion Joints 1 Do not continue horizontal joint reinforcement through control and expansion joints 2 I
471. rature as indicated in the Lighting Fixture Schedule a Minimum Color Rendering Index CRI of 85CRI b Provide 10 000 operating hour lamp replacement warranty on lamps to owner C Minimum initial lamp lumen output for each lamp type shall be 1 3000 lumens for 4 F032T8XP 2 1400 lumens for 2 F017T8XP 3 2250 lumens for 3 F025T8XP 4 3870 lumens for 5 F040T8XP 5 6200 lumens for 8 F096T8XP 6 2900 lumens for 2 U Bent 6 leg spaced FB032XP 7 2800 lumens for 2 U Bent 1 5 8 leg spaced FB031 XP d Average rated life at 3 hours per start on electronic ballast shall be 1 24 000 hours for 4 T8 2 24 000 hours for 2 3 and 5 T8 3 24 000 hours for U Bent T8 4 18 000 hours for 8 T8 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 6 ODG Engineering Inc E 2 9 Twin tube T5 compact fluorescent lamps Coordinate T5 diameter lamp with electronic ballasts equipped with shutdown circuit Average rated life at 3 hours per start on electronic ballasts shall be 20 000 hours c Provide 10 000 operating hour lamp replacement warranty on lamps to owner including dimming applications Correlated color temperature as indicated in the Lighting Fixture Schedule e Minimum color rendering index 82CRI Minimum initial lamp lumen output for each 2G11 base lamp shall be op 2 ia 3150 lumens for 22 6 FT40W 2G11 4800 lumens for 21 1 FT55W 2G11 2900 lumens for 16 6 FT36W 2G11 1800 lumens
472. red inside Protect flanges fittings and piping specialties from moisture and dirt Store plastic pipes protected from direct sunlight Support to prevent sagging and bending SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building components Arrange for pipe spaces chases slots and openings in building structure during progress of construction to allow for mechanical installations Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in poured in place concrete and other structural components as they are constructed ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 4 ODG Engineering Inc D Seguence coordinate and integrate installations of mechanical materials and eguipment for efficient flow of the Work Coordinate installation of large eguipment reguiring positioning before closing in building E Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and ser vices Comply with reguirements of governing regulations franchised service companies and controlling agencies F Coordinate reguirements for access panels and doors if mechanical items reguiring access are concealed behind finished surfaces Access panels and doors are specified in Division 8 G Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering and painting if devices are applied to surfaces Install identif
473. rform installation in accordance with ASTM C1193 B Perform acoustical sealant application work in accordance with ASTM C919 C Measure joint dimensions and size joint backers to achieve width to depth ratio neck dimension and surface bond area as recommended by manufacturer except where specific dimensions are indicated D Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used E Install sealant free of air pockets foreign embedded matter ridges and sags F Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges G Tool joints concave 3 4 CLEANING A Section 01700 Execution Reguirements Final cleaning B Clean adjacent soiled surfaces 3 5 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Protecting installed construction B Protect sealants until cured END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Joint Sealers Building 210 07900 4 06 006 SECTION 08114 STANDARD STEEL DOORS PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A B Section includes non rated thermally insulated steel doors Related Sections Section 08115 Standard Steel Frames Section 08212 Flush Wood Doors Section 08710 Door Hardware Section 08800 Glazing Glass for doors Section 09900 Paints and Coatings Field painting of doors gre O 1 2 REFERENCES A American National Standards Institute 1 ANSI A250 8 R
474. rmit valve servicing K Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections L Install couplings according to manufacturer s written instructions M Install pipe escutcheons for pipe penetrations of concrete and masonry walls wall board partitions and suspended ceilings according to the following T Chrome Plated Piping Cast brass one piece with set screw and polished chrome plated finish Use split casting escutcheons if required for existing piping 2 Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons Cast brass or stamped steel with set screw 3 Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas Cast iron floor plates 4 Insulated Piping Cast brass or stamped steel with concealed hinge spring clips and chrome plated finish 5 Piping in Utility Areas Cast brass or stamped steel with set screw or spring clips N Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls and concrete floor and roof slabs 1 Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces a Exception Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches 50 mm above finished floor level Extend cast iron sleeve fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring if ring is specified 2 Build sleeves into new walls and slabs as work progresses 3 Install sleeves large enough to provide 1 4 inch 6 4 mm annular clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation Use the foll
475. roved software vendors for the ESC Study are Easy Power and SKM Systems Analysis Inc DAPPER ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 7 ODG Engineering Inc 6 Coordination with Eguipment The Contractor and ESC Study engineer shall coordinate all protec tive devices and eguipment ratings provided under all Divisions of the work to ensure proper elec trical system ratings are achieved 7 Eguipment Adjustments Values of interrupting ratings and withstand ratings indicated in the Pro ject Documents are minimum values and shall not be reduced However the Contractor shall in crease the Short Circuit Ratings of equipment to match the ESC Study requirements 8 Submittal The ESC Study shall be submitted with the Switchgear Submittal package As Built conditions shall be incorporated in the Record Drawings PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SUPPORTING DEVICES A Material Cold formed steel with corrosion resistant coating acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction B Metal Items for Use Outdoors or in Damp Locations Hot dip galvanized steel C Slotted Steel Channel Supports Flange edges turned toward web and 9 16 inch 14 mm diameter slot ted holes at a maximum of 2 inches 50 mm on centers in webs 1 Channel Thickness Selected to suit structural loading 2 Fittings and Accessories Products of the same manufacturer as channel supports D Raceway and Cable Supports Manufactured clevis
476. rovided under all Divisions of the work to ensure proper electrical system coordina tion is achieve 6 Equipment Adjustments The Contractor shall add additional protection options if the supplied equipment characteristics do not conform to system EPDC Study 7 Submittal The EPDC shall be submitted with the Switchgear Submittal package As Built condi tions shall be incorporated in the Record Drawings 1 23 ELECTRICAL SHORT CIRCUIT STUDY A The Division 16 Contractor shall provide the Electrical Short Circuit Study ESC Study with short circuit in terrupting and withstand ratings for equipment Short circuit interrupting and withstand ratings are also re ferred to as the short circuit ratings withstand ratings bus bracings equipment bracings AIC KAIC or similar terms in the Project Documents B General Requirements for ESC Study The ESC Study shall follow ANSI IEEE NEMA NETA NFPA and UL standards requirements procedures and professional engineering practice The ESC Study shall be performed and certified by an Electrical Professional Engineer licensed as an individual and as profes sional firm in the State jurisdiction of the project location Each submittal of the ESC Study shall be signed and sealed in accordance with the regulations and rules of the State Board of Professional Engineering or similar named authority C Electrical Short Circuit Study The ESC Study shall be performed using software provided by an approved ve
477. rs and grilles 1 3 SUBMITTALS A Product Data For each product indicated include the following 1 Data Sheet Indicate materials of construction finish and mounting details and performance data including throw and drop static pressure drop ADPI and noise ratings 2 Diffuser Register and Grille Schedule Indicate Drawing designation room location quantity model number size and accessories furnished B Coordination Drawings Plans drawn to scale on which other equipment are shown and coordinated with each other based on input from installers of the items involved PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS A Manufacturers 1 Price 2 Titus 3 Krueger B Material Refer to schedule C Finish Refer to schedule ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Diffusers Registers And Grilles Building 210 15855 1 ODG Engineering Inc 2 2 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL Verification of Performance Rate diffusers registers and grilles according to ASHRAE 70 Method of Testing for Rating the Performance of Air Outlets and Inlets NFPA Compliance All diffusers meet NFPA 90A 1 Flame spread rating of 25 or less and smoke developed rating of 50 or less as tested by ASTM E84 or ASTM 1187 PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 3 3 EXAMINATION Examine areas where diffusers registers and grilles are to be installed for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of equipment
478. rtion of the site within 21 days from when activities ceased e g the total time period that construction activity is temporarily ceased is less than 21 days then stabilization practices do not have to be initiated on that portion of the site by the fourteenth day after construction activity temporarily ceased 1 4 2 Structural Practices Structural practices shall be implemented to divert flows from exposed soils temporarily store flows or otherwise limit runoff and the discharge of pollutants from exposed areas of the site Structural practices shall be implemented in a timely manner during the construction process to minimize erosion and sediment runoff Structural practices shall include the following devices ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 2 1421 Silt Fences The Contractor shall provide silt fences as a temporary structural practice to minimize erosion and sediment runoff Silt fences shall be properly installed to effectively retain sediment immediately after completing each phase of work where erosion would occur in the form of sheet and rill erosion e g excavation embankment and grading Silt fences shall be installed as required Final removal of silt fence barriers shall be upon approval by the Contracting Officer 1 4 2 2 Straw Bale Dike Straw Bale Dike is used for perimeter control and around unpaved perimeter of curb and surface inlet new manhole and trenched
479. s 4 Republic Builders Products 5 Steelcraft 6 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements B Product Description 1 Exterior Doors Insulated SDI 108 1 3 4 inch thick a Level 3 Extra heavy Duty Model 2 seamless design 2 2 COMPONENTS A Face Steel sheet in accordance with SDI 108 B End Closure Channel 0 04 inches thick flush Thermal Insulated Door Total insulation R Value of 7 measured in accordance with ASTM C1363 C Top and Bottom Caps 16 gauge flush fully sealed with Bondo and ground smooth seamless design 2 3 ACCESSORIES A Astragals for Double Doors Steel shaped specifically for double doors B Primer ANSI A250 10 rust inhibitive type 2 4 FABRICATION A Fabricate doors with hardware reinforcement welded in place B Attach astragal to one inactive leaf of pairs of doors C Attach fire rating label to each fire rated door 2 5 SHOP FINISHING A Steel Sheet Galvanized to ASTM A653 A653M A60 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Doors Building 210 08114 3 06 006 B Primer Baked PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Reguirements Verification of existing conditions before starting work B Verify opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable 3 2 INSTALLATION A Install doors in accordance with ANSI A250 8 B Install door louvers plumb and level C Coordinate installation of glass and glazing specified in Section 08800 D Coordinate installatio
480. s 12 gauge with continuous welded or seamed connection Anchor to walls with 1 4 x 1 4 x 2 tabs placed at top and bottom ends on either side and at mid point in between when boots exceed 72 in length Wall tabs shall be anchored to existing masonry walls with 1 4 expansion sleeve bolts Boots shall be 8 0 maximum length and include all required bends changes in direction and other accompaniments as may be required by the work A welded in place internal kick shall be provided at the bottom of each boot 6 Splash Pans Manufacturer per Drawings Spot weld water diverters to base pan Hem all exposed edges Prefinished metals shall be 24 gauge and be fastened or installed in the manner listed below Prefinished metals shall be Bethlehem Steel Corporation Galvalume or galvanized steel treated primed and prefinished under precision conditions Exposed finish shall be Kynar 500 Fluorocarbon coating Bottom or unexposed side shall be Manufacturer s standard primer coat Use for all metals indicated on the Drawings and shown hereafter to be exposed to view and not designated for other metal types All Kynar 500 finished metal is subject to receiving a twenty 20 year finish warranty Fasteners for these metals must be hot dipped galvanized or stainless steel as applicable All metal shall be delivered to the site with a factory applied protective plastic film which shall be removed immediately upon installation The color for prefinished metal s
481. s 120 volts duplex grounding type equal to Leviton 16362 or 16362 IG as required SWITCHES Snap switches shall be flush tumbler rated at 20A 120 277 volts unless specifically shown to be controlled in some other fashion 12 Switches shall be SPST 3 way 4 way as indicated equal to Leviton 1221 2 1223 2 or 1224 2 as required 2 Switches with pilot lights shall be SPST Double Throw or 3 way as indicated equal to Leviton 1221 PLR 1222 PLR or 1223 PLR as required 3 Switches with locking type features shall be SPST 3 way or 4 way as indicated equal to Leviton 1221 2L 1223 2L or 1224 2L as required 2 4 WALL BOX DIMMER SWITCHES ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Wiring Devices Building 210 16140 2 ODG Engineering Inc 2 5 Dimmer Switches shall be modular full wave solid state units with integral guiet on off switches and au dible and electromagnetic noise filters 1 Control shall be continuously adjustable slide Single pole or three way switch to suit connections 2 Incandescent Lamp Dimmers shall be modular 120 V 60 Hz single pole with electromagnetic filter to eliminate noise RF and TV interference equal to Lutron Nova T series and meet UL 20 3 Fluorescent Lamp Dimmers shall be modular compatible with dimmer ballast trim potentiometer to adjust low end dimming dimmer ballast combination capable of consistent dimming to a maximum of 1 percent of full brightness Fluorescent Lamp Dimmers shall
482. s Removable type of same profiles as jambs C Transom Bars for Glazed Lights Fixed type of same profiles as jamb and head D Fabricate frames with hardware reinforcement plates welded in place Provide mortar guard boxes E Reinforce frames wider than 48 inches with roll formed steel channels fitted tightly into frame head flush with top F Prepare frames for silencers Provide three single silencers for single doors and mullions of double doors on strike side Provide two single silencers on frame head at double doors without mullions G Attach fire rated label to each fire rated frame H Fabricate frames to suit masonry wall coursing with 4 inch head member ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Frames Building 210 08115 3 06 006 2 4 SHOP FINISHING A Steel Sheet Zinc Coated ASTM A591 Zinc coated on exterior frames ASTM A 366 commercial quality on interior frames PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 EXAMINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Verify opening sizes and tolerances are acceptable 3 2 INSTALLATION A Install frames in accordance with ANSI A250 8 B Coordinate with masonry gypsum board and concrete wall construction for anchor placement C Coordinate installation of glass and glazing specified in Section 08800 D Coordinate installation of frames with installation of hardware specified in Section 08710 and doors in Section 08114 E Install r
483. s and Information Criteria for Air Force Facilities Building Telecommunications Cabling System 16710 2 ODG Engineering Inc 1 3 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 16402 INTERIOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM apply to this section with additions and modifications specified herein 1 4 DEFINITIONS A Unless otherwise specified or indicated electrical and electronics terms used in this specification shall be as defined in EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 EIA TIA EIA 569 A EIA TIA EIA 606 A and IEEE Std 100 and herein B Telecommunications Room TR 1 An enclosed space for housing telecommunications equipment cable terminations and cross connects The room is the recognized cross connect between the backbone cable and the horizontal cabling C Open Cable 1 Cabling that is not run in a raceway as defined by NFPA 70 This refers to cabling that is open to the space in which the cable has been installed and is therefore exposed to the environmental conditions associated with that space D Pathway 1 A physical infrastructure utilized for the placement and routing of telecommunications cable 1 5 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A The building telecommunications cabling and pathway system shall include permanently installed backbone and horizontal cabling horizontal pathways telecommunications outlet assemblies conduit raceway and hardware for terminating cabling necessary to transport telephone and data including LAN
484. s detailed in EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 and ETL 02 12 Screw terminals shall not be used except where specifically indicated on plans Use an approved insulation displacement connection IDC tool kit for copper cable terminations Do not untwist Category 6 UTP cables more than one half inch from the point of termination to maintain cable geometry Provide service loop on each end of the cable 10 ft in the telecommunications room and 12 inches in the work area outlet Do not exceed manufacturers cable pull tensions for copper and optical fiber cables Provide a device to monitor cable pull tensions Do not exceed 25 pounds pull tension for four pair copper cables Do not chafe or damage outer jacket materials Use only lubricants approved by cable manufacturer Do not over cinch cables or crush cables with staples For UTP cable bend radii shall not be less than four times the cable diameter Cables shall be terminated no cable shall contain unterminated elements Cables shall not be spliced Label cabling in accordance with paragraph LABELING in this section 311 1 Open Cable Use only where specifically indicated on plans for use in cable trays or below raised floors Install in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 and EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 Do not exceed cable pull tensions recommended by the manufacturer Copper cable not in a wireway or pathway shall be suspended a minimum of 8 inches above c
485. s identifying detrimental agents 3 Part 3 Project documents and certificates including the following Shop drawings and product data Air and water balance reports Certificates Originals of warranties Pp 200p Ap Op 1 10 MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES A For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner submit documents within ten days after acceptance Submit one copy of completed volumes 15 days prior to final inspection Draft copy be reviewed and returned after final inspection with Contracting Officer s comments Revise content of document sets as required prior to final submission ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Execution Requirements Building 210 01700 5 06 006 Submit two sets of revised final volumes in final form within 10 days after final inspection Building Products Applied Materials and Finishes Include product data with catalog number size composition and color and texture designations Include information for re ordering custom manufactured products Instructions for Care and Maintenance Include manufacturer s recommendations for cleaning agents and methods precautions against detrimental agents and methods and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products Include product data listing applicable reference standards chemical composition and details of installation Include
486. s included in project SD 06 Test Reports Field Quality Control Reports SD 07 Certificates Environmental Regulatory Requirements For Government s records submit copies of permits licenses certifications inspection reports releases jurisdictional settlements notices receipts for fee payments judgments correspondence records and similar documents established for compliance with environmental regulations bearing on performance of the work SD 08 Manufacturer s Instructions Material Safety Data Sheets SD 11 Closeout Submittals Training Program Submit two copies of instructional program outline for demonstration and training including a schedule of dates times length of instruction instructors names learning objective and teaching outline for each training module At completion of training submit one complete training manual s for Government s use and a list of participants with each participant s results of performance based test for each training module For Government s records submit Contractor 40 CFR employee training records upon request of the Contracting Officer Protection of Natural Resources ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 3 1 5 CONTRACTOR S ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGER Designate an on site Environmental Manager responsible for overseeing the environmental goals for the project and implementing procedures for environmental protection 1 51 Duties The Environmental Manager s
487. s oc Install telephone and electrical panel back boards with plywood material where reguired Size back boards 12 inches beyond size of electrical and telephone panel 3 4 SCHEDULES A Wood Blocking S P F species 19 percent maximum moisture content pressure preservative treatment B Misc Wood Blocking S P F species 19 percent maximum moisture content pressure preservative treatment END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Rough Carpentry Building 210 06100 3 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Rough Carpentry Building 210 06100 4 06 006 SECTION 06200 FINISH CARPENTRY PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes finish carpentry items as indicated or implied on the Drawings other than shop fabricated Work with hardware and attachment accessories Related Sections 1 Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Grounds and support framing 2 Section 08212 Flush Wood Doors 3 Section 09900 Paints and Coatings Painting and finishing of finish carpentry items 1 2 REFERENCES A American National Standards Institute 1 ANSI A135 4 Basic Hardboard 2 ANSI A156 9 Cabinet Hardware 3 ANSI A208 1 Mat Formed Wood Particleboard B APA The Engineered Wood Association 1 APA EWA PS 1 Voluntary Product Standard for Construction and Industrial Plywood C ASTM International 1 ASTM E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials D Architectural Woodwork
488. s of the specifications to establish requirements for the work These references are identified in each section by document number date and title The document number used in the citation is the number assigned by the standards producing organization e g ASTM B 564 Nickel Alloy Forgings However when the standards producing organization has not assigned a number to a document an identifying number has been assigned for reference purposes B ORDERING INFORMATION The addresses of the standards publishing organizations whose documents are referenced in other sections of these specifications are listed below and if the source of the publications is different from the address of the sponsoring organization that information is also provided Documents listed in the specifications with numbers which were not assigned by the standards producing organization should be ordered from the source by title rather than by number The designations AOK and LOK are for administrative purposes and should not be used when ordering publications ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 4 06 006 ACI INTERNATIONAL ACI P O Box 9094 Farmington Hills MI 48333 9094 Ph 248 848 3700 Fax 248 848 3701 Internet http www aci int org AOK 4 02 LOK 4 02 AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE ARI 4301 North Fairfax Dr Suite 425 ATTN Pubs Dept Arlington VA 22203 Ph 703 524 8800 Fax 703 528 3816 E mai
489. s or more frequently if required by the instrument manufacturer 1 6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A Partial Owner Occupancy The Owner may occupy completed areas of the building before Substantial Completion Cooperate with the Owner during testing adjusting and balancing operations to minimize conflicts with the Owner s operations 1 7 COORDINATION A Coordinate the efforts of factory authorized service representatives for systems and equipment HVAC controls installers and other mechanics to operate HVAC systems and equipment to support and assist testing adjusting and balancing activities B Notice Provide 7 days advance notice for each test Include scheduled test dates and times C Perform testing adjusting and balancing after leakage and pressure tests on air and water distribution systems have been satisfactorily completed 1 8 WARRANTY A General Warranty The national project performance guarantee specified in this Article shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other provisions of the Contract Documents and shall be in addition to and run concurrent with other warranties made by the Contractor under requirements of the Contract Documents B Special Guarantee Provide a guarantee on AABC forms stating that AABC will assist in completing the requirements of the Contract Documents if the testing adjusting and balancing Agent fails to comply with the Contract Documents Guarantee includes the fo
490. scribed in ASTM D 3017 check the calibration of both the density and moisture gauges at the beginning of a job on each different type of material encountered and at intervals as directed by the Contracting Officer When test results indicate as determined by the Contracting Officer that compaction is not as specified remove the material replace and recompact to meet specification requirements Perform tests on recompacted areas to determine conformance with specification requirements Appoint a registered professional civil engineer to certify inspections and test results These certifications shall state that the tests and observations were performed by or under the direct supervision of the engineer and that the results are representative of the materials or conditions being certified by the tests The following number of tests if performed at the appropriate time will be the minimum acceptable for each type operation 3 14 1 Moisture Contents In the stockpile excavation or borrow areas perform a minimum of two tests per day per type of material or source of material being placed during stable weather conditions During unstable weather perform tests as dictated by local conditions and approved by the Contracting Officer 3 14 2 Optimum Moisture and Laboratory Maximum Density Perform tests for each type material or source of material including borrow material to determine the optimum moisture and laboratory maximum density values One repre
491. sentative test per cubic meters yards of fill and backfill or when any change in material occurs which may affect the optimum moisture content or laboratory maximum density 3 14 3 Tolerance Tests for Subgrades Perform continuous checks on the degree of finish specified in paragraph SUBGRADE PREPARATION during construction of the subgrades 3 15 DISPOSITION OF SURPLUS MATERIAL ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 13 06 006 Provide surplus material or other soil material not required or suitable for filling or backfilling and brush refuse stumps roots and NED timber as removed from Government property as directed by the Contracting Officer End of Section ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Earthwork Building 210 02300 14 06 006 SECTION 02921 SEEDING 10 06 TABLE OF CONTENTS PART 1 GENERAL 11 REFERENCES 1 2 DEFINITIONS 1 21 Stand of Turf RELATED REQUIREMENTS SUBMITTALS DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 151 Delivery 151 1 Seed Protection 151 2 Fertilizer Gypsum Sulfur lron and Lime Delivery 1 5 2 Storage 1521 Seed Fertilizer Gypsum Sulfur Iron and Lime Storage 1 5 2 2 Topsoil 1 5 2 3 Handling 1 6 TIME RESTRICTIONS AND PLANTING CONDITIONS 1 61 Restrictions 1 7 TIME LIMITATIONS 171 Seed _ _t h ol RK PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 SEED 2 1 1 Classification 2 1 2 Planting Dates 21 3 Seed Purity 2 1 4 Seed Mixture by Weight 2 2 TOPSOIL 2 21 On Site T
492. sh Include two finish coats over galvanized metal primer 3 Interior Ferrous Supports Use semigloss acrylic enamel finish Include finish coat over enamel undercoat and primer 4 Exterior Ferrous Piping Use semigloss acrylic enamel finish Include two finish coats over rust inhibitive metal primer 5 Exterior Galvanized Steel Piping Use semigloss acrylic enamel finish Include two finish coats over galvanized metal primer 6 Exterior Ferrous Supports Use semigloss acrylic enamel finish Include two finish coats over rust inhibitive metal primer ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Mechanical Materials And Methods Building 210 15050 16 ODG Engineering Inc 3 4 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 Do not paint piping specialties with factory applied finish Damage and Touchup Repair marred and damaged factory painted finishes with materials and proce dures to match original factory finish CONCRETE BASES Construct concrete bases of dimensions indicated but not less than 4 inches 100 mm larger in both di rections than supported unit Follow supported equipment manufacturer s setting templates for anchor bolt and tie locations Use 3000 psig 20 7 MPa 28 day compressive strength concrete and reinforcement as specified in Division 3 ERECTION OF METAL SUPPORTS AND ANCHORAGE Cut fit and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location alignment and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials and
493. sh coat fine sand float texture with selected color in accordance with PCA Portland Cement Plaster Stucco Manual Avoid excessive working of surface Delay troweling as long as possible to avoid drawing excess fines to surface Moist cure finish coat for minimum period of 48 hours 3 5 ERECTION TOLERANCES A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Tolerances B Maximum Variation from Flat Surface 1 8 inch in 10 feet 3 6 ADJUSTING A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Testing adjusting and balancing B Remove damaged or defective plaster by cutting and replace with specified materials to match adjacent plaster END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Portland Cement Plaster Building 210 09220 5 06 006 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Portland Cement Plaster Building 210 09220 6 06 006 SECTION 09260 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 SUMMARY A Section includes metal channel ceiling framing gypsum board and joint treatment and textured finish Related Sections Section 06100 Rough Carpentry Wood blocking Section 08115 Standard Steel Frames Section 09111 Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Section 09111 Non Load Bearing Metal Framing System Section 09220 Portland Cement Plaster Section 09900 Painting PDALONA 1 2 REFERENCES A ASTM International 1 ASTM C36 Standard Specification for Gypsum Wallboard 2 ASTM C475 Standard Specification for Joint C
494. signations with corresponding designations in the Contract Documents or with those required by codes and standards Use consistent designations throughout Project 3 Seguence of Work If identification is applied to surfaces that reguire finish install identification af ter completing finish work 4 Self Adhesive Identification Products Clean surfaces before applying 5 Painted Identifications Install painted identification according to manufacturer s written instructions and as follows a Clean surfaces of dust loose material and oily films before painting b Prime surfaces using type of primer specified for surface Cc Apply one intermediate and one finish coat of enamel Circuits over 600 Volts Identify raceway and cable with DANGER HIGH VOLTAGE in black letters 2 inches 51 mm high stenciled with paint at 10 foot 3 m intervals over a continuous painted orange background Identify the following 1 Provide orange color adhesive vinyl labels to identify electrical power lightning and control con duits Place label at load source and at intermediate points at 50 intervals Label should describe type of service such as voltage power lighting control etc 2 Paint fire alarm boxes red 3 Paint Emergency System wiring boxes yellow ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Electrical Identification Building 210 16075 3 ODG Engineering Inc C Systems Identification Provide Color Banding of Raceways and Exposed Cables o
495. signed and constructed to stand without lateral support or shoring and are determined to be in stable condition must remain standing without additional bracing shoring or lateral support until demolished or deconstructed unless directed otherwise by the Contracting Officer Ensure that no elements determined to be unstable are left unsupported and place and secure bracing shoring or lateral supports as may be required as a result of any cutting removal deconstruction or demolition work performed under this contract 1 6 9 Protection of Personnel Before during and after the demolition work the Contractor shall continuously evaluate the condition of the structure being demolished and take immediate action to protect all personnel working in and around the project site No area section or component of floors roofs walls columns pilasters or other structural element will be allowed to be left standing without sufficient bracing shoring or lateral support to prevent collapse or failure while workmen remove debris or perform other work in the immediate area 1 7 BURNING The use of burning at the project site for the disposal of refuse and debris will not be permitted 1 8 RELOCATIONS Perform the removal and reinstallation of relocated items as indicated with workmen skilled in the trades involved Items to be relocated which are damaged by the Contractor shall be repaired or replaced with new undamaged items as approved by the Contract
496. since previous submission Distribute copies of reviewed submittals as appropriate Instruct parties to promptly report inability to comply with requirements Submittals not requested may not be recognized or processed 1 3 SUBMITTAL REGISTER A At the end of this section is a submittal register showing items of equipment and materials for which submittals are required by the specifications this list may not be all inclusive and additional submittals my be required The Government will provide the initial submittal register in electronic format Thereafter the Contractor shall maintain a complete list of all submittals including completion of all data columns Dates on which submittals are received and returned by the Government will be included in its export file to the Contractor The Contractor shall track all submittals 1 4 PRODUCT DATA A Product Data Submit to Contracting Officer for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents Mark each copy to identify applicable products models options and other data Supplement manufacturers standard data to provide information specific to this Project Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics utility connection requirements and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances After review produce copies and distribute in accordance with SUBM
497. spection with memorandum of remedies of deficiencies reported by inspection B The independent firm will perform tests inspections and other services specified in individual specification sections and as reguired by Owner 1 Laboratory Authorized to operate in the State of Texas 2 Laboratory Staff Maintain full time registered Engineer on staff to review services 3 Testing Eguipment Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to National Bureau of Standards or accepted values of natural physical constants C Testing inspections and source quality control may occur on or off project site Perform off site testing as required by Owner D Reports will be submitted by independent firm to the Contracting Officer and Contractor in accordance with Section 01330 Submittal Procedures indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non compliance with Contract Documents ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Quality Requirements Building 210 01400 28 06 006 E Cooperate with independent firm furnish samples of materials design mix equipment tools storage safe access and assistance by incidental labor as requested 1 Notify Contracting Officer and independent firm 24 hours prior to expected time for operations requiring services 2 Make arrangements with independent firm and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor s use F Testing and employment of testi
498. ss shall be limited to one or a combination of the following Gas metal arc flux cored arc electroslag or electrogas Connections shall be made to conform to the AISC Specification for Structural Steel Buildings Holes shall be cut drilled or punched at right angles to the surface of the metal and shall not be made or enlarged by burning Holes in base or bearing plates shall be drilled Holes shall be provided in members to permit connecting the work of other trades Holes shall be clean cut without torn or ragged edges Outside burrs resulting from drilling or reaming operations shall be removed with a tool making a 1 16 inch bevel Column bottoms shall be milled and welded to bases Shop Painting 1 Shop paint all steelwork except contact surfaces which are to be welded high strength bolted or riveted Coat all joints and crevices thoroughly Paint any surfaces concealed or inaccessible after assembly prior to assembly 2 Steelwork to be painted shall receive the following shop paint system a Surface Preparation Remove all mill scale rust dirt grease and other harmful materials prior to coating and prepare surface per SSPC SP3 Power Tool Cleaning ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Structural Steel Building 210 05120 3 06 006 b Visual Standard of Cleanness SSPC Visual Pictorial Standards B St3 C St3 and D St3 C Pre treatment None required d Paint Application SSPC PA 1 as soon as possible after cleaning
499. ssed on grounding conductor Moisture Protection If insulated grounding conductors are connected to ground rods or grounding buses insulate entire area of connection and seal against moisture penetration of insulation and cable FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Testing Engage a qualified testing agency as herein specified to perform the field quality control testing of the grounding systems as herein specified Testing Perform the following field quality control testing 1 After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuitry has been energized test for compliance with the Project requirements 2 Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground resistance level is specified at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal and at ground test wells Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after the last trace of precipitation and without the soil being moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural ground resistance Perform tests by the fall of potential method and two point method both according to IEEE 81 3 Perform ground continuity tests between the main ground system and equipment frames the sys tem neutral and derived neutral points This test shall be made passing a minimum or 10 amp DC current between the ground reference system and the ground point to be tested Voltage drop shall
500. stallations Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of trades involved Repair and refinish disturbed finish materials and other surfaces to match adjacent undisturbed surfaces Install new fireproofing where existing firestopping has been disturbed Repair and refinish materials and other surfaces by skilled mechanics of trades involved FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect installed components for damage or faulty work and repair or replace as necessary The following minimum items shall be inspected Raceways and junction boxes Building wire and connectors Supporting devices for electrical components Concrete bases Electrical demolition Cutting and patching for electrical construction Refinishing and touchup painting Firestopping and fireproofing material Safety guards 10 Equipment identification 11 Grounding and lightning protection systems 12 Lighting and lighting control system 13 Electrical distribution equipment DO OO OT CON ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Basic Electrical Materials and Methods Building 210 16050 12 ODG Engineering Inc 3 10 REFINISHING AND TOUCHUP PAINTING A Refinish and Touch Up Paint Paint materials and application requirements shall be as specified in Divi sion 9 of these specifications 1 Clean damaged and disturbed areas and apply primer intermediate and finish coats to suit the degree of damage at each location 2 Follow paint manufacturer s written instructions for surface pre
501. stallations with bar joist construction to attach to top flange of structural shape 3 Side Beam or Channel Clamps MSS standards For attaching to bottom flange of beams chan nels or angles Center Beam Clamps MSS standards For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams Welded Beam Attachments MSS standards For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are con siderable and rod sizes are large 6 C Clamps MSS standards For structural shapes ou ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Hangers And Supports Building 210 15060 4 ODG Engineering Inc 7 Top Beam Clamps MSS standards For top of beams if hanger rod is reguired tangent to flange edge 8 Side Beam Clamps MSS standards For bottom of steel I beams 9 Steel Beam Clamps with Eye Nuts MSS standards For attaching to bottom of steel I beams for heavy loads 10 Linked Steel Clamps with Eye Nuts MSS standards For attaching to bottom of steel I beams for heavy loads with link extensions 11 Malleable Beam Clamps with Extension Pieces MSS standards For attaching to structural steel 12 Welded Steel Brackets For support of pipes from below or for suspending from above by using clip and rod Use one of the following for indicated loads a Light MSS standards 750 Ib 340 kg b Medium MSS standards 1500 Ib 675 kg Cc Heavy MSS standards 3000 Ib 1350 kg 13 Side Beam Brackets MSS standards For sides of steel or wooden beams 14 Plate Lugs
502. t or damage Bonding Straps and Jumpers Install so vibration by eguipment mounted on vibration isolation hangers and supports is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment Use exothermic welded connectors for outdoor locations unless a disconnect type connection is required then use a bolted clamp Bond straps directly to the basic structure taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts Install straps only in locations ac cessible for maintenance Metal Domestic Water Service Pipe Provide insulated copper grounding conductors in conduit from building s main service equipment or grounding bus to main metal water service entrances to building Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes by grounding clamp connectors Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed connect grounding conductor to street side of fitting Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end Water Meter Piping Use braided type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters Connect to pipe with grounding clamp connectors Gas Piping Where applicable bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system upstream from equipment shutoff valve Test Wells Install one test well for each service at the ground rod electrically closest to the service en trance and at the main grounding electrode Set top of well flush with finished grade or floor UFER Ground Concrete Encased Grounding Electrode Fabricate ac
503. t and No 8 AWG conductors for 20 Amp 277 Volt branch circuit homeruns longer than 300 feet Unless noted otherwise branch circuit wiring may be combined into a single raceway in accordance with the NEC provided the conductors are properly derated All neutral conductors shall be considered current carrying conductors The maximum number of circuits that can be combined into a single raceway is six 6 Telecommunications Cable Support Installation shall be installed in open top and closed ring cable sup ports on 4 ftto 5 ft centers to adeguately support and distribute the cable s weight These types of sup ports shall be used to support a maximum of 50 0 25 in diameter cables Install suspended cables with at least 3 in of clear vertical space above the ceiling tiles and support channels T bars Open top and closed ring cable supports shall be suspended from or attached to the structural ceiling or walls with hard ware or other installation aids specifically designed to support their weight CONNECTIONS No splicing or joints will be permitted in branch circuits except at outlets or accessible junction boxes Service and feeders shall run their entire length without joints or splices In the making of a splice connectors shall be brought up securely upon the conductors in such a way that all conductors are egually engaged the insulation is not ruptured and no bare wires are exposed or have backed off due to the application of pressure
504. t disconnect switches feeder and branch circuit protection and motor disconnect switches SUBMITTALS Product Data For each product specified including disconnect switches enclosed circuit breakers fuses and accessories QUALITY ASSURANCE Source Limitations Obtain disconnect switches and enclosed circuit breakers from one source and by a single manufacturer Listing and Labeling Provide products specified in this Section that are listed and labeled The Terms Listed and Labeled shall be as defined in the NFPA 70 Article 100 by a testing agency acceptable to the authorities having jurisdiction and marked for the intended use Standards Comply with applicable NEMA and UL Standards COORDINATION Coordinate layout and installation of safety switches enclosed circuit breakers and components with other construction that penetrates walls or is supported by them including electrical and other types of equip ment raceways piping and encumbrances to workspace clearance requirements PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide disconnect switches and fuses by one of the following 1 Fusible Switches a Eaton Corp Cutler Hammer Products ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Safety Switches Fuses And Enclosed Circuit Breakers Building 210 16475 1 ODG Engineering Inc b General Electric Co Electrical Distribution and Control Division C Siemens Energy amp
505. tals shop drawing submittals schedules and all other project documentation shall be promptly furnished to the CQC organization by the Contractor The CQC organization shall be responsible to maintain these documents and records at the site at all times except as otherwise acceptable to the Contracting Officer 1 3 2 CQC System Manager The Contractor shall identify as CQC System Manager an individual within the onsite work organization who shall be responsible for overall management of CQC and have the authority to act in all CQC matters for the Contractor The CQC System Manager shall be a construction person with a minimum of 5 years in related work This CQC System Manager shall be on the site at all times during construction and shall be employed by the prime Contractor The CQC System Manager shall be assigned as System Manager but may have duties as project superintendent in addition to quality control An alternate for the CQC System Manager shall be identified in the plan to serve in the event of the System Manager s absence The requirements for the alternate shall be the same as for the designated CQC System Manager 1 3 2 Organizational Changes The Contractor shall maintain the CQC staff at full strength at all times When it is necessary to make changes to the CQC staff the Contractor shall revise the CQC Plan to reflect the changes and submit the changes to the Contracting Officer for acceptance 1 4 QUALITY CONTROL AND CONTROL
506. tection from the weather humidity and temperature variation dirt dust and any other contaminants PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 Circuit Connections Circuit conductors entering or leaving the panel shall be connected to screw type terminals with each conductor and terminal marked for identification 2 2 Addressable Initiating Device Circuits Module The initiating device being monitored shall be configured as a Style D Style BJ initiating device circuits The system shell be capable of defining any module as an alarm module and report alarm trouble loss of polling or as a supervisory module and reporting supervisory short supervisory open or loss of polling The module shall be UL listed as compatible with the control panel The monitor module shall provide address setting means compatible with the control panel s SLC supervision and store an internal identifying code Monitor module shall contain an integral LED that flashes each time the monitor module is polled Pull stations with a monitor module in a common backbox are not required to have an LED 2 3 STORAGE BATTERIES Storage batteries shall be provided and shall be 24 Vdc sealed lead calcium type requiring no additional water The batteries shall have ample capacity with primary power disconnected to operate the fire alarm system for a period of 72 hours Following this period of battery operation the batteries shall have ample capacity to operate all components of the system including
507. tem accepted by Architect and or Engineer B Chairs Bolsters Bar Supports Spacers Sized and shaped for strength and support of reinforcing during construction conditions FABRICATION A Fabricate concrete reinforcing in accordance with ACI 315 providing concrete cover specified in Section 03300 B Locate reinforcing splices not indicated on drawings at points of minimum stress Indicate splice locations on shop drawings PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 PLACEMENT A Place reinforcing supported and secured against displacement Do not deviate from true alignment B Before placing concrete insure reinforcing is clean free of loose scale dirt and other foreign coatings which would reduce bond to concrete END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Concrete Reinforcement Building 210 03200 2 PART 1 GENERAL 06 006 SECTION 03300 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 1 1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Cast in place concrete for foundations structures sidewalks curbs and miscellaneous cast in place concrete as shown on the drawings 1 2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A B Division 2 Division 3 1 3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A Reference Standards Comply with all applicable federal state and local codes and safety regulations Portland Cement Association standards Texas Ready Mixed Concrete Association standards Texas Aggregates Association standards and others referred to herein Tests and Submittals in accordance with
508. ter opening maximum and wire diameter of 20 gauge minimum Sediment at 1 3 height of the berm or dam shall be removed 1 4 2 6 New and Existing Inlet Protection Device Silt fence shall be used to prevent sediment from entering new curb and surface inlets at the paved areas and at existing surface or curb inlet downstream from the disturbed site ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Storm Water Pollution Prevention Measures Building 210 01356A 3 PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 COMPONENTS FOR SILT FENCES 211 Filter Fabric The geotextile shall comply with the reguirements of ASTM D 4439 and shall consist of polymeric filaments which are formed into a stable network such that filaments retain their relative positions The filament shall consist of a long chain synthetic polymer composed of at least 85 percent by weight of ester propylene or amide and shall contain stabilizers and or inhibitors added to the base plastic to make the filaments resistance to deterioration due to ultraviolet and heat exposure Synthetic filter fabric shall contain ultraviolet ray inhibitors and stabilizers to provide a minimum of six months of expected usable construction life ata temperature range of 0 to 120 degrees F The filter fabric shall meet the following requirements FILTER FABRIC FOR SILT SCREEN FENCE PHYSICAL PROPERTY TEST PROCEDURE STRENGTH REQUIREMENT Grab Tensile ASTM D 4632 100 Ibs min Elongation 30 max Trapezoid Tear ASTM D 4533 55 Ibs min Permitt
509. ters Laboratories Inc 1 UL 263 Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials 2 UL 723 Tests for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials 3 UL 1479 Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops 4 UL Fire Resistance Directory Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed 1 WH Certification Listings 1 3 DEFINITIONS A Firestopping Through Penetration Protection System Sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between and penetrations through building materials to arrest movement of fire smoke heat and hot gases through fire rated construction ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Firestopping Building 210 07840 1 06 006 14 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A C Firestopping Materials ASTM E814 UL 1479 and UL 2079 to achieve fire ratings as noted on Drawings for adjacent construction but not less than 1 hour fire rating 1 Ratings may be 3 hours for firestopping in through penetrations of 4 hour fire rated assemblies unless otherwise reguired by applicable codes Surface Burning ASTM E84 and UL 723 with maximum flame spread smoke developed rating of 25 450 Firestop interruptions to fire rated assemblies materials and components 1 5 SUBMITTALS A B Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures Product Data Submit data on product characteristics performance and limitation criteria Schedule Submit schedule of opening locations and sizes
510. th of conduit drop from ceiling or wall surface exceeds 900 mm 3 feet sway bracing shall be provided Detectors installed in concealed locations above ceiling raised floors etc shall have a remote visible indicator LED LCD 3 1 5 Notification Appliances Notification appliances shall be mounted 2003 mm 80 inches above the finished floor or 150 mm 6 inches below the ceiling whichever is lower ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Detection And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 7 ODG Engineering Inc 3 1 6 Annunciator Equipment Annunciator equipment shall be mounted where indicated on the drawings 3 1 7 Addressable Initiating Device Circuits Module The initiating device circuits module shall be used to connect supervised conventional initiating devices water flow switches water pressure switches manual fire alarm stations high low air pressure switches and tamper switches The module shall mount in an electrical box adjacent to or connected to the device it is monitoring and shall be capable of Style B supervised wiring to the initiating device In order to maintain proper supervision there shall be no T taps allowed on style B lines Addressable initiating device circuits modules shall monitor only one initiating device each Contacts in suppression systems and other fire protection subsystems shall be connected to the fire alarm system to perform supervisory and alarm functions 3 1 8 Addressable Control Module Address
511. the NFPA 72 Certificate of Completion 3 5 2 Acceptance Test Acceptance testing shall not be performed until the Contractor has completed and submitted the Certificate of Completion Testing shall be in accordance with NFPA 72 The recommended tests in NFPA 72 shall be considered mandatory and shall verify that previous deficiencies have been corrected The Contractor shall complete and submit the NFPA 72 Inspection and Testing Form The test shall include all requirements of NFPA 72 and the following a Test of each function of the control panel b Test of each circuit in both trouble and normal modes c Tests of each alarm initiating devices in both normal and trouble conditions d Tests of each control circuit and device e Tests of each alarm notification appliance f Tests of the battery charger and batteries g Complete operational tests under emergency power supply h Visual inspection of wiring connections i Opening the circuit at each alarm initiating device and notification appliance to test the wiring supervisory feature j Ground fault k Short circuit faults Stray voltage m Loop resistance 3 6 TRAINING Training course shall be provided for the operations and maintenance staff The course shall be conducted in the building where the system is installed or as designated by the Contracting Officer The training period for systems operation shall consist of 1 training day and shall start after the system is functionally c
512. the requirements specified for topsoil in paragraph entitled Composition When available topsoil shall be existing surface soil stripped and stockpiled on site in accordance with Section 31 00 OOEARTHWORK 2 2 2 Off Site Topsoil Conform to requirements specified in paragraph entitled Composition Additional topsoil shall be furnished by the Contractor 2 2 3 Composition Containing from 5 to 10 percent organic matter as determined by the topsoil composition tests of the Organic Carbon 6A Chemical Analysis Method described in DOA SSIR 42 Maximum particle size 3 4 inch with maximum 3 percent retained on 1 4 inch screen The pH shall be tested in accordance with ASTM D 4972 Topsoil shall be free of sticks stones roots and other debris and objectionable materials Other components shall conform to the following limits Silt 25 50percent Clay 4 to 12 percent Sand 20 35percent pH 5 5 to 7 0 Soluble Salts 600Jppm maximum 2 3 SOIL CONDITIONERS Deleted 2 4 FERTILIZER 241 Granular Fertilizer Granular controlled release fertilizer containing the following minimum percentages by weight of plant food nutrients L TBP percent available nitrogen L TBP percent available phosphorus L TBP percent available potassium L TBP percent sulfur LL Ipercent iron 2 5 MULCH Mulch shall be free from noxious weeds mold and other deleterious materials 2 51 Straw Stalks from oats wheat rye barley or rice Furnish in air dry
513. ther sections Furnish temporary bracing during installation of masonry work Maintain in place until building structure provides permanent support 3 3 INSTALLATION A Establish lines levels and coursing indicated Protect from displacement B Maintain masonry courses to uniform dimension Form bed and head joints of uniform thickness C Coursing of Concrete Masonry Units 1 Bond Running 2 Coursing One unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches 3 Mortar Joints Concave D Placing And Bonding 1 Lay hollow masonry units with face shell bedding on head and bed joints 2 Buttering corners of joints or excessive furrowing of mortar joints are not permitted 3 Remove excess mortar as work progresses 4 Interlock external corners 5 Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has achieved initial set Where adjustment is required remove mortar and replace 6 Perform job site cutting of masonry units with proper tools to assure straight clean unchipped edges Prevent broken masonry unit corners or edges 7 Cut mortar joints flush where wall tile is scheduled resilient base is scheduled cavity insulation adhesive is applied or bitumen dampproofing is applied 8 Isolate masonry from vertical structural framing members with movement joint as indicated on Drawings ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Unit Masonry Assemblies Building 210 04810 4 9 06 006 Isolate top of masonry from horizontal structural f
514. therwise shown All pipe openings shall be kept closed during construction until the systems are completed with final connec tion H The construction details of the building are illustrated on the Architectural and Structural Drawings For new construction place all inserts to accommodate the ultimate installation of pipe hangers in the forms before concrete is poured and set sleeves in forms before construction For existing construction all re quired inserts shall be drilled in and all openings required through concrete or masonry shall be saw cut or core drilled with tools specifically designed for this purpose l The mechanical plans do not give exact details as to elevations of lines exact locations etc and do not show all the offsets control lines pilot lines and other location details Carefully lay out work at the site to conform to the Architectural and Structural conditions to provide proper grading of lines to avoid all ob structions to conform to the details of installation supplied by the manufacturers of the equipment to be in stalled and thereby to provide an integrated satisfactory operation installation J The Mechanical Drawings do not give exact locations of outlets fixtures equipment items etc The exact location of each item shall be determined by reference to the general plans and to all detail drawings equipment drawings roughing in drawings etc by measurements at the building and in cooperation wit
515. tical fiber system An insulation displacement tool shall be used for terminating copper cable to insulation displacement connectors 31 31 Connector Blocks Connector blocks shall be wall mounted in orderly rows and columns Adequate vertical and horizontal wire routing ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building Telecommunications Cabling System Building 210 16710 9 ODG Engineering Inc areas shall be provided between groups of blocks Install in accordance with industry standard wire routing guides in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 569 A 31 4 Electrical Penetrations Seal openings around electrical penetrations through fire resistance rated wall partitions floors or ceilings as specified in Section 07840 FIRESTOPPING 3 2 LABELING 321 Labels Provide labeling in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A Handwritten labeling is unacceptable Stenciled lettering for voice and data circuits shall be provided using laser printer 3 2 2 Cable Cables shall be labeled using color labels on both ends with identifiers in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A 3 2 3 Termination Hardware Workstation outlets and patch panel connections shall be labeled using color coded labels with identifiers in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 606 A 3 3 TESTING 3 31 Telecommunications Cabling Testing Perform telecommunications cabling inspection verification and performance tests in accordance with ETL 02 12 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 1 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 2 EIA TIA EIA 568
516. ties with continuous thermal and vapor retarder integrity unless otherwise indicated ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 4 ODG Engineering Inc 3 4 Hangers and Anchors Where vapor retarder is indicated seal penetrations in insulation at hangers supports anchors and other projections with vapor retarder mastic Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments Insulation Terminations For insulation application where vapor retarders are indicated seal ends with a compound recommended by the insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor retarder Apply insulation with integral jackets as follows 1 Pull jacket tight and smooth 2 Joints and Seams Cover with tape and vapor retarder as recommended by insulation material manufacturer to maintain vapor seal 3 Vapor Retarder Mastics Where vapor retarders are indicated apply mastic on seams and joints and at ends adjacent to duct flanges and fittings Cut insulation according to manufacturer s written instructions to prevent compressing insulation to less than its nominal thickness Install vapor retarder mastic on ducts and plenums scheduled to receive vapor retarders 1 Ducts with Vapor Retarders Overlap insulation facing at seams and seal with vapor retarder mastic and pressure sensitive tape having same facing as insulation Repair punctures tears and penetrations with tape or mastic to maintain vapor r
517. ties serving occupied or used facilities except when authorized in writing by the Contracting Officer Do not interrupt existing utilities serving facilities occupied and used by the Government except when approved in writing and then only after temporary utility ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Demolition Building 210 02220 7 06 006 services have been approved and provided Do not begin demolition or deconstruction work until all utility disconnections have been made Shut off and cap utilities for future use as indicated 3 1 1 2 Disconnecting Existing Utilities Remove existing utilities as indicated uncovered by work and terminate in a manner conforming to the nationally recognized code covering the specific utility and approved by the Contracting Officer When utility lines are encountered that are not indicated on the drawings the Contracting Officer shall be notified prior to further work in that area Remove meters and related equipment and deliver to a location on the station in accordance with instructions of the Contracting Officer 3 1 2 Chain Link Fencing Remove chain link fencing gates and other related salvaged items scheduled for removal and transport to designated areas Remove gates as whole units Cut chain link fabric to 17 m 25 foot lengths and store in rolls off the ground 3 1 3 Paving and Slabs Remove sawcut concrete and asphaltic concrete paving and slabs including aggregate base as indicated to
518. tion Work includes removal of existing metal flashings with replacement of the existing metal where indicated so as to integrate into the new roof system B Sheet metal includes prefinished Kynar 500 metals galvanized metals fasteners and associated accessories C All sheet metal work shall be covered under the warranty designated in Section 07510 1 02 RELATED DOCUMENTS Uniform General Conditions Supplementary General Conditions Forms Specification Section found in Division 1 through Division 16 and all Drawings apply to Work specified in this Section 1 03 RELATED SECTIONS A Section 07613 Manufactured Sheet Metal Roofing 1 04 SUBMITTALS A Submit under provisions of Section 01300 B Shop drawings shall be required as part of the work Shop drawings shall conform to the following requirements 1 Shop drawings shall be professionally produced in Autocad 2007 format and submitted in CD format and printed form 2 Shop drawings shall include roof plans indicating locations of all sheet metal components 3 Shop drawings shall be produced to a recognized scale Roof plans shall be produced at 1 8 per foot scale Details shall be produced at 3 per foot scale 4 The Architect s drawings may not be reproduced or used in any manner except for general guidance for the shop drawing requirement 5 Shop drawing details shall identify all components including type and gauge of metals method of jointing each type of fast
519. tion And Alarm System Addressable Building 210 16720 2 ODG Engineering Inc shall document readings test results and indicate the final position of controls The Contractor shall include the NFPA 72 Certificate of Completion and NFPA 72 Inspection and Testing Form with the appropriate test reports SD 07 Certificates Equipment Certified copies of current approvals or listings issued by an independent test lab if not listed by UL FM or other nationally recognized testing laboratory showing compliance with specified NFPA standards Qualifications Proof of qualifications for required personnel The installer shall submit proof of experience for the Professional Engineer fire alarm technician and the installing company SD 10 Operation and Maintenance Data Operating and Maintenance Instructions G Six copies of operating manual outlining step by step procedures required for system startup operation and shutdown The manual shall include the manufacturer s name model number service manual parts list and complete description of equipment and their basic operating features Six copies of maintenance manual listing routine maintenance procedures possible breakdowns and repairs and troubleshooting guide The manuals shall include conduit layout equipment layout and simplified wiring and control diagrams of the system as installed The manuals shall include complete procedures for system revision and expansio
520. tion Association 1 NFPA 80 Standard for Fire Doors Fire Windows 2 NFPA 101 Life Safety Code 3 NFPA 252 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies D ADA American with Disabilities Act Title III Public Accommodations E U B C 7 2 97 and UL 10C F State and Local Codes including Authority Having Jurisdiction G Underwriters Laboratories Inc 1 UL 10B Fire Tests of Door Assemblies 2 UL 305 Panic Hardware 3 UL Building Materials Directory H Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed 1 WH Certification Listings 1 3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A Fire Rated Openings Provide door hardware listed by UL or Intertek Testing Services Warnock Hersey Listed or other testing laboratory approved by applicable authorities 1 Hardware Tested in accordance with NFPA 252 1 4 SUBMITTALS A Section 01330 Submittal Procedures Submittal procedures ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Door Hardware Building 210 08710 2 06 006 B Schedule to be in vertical format listing each door opening including handing of opening all hardware scheduled for opening or otherwise reguired to allow for proper function of door opening as intended and finish of hardware At doors with door closers or door controls include degree of door opening C Shop Drawings 1 Indicate locations and mounting heights of each type of hardware schedules catalog cuts electrical characteristics and connection requirements
521. tion Seeding Building 210 02921 3 06 006 SD 07 Certificates State certification and approval for seed SD 08 Manufacturer s Instructions Erosion Control Materials 1 5 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING 151 Delivery 1 5 1 1 Seed Protection Protect from drying out and from contamination during delivery on site storage and handling 1 5 1 2 Fertilizer Delivery Deliver to the site in original unopened containers bearing manufacturer s chemical analysis name trade name trademark and indication of conformance to state and federal laws Instead of containers fertilizermay be furnished in bulk with certificate indicating the above information 1 5 2 Storage 1 5 2 1 Seed and Fertilizer Storage Store in cool dry locations away from contaminants 1 5 2 2 Topsoil Prior to stockpiling topsoil treat growing vegetation with application of appropriate specified non selective herbicide Clear and grub existing vegetation three to four weeks prior to stockpiling topsoil 1 5 2 3 Handling Do not drop or dump materials from vehicles 1 6 TIME RESTRICTIONS AND PLANTING CONDITIONS 1 6 1 Restrictions Do not plant when the ground is frozen muddy or when air temperature exceeds 32 degrees Celsius 90 degrees Fahrenheit 1 7 TIME LIMITATIONS 1 71 Seed Apply seed within twenty four hours after seed bed preparation ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Seeding Building 210 02921 4 06 006 PART 2 PRODUCTS 21 SEED 211 Classification Provide State
522. tion markings and devices coordinate installation of these items before ceiling installation Underground electrical service entrance conduits and underground main electrical feeders shall be identi fied by a continuous plastic tape 12 inches 300 mm below grade in line with the trench Tape shall be yellow or red with black letters CAUTION ELECTRIC LINE BELOW SERVICES Scope of Work Furnish all materials and equipment and perform all labor and services necessary to com plete the installation of the new electrical service and the installation of underground communication ser vice conduit to the building as indicated by the drawings and as specified herein Electrical Service Electrical service equipment shall be of the characteristics size and capacity indicated by the drawings The service shall be continuous without splice from the power company connections to the main switchgear and shall be as specified under Division 16 sections specifying raceways and conduc tors Primary electrical service shall include the service raceways and fittings required by the power com pany Equipment Pads Concrete pads required for the electrical service shall be provided unless provided by the Power Company The contractor shall obtain the required information from the Power Company as to the construction of the concrete pad s Current Transformer Cabinets Comply with requirements of electrical power utility company Meter Sockets Comply wit
523. tiple damper assembly F Damper Hardware Zinc plated die cast core with dial and handle made of 3 32 inch 2 4 mm thick zinc plated steel and a 3 4 inch 19 mm hexagon locking nut Include center hole to suit damper operating rod size Include elevated platform for insulated duct mounting 2 5 MOTORIZED CONTROL DAMPERS A Manufacturers Air Balance Inc American Warming and Ventilating Duro Dyne Corp Greenheck McGill AirFlow Corporation METALAIRE Inc Nailor Industries Inc Pottorff Ruskin Company 0 Vent Products Company Inc 20 00 AN OOT iGo B General Description AMCA rated opposed blade design minimum of 0 1084 inch 2 8 mm thick galvanized steel frames with holes for duct mounting minimum of 0 0635 inch 1 61 mm thick galvanized steel damper blades with maximum blade width of 8 inches 203 mm 1 Secure blades to 1 2 inch 13 mm diameter zinc plated axles using zinc plated hardware with nylon blade bearings blade linkage hardware of zinc plated steel and brass ends sealed against spring stainless steel blade bearings and thrust bearings at each end of every blade 2 Operating Temperature Range From minus 40 to plus 200 deg F minus 40 to plus 93 deg C ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Accessories Building 210 15820 4 ODG Engineering Inc 2 6 2 7 3 Provide closed cell neoprene edging opposed blade design with inflatable seal blade edging or replaceable rubber seals rated fo
524. torage area to determine specific requirements Material Use and Inventory The common on site materials are pesticides and herbicides fertilizers detergents concrete material petroleum based products fertilizers tar asphalt steel reinforcing bars other hazardous chemicals such as acid lime solvents curing compounds sealants paints glues fertilizers steel reinforcing bars etc The Contractor and subcontractor shall use less hazardous alternate or environmental friendly material The Contractor shall have 1 a list of construction materials used on site 2 a list of materials and associated potential pollutants and 3 method of storage and containment in the Contractor operation specific SWPPP The Material Safety Data Sheet for each construction material on site shall be in the Contractor s field and operation activity specific SWPPP and will be available on request by regulator agency visitors safety officers or COR Spill Prevention and Control The Contractor and subcontractor shall store HT material in covered containers and inside a fenced area have temporary fuel storage tank bermed or contained to meet applicable Fire Code place readily accessible spill clean up materials have protocol for stop work immediately notification clean up labeling storage and packaging transportation disposal record keeping closure activities and provide training to workers and subcontractor for response to spills 3 4 WASTE
525. tors Use liquidtight flexible conduit in wet or damp loca tions Install separate ground conductor across flexible connections X Do not install aluminum conduits embedded in or in contact with concrete Y Provide expansion joints assembly to accommodate the structural expansion joints as defined on the Ar chitect s and Structural Engineer s drawings ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Raceways And Boxes Building 210 16110 7 ODG Engineering Inc Z Surface raceways shall have installed a separate green ground conductor in raceways from junction box supplying the raceways to receptacle or fixture ground terminals Select each surface raceway outlet box to which a lighting fixture is attached of sufficient diameter to provide a seat for the fixture canopy Pro vide surface metal raceway outlet box and the backplate and canopy at the feed in location of each fluo rescent lighting fixture having end stem suspension AA Set floor boxes level and adjust to finished floor surface BB Install hinged cover enclosures and cabinets plumb and properly support at each corner CC The installation of metallic conduits shall result in the conduit being used as an equipment grounding con ductor in accordance with Article 250 of the latest edition of the National Electrical Code 3 4 PROTECTION A Provide final protection and maintain conditions in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure coatings finishes and cabinets are
526. ts at static pressures equal to maximum design pressure of system or section being tested If pressure classes are not indicated test entire system at maximum system design pres sure Do not pressurize systems above maximum design operating pressure Give seven days advance notice for testing 3 Maximum Allowable Leakage Comply with requirements for Leakage Class 3 for round Leakage Class 12 for rectangular ducts in pressure classes lower than and equal to 2 inch wg 500 Pa both positive and negative pressures and Leakage Class 6 for pressure classes from 2 to 10 inch wg 500 to 2500 Pa 4 Remake leaking joints and retest until leakage is equal to or less than maximum allowable 3 7 ADJUSTING A Refer to Division 15 Section Testing Adjusting and Balancing for detailed procedures 3 8 CLEANING A After completing system installation including outlet fittings and devices inspect the system Vacuum ducts before final acceptance to remove dust and debris END OF SECTION 15815 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Ducts Building 210 15815 8 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 15820 DUCT ACCESSORIES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section 1 2 SUMMARY A This Section includes the following Backdraft dampers Volume dampers Motorized control dampers Fire dam
527. ts containing asbestos b Products containing urea formaldehyde c Products containing polychlorinated biphenyls d Products containing chlorinated fluorocarbons e Solder or flux containing more than 0 2 percent lead and domestic water pipe or pipe fittings containing more than 8 percent lead f Paint containing more than 0 06 percent lead 2 1 2 Packaging Where Contractor has the option to provide one of the listed products or equal preference shall be given to products with minimal packaging and easily recyclable packaging and to manufacturers with policies that take back product packaging 21 21 Industrial Paperboard Minimum 45 percent post consumer recycled content in accordance with ASTM D 5663 2 1 2 2 Carrier Board Minimum 10 percent recycled content with a minimum of 10 percent post consumer recycled content in accordance with ASTM D 5663 2 1 2 3 Brown Papers Minimum 5 percent recycled content with a minimum of 5 percent post consumer recycled content in accordance with ASTM D 5663 21 3 Substitutions Notify the Contracting Officer when Contractor is aware of materials equipment or products that meet the aesthetic and programmatic intent of Contract Documents but which are more ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Environmental Management Building 210 01354 8 environmentally responsible than materials eguipment or products specified or indicated in the Contract Documents Submit the following for initial review by the
528. uct systems Insulation application may begin on segments of ducts that have satisfactory test results PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 2 2 MANUFACTURERS Manufacturers Subject to compliance with requirements provide products by one of the following 1 Mineral Fiber Insulation a CertainTeed Manson b Knauf FiberGlass GmbH Cc Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp d Schuller International Inc 2 Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation a Armstrong World Industries Inc b Rubatex Corp 3 Closed Cell Phenolic Foam Insulation a Kooltherm Insulation Products Ltd 4 Calcium Silicate Insulation a Owens Corning Fiberglas Corp b Pabco Cc Schuller International Inc INSULATION MATERIALS Mineral Fiber Board Thermal Insulation Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin Comply with applicable ASTM standards for Type IB without facing and with all service jacket manufactured from kraft paper reinforcing scrim aluminum foil and vinyl film ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Duct Insulation Building 210 15081 2 ODG Engineering Inc B Mineral Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation Glass fibers bonded with a thermosetting resin Comply with ASTM standards Type Il without facing and with all service jacket manufactured from kraft paper reinforcing scrim aluminum foil and vinyl film C Flexible Elastomeric Thermal Insulation Closed cell sponge or expanded rubber materials Comply with Applicable ASTM standards for T
529. uctions and NECA s Stan dard of Installation B Remove existing wires from raceway before pulling in new wires and cables C Before wire is pulled into conduit the conduit shall be thoroughly swabbed in such a manner as to remove all foreign material and to permit the wire to be pulled into a clean dry conduit D Minimum wire size for branch circuits shall be No 12 AWG Minimum wire size for control circuits shall be No 12 E Use manufacturer approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary Compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation Do not exceed manufacturer s recommended maximum pulling ten sions and sidewall pressure values F Use pulling means including fish tape cable rope and basket weave wire cable grips that will not damage cables or raceway G Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members and follow surface contours where possible H Unless larger sizes are indicated otherwise on the contract drawings provide No 10 AWG conductors for 20 Amp 120 Volt branch circuit homeruns longer than 60 feet and No 8 AWG conductors for 20 Amp 120 Volt branch circuit homeruns longer than 120 feet ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Conductors And Cables Building 210 16120 3 ODG Engineering Inc 3 4 Unless larger sizes are indicated otherwise on the contract drawings provide No 10 AWG conductors for 20 Amp 277 Volt branch circuit homeruns longer than 150 fee
530. ucts specified in this section with minimum three years documented experience 1 6 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A B C Section 01600 Product Requirements Product storage and handling requirements Accept frames on site in manufacturer s packaging Inspect for damage Break seal on site to permit ventilation 1 7 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions B Coordinate Work with frame opening construction door and hardware installation C Sequence installation to accommodate required door hardware electric wire connections ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Standard Steel Frames Building 210 08115 2 06 006 PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 STANDARD STEEL FRAMES A Manufacturers 1 Ceco Door Products 2 Kewanee Corp 3 Republic Builders Products 4 Steelcraft 5 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements Product Description Standard shop fabricated steel frames fire rated and non rated types 1 Exterior Frames 16 gage 0 053 inch thick material base metal thickness 2 Interior Frames 16 gage 0 053 inch thick material base metal thickness 2 2 ACCESSORIES A Bituminous Coating Non asbestos fibered asphalt emulsion Primer ANSI A250 10 rust inhibitive type Silencers Specified in Section 08710 Weatherstripping Specified in Section 08710 2 3 FABRICATION A Fabricate frames as welded unit B Mullions for Double Door
531. uipment duct work piping and conduit Paint shop primed equipment Remove unfinished louvers grilles covers and access panels on mechanical and electrical components and paint separately Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes conduit boxes insulated and exposed ducts hangers brackets collars and supports except where items are shop finished Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment Color code equipment piping conduit and exposed duct work in accordance with requirements indicated Reinstall electrical cover plates hardware light fixture trim escutcheons and fittings removed prior to finishing 3 5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A 01700 Execution Requirements Testing adjusting and balancing 3 6 CLEANING A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Final cleaning B Collect waste material which may constitute fire hazard place in closed metal containers and remove daily from site ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Paints And Coatings Building 210 09900 6 06 006 3 7 SCHEDULE EXTEROR SCHEDULE NEW CONSTRUCTION MDF PER COAT VOC g L A STUCCO 1 Primer One coat S W Loxon Acrylic Primer A24W300 3 2 130 2 Finish Two coats SherLastic Elastomeric Coating A5 100 12 0 96 B FERROUS METAL UNPRIMED 1 Primer One coat S W Kem Kromik Universal Metal Pri
532. uishers when ambient temperature are capable of freezing extinguisher ingredients PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS A Manufacturers 1 Potter Roemer 2 JL Industries 3 Larsen s Manufacturing Co 4 Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements Dry Chemical Type Model 3310 Multipurpose with pressure gage 10 pound capacity UL rating 4A 80BC 2 2 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS A Manufacturers 1 Potter Roemer 2 JL Industries 3 Larsen s Manufacturing Co B Substitutions Section 01600 Product Requirements C Metal Formed stainless sheet steel 304 D Configuration Semi recessed Model No 7062 A sized to accommodate accessories E Trim Type Returned to wall surface with 2 1 2 inch projection F Door 0 016 inch thick reinforced for flatness and rigidity lock with break glass access G Door Glazing Glass clear 1 8 inch thick tempered safety glass H Cabinet Mounting Hardware Appropriate to cabinet ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Fire Extinguishers And Cabinets Building 210 10523 2 06 006 Form cabinet enclosure with right angle inside corners and seams Form perimeter trim and door stiles Pre drill for anchors Hinge doors for 180 degree opening with continuous piano hinge Furnish roller type catch Weld fill and grind components smooth Glaze doors with resilient channel gasket glazing Finishing Cabinet Exterior Trim and Door Stainless Steel 304 with 4 f
533. um of 18 inches 450 mm o c 8 Apply insulation on rectangular duct elbows and transitions with a full insulation segment for each surface Apply insulation on round and flat oval duct elbows with individually mitered gores cut to fit the elbow 9 Insulate duct stiffeners hangers and flanges that protrude beyond the insulation surface with 6 inch 150 mm wide strips of the same material used to insulate duct Secure on alternating sides of stiffener hanger and flange with anchor pins spaced 6 inches 150 mm o c 10 Apply vapor retarder mastic to open joints breaks and punctures for insulation indicated to receive vapor retarder B Board Applications for Ducts and Plenums Secure board insulation with adhesive and anchor pins and speed washers 1 Apply adhesives according to manufacturer s recommended coverage rates per square foot for 100 percent coverage of duct and plenum surfaces 2 Apply adhesive to entire circumference of ducts and to all surfaces of fittings and transitions 3 Space anchor pins as follows a On duct sides with dimensions 18 inches 450 mm and smaller along longitudinal centerline of duct Space 3 inches 75 mm maximum from insulation end joints and 16 inches 400 mm o c b On duct sides with dimensions larger than 18 inches 450 mm Space 16 inches 400 mm o c each way and 3 inches 75 mm maximum from insulation joints Apply additional pins and clips to hold insulation tightly against surf
534. umb 1 4 inch per story non cumulative 1 2 inch in two stories or more Maximum Variation from Level Coursing 1 8 inch in 3 ft and 1 4 inch in 10 ft 1 2 inch in 30 ft Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness 1 8 inch in 3 ft Maximum Variation from Cross Sectional Thickness of Walls 1 4 inch 3 5 CLEANING A Section 01700 Execution Requirements Final cleaning B Remove excess mortar and mortar smears as work progresses C Replace defective mortar Match adjacent work D Clean soiled surfaces with cleaning solution E Use non metallic tools in cleaning operations END OF SECTION ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Unit Masonry Assemblies Building 210 04810 6 06 006 SECTION 05120 STRUCTURAL STEEL PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDED A Supply and install all Structural Steel work as indicated on the drawings and specified herein 1 2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A Section 05210 Steel Joists B Section 05310 Metal Deck C Section 05500 Metal Fabrications 1 3 REQUIREMENTS OF REGULATORY AGENCIES A Comply with federal and state codes and regulations for performance of the work of this Section including erection safety regulations 1 4 REFERENCE STANDARDS A Except where provision of these Specifications are more stringent work of this Section shall comply with all applicable provisions of the latest editions of the following standards When in conflict the more stringent requirements shall apply B AISC Spe
535. umented satisfactory experience 1 6 MOCKUP A Section 01400 Quality Requirements Mockup requirements 1 7 PRE INSTALLATION MEETINGS A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Pre installation meeting B Convene minimum two weeks prior to commencing any work of this section The meeting shall be combined with the Pre installation meeting requirements of Section 07110 and 08800 1 8 DELIVERY STORAGE AND HANDLING A Section 01600 Product Requirements Product storage and handling requirements 1 9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS A Section 01600 Product Requirements B Hot and Cold Weather Requirements TMS MSJC Specification ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Unit Masonry Assemblies Building 210 04810 2 06 006 1 10 COORDINATION A Section 01300 Administrative Requirements Coordination and project conditions Coordinate masonry work with precast architectural concrete units installation of window and door anchors PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 1 COMPONENTS A Hollow Non Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units CMU ASTM C129 Type Moisture Controlled light weight Hollow Load Bearing Concrete Masonry Units CMU ASTM C90 Type Moisture Controlled normal weight Concrete Masonry Unit Size and Shape Nominal modular size of 4 x 8 x 16 inches 8 x 8 x 16 inches Furnish special units for 90 degree corners bond beams lintels and bullnosed corners 2 2 ACCESSORIES A Single Wythe Joint Reinforcement Truss type col
536. und as indi cated and instructed by manufacturer Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufac turer s published torque tightening values Where manufacturer s torque values are not indicated use those specified in applicable UL Standards Identify each disconnect switch or enclosed circuit breaker according to requirements specified in other Di vision 16 Specification Sections Install fuses in fusible devices as indicated Arrange fuses so fuse ratings are readable without removing fuse Install typewritten labels on the inside door of each fused switch to indicate fuse replacement information including fuse classification ampacity and manufacturer s part number CLEANING After completing system installation including outlet fittings and devices inspect exposed finish Remove burrs dirt and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips scratches and abrasions ACCESSORIES Spare Fuses Furnish quantity equal to 20 percent of each fuse type and size installed but not less than 1 set of 3 of each type and size Cabinet Wall mounted 0 05 inch 1 27 mm thick steel unit with full length recessed piano hinged door with key coded cam lock and pull 1 Size Adeguate for orderly storage of spare fuses specified with 15 percent spare capacity mini mum 2 Finish Gray baked enamel 3 Identification Stencil legend SPARE FUSES in 1 1 2 inch 40 mm letters on door 4 Fuse Pullers For each
537. unications Cabling System Building 210 16710 1 ODG Engineering Inc EIA TIA EIA 604 3A EIA TIA EIA 606 A Standard 2000 FOCIS 3 Fiber Optic Connector Intermateability Standard Standard Type SC 2002 Administration Standard for the Telecommunications Infrastructure ANSI TIA EIA 606 2 INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS IEEE IEEE Std 100 2000 The authorative Dictionary of IEEE Standards Terms 3 INSULATED CABLE ENGINEERS ASSOCIATION ICEA ICEA S 83 596 ICEA S 90 661 2001 Fiber Optic Premises Distribution Cable 2002 Category 3 5 amp 5e Individually Unshielded Twisted Pair Indoor Cable for Use in General Purpose and LAN Communications Wiring Systems 4 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION NEMA NEMA WC 63 1 NEMA WC 66 2000 Twisted Pair Premise Voice and Data Communications Cables 2001 Category 6 and Category 7 100 Ohm Shielded and Unshielded Twisted Pairs 5 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION NFPA NFPA 70 2005 National Electrical Code 6 UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES UL UL 1863 UL 444 UL 514C UL 969 7 U S AIR FORCE USAF ETL 02 12 1 2 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Building 210 2004 Communication Circuit Accessories 2002 Rev thru Aug 2002 Communications Cables 1996 Rev thru Nov 2002 Nonmetallic Outlet Boxes Flush Device Boxes and Covers 1995 Rev thru Nov 2001 Marking and Labeling Systems Communication
538. unications general purpose CM or CMG communications plenum CMP or communications riser CMR rated cabling in accordance with NFPA 70 Type CMP and CMR may be substituted for type CM or CMG and type CMP may be substituted for type CMR in accordance with NFPA 70 2 2 1 2 Horizontal Optical Fiber Provide optical fiber horizontal cable in accordance with ETL 02 12 EIA TIA EIA 568 B 3 and EIA TIA EIA 492AAAA A multimode 62 5 125 um diameter 0 275 numerical aperture EIA TIA EIA 492AAAB multimode 50 125 um diameter 0 275 numerical aperture EIA TIA EIA 492CAAA single mode 8 125 um diameter 0 10 numerical aperture tight buffered fiber optic cables Cable shall be imprinted with manufacturer flammability rating and fiber count at regular intervals not to exceed 40 inches Provide nonconductive optical fiber general purpose cable OFN or OFNG nonconductive optical fiber riser cable OFNR or nonconductive optical fiber plenum cable OFNP in accordance with NFPA 70 Type OFNP or OFNR may be substituted for type OFN or OFNG and type OFNP may be substituted for type OFNR in accordance with NFPA 70 The cable jacket shall be of single jacket construction with color coding of cordage jacket fiber unit and group in accordance with EIA TIA EIA 598 B 2 3 TELECOMMUNICATION SPACES Provide connecting hardware and termination equipment in the telecommunications entrance facility and telecommunication equipment room to facilitate installation as show
539. upport Clips Fasten to fixtures and to ceiling grid members at or near each fixture corner Fixtures of Sizes Less Than Ceiling Grid Arrange as indicated on reflected ceiling plans or center in acoustical panel and support fixtures independently with at least two 3 4 inch 20 mm metal channels spanning and secured to ceiling tees or as required by the authority having jurisdiction C Suspended Fixture Support 1 Stem Mounted Single Unit Fixtures Suspend with twin stem hangers ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Interior Lighting Building 210 16510 7 ODG Engineering Inc 3 2 3 3 3 4 2 Continuous Rows Use tubing or stem for wiring at one point and tubing or rod for suspension for each unit length of fixture chassis including one at each end 3 Continuous Rows Suspend from cable installed according to fixture manufacturer s written instruc tions complete with escutcheons etc and details on Drawings 4 Grounding Continuous rows of light fixtures shall be provided with properly connected continuous ground system 5 Attachment All suspended fixtures shall be supported with proper connections to the building struc ture Fixture Start up 1 Fluorescent lamps shall be operated continuously for 24 hours after the fixtures have been ener gized 2 HID lamps shall be operated continuously for 100 hours after the fixtures have been energized FIELD QUALITY CONTROL Inspect each installed fixture for damage Repl
540. urbed by trenching storing of dirt cable laying and other ac tivities to their original condition Include application of topsoil fertilizer lime seed sod sprig and mulch Comply with Division 2 Section Landscaping Maintain restored surfaces Restore disturbed paving as indicated END OF SECTION 16060 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 7 ODG Engineering Inc ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Grounding And Bonding Building 210 16060 8 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16075 ELECTRICAL IDENTIFICATION PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to this Section 1 2 SUMMARY A This Section includes electrical identification materials and devices required to provide labeling and identi fication as specified herein and to comply with applicable ANSI and OSHA standards as follows Raceways and cables Equipment nameplates Underground lines warning tape Circuits over 600 volts Systems identification Circuit identification on boxes Conductors under 600 volts Power circuit identification Conductor identification 0 Warning and Instructional signs ONO PG TO B Color and legends used for identification in existing buildings shall match existing identification methods provided that they comply with current OSHA and ANSI Standards 1 3 SUBMITTALS A
541. urely fastened to sufficiently resist all dead load wind and erection stresses Remove temporary members and connections when permanent members are in place and final connections are made Erection Tolerances Individual pieces shall be erected so that the deviation from plumb level and alignment shall not exceed 1 in 500 3 3 FIELD ASSEMBLY A Structural steel frames shall be accurately assembled to the lines and elevations indicated within the specified erection tolerances B The various members forming parts of a complete frame or structure after being assembled shall be aligned and adjusted accurately before being fastened ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Structural Steel Building 210 05120 4 06 006 Bearing surfaces and surfaces that will be in permanent contact shall be cleaned before the members are assembled Splices shall be permitted only where indicated Erection bolts used in welded construction may be either tightened securely and left in place or removed and the holes filled with plug welds Driftpins may be used only to bring together the several parts and shall not be used in such manner as to distort or damage the metal Gas Cutting The use of a gas cutting torch in the field for correcting fabrication errors will not be permitted on any major member in the structural framing The use of a gas cutting torch will be permitted only on minor members when the member is not under stress and only after the appr
542. ve at least 12 inches 300 mm of slack at each end of the pull wire T Install telephone and signal system raceways in maximum lengths of 150 feet 45 m and with a maximum of two 90 degree bends or equivalent Separate lengths with pull or junction boxes where necessary to comply with these requirements U Install raceway sealing fittings according to manufacturer s written instructions Locate fittings at suitable approved and accessible locations and fill them with UL listed sealing compound For concealed race ways install each fitting in a flush steel box with a blank cover plate having a finish similar to that of adja cent plates or surfaces Install raceway sealing fittings where conduits pass from warm to cold locations such as the boundaries of refrigerated spaces V At stub up connections extend conduits through concrete floor for connection to freestanding equipment Install with an adjustable top or coupling threaded inside for plugs set flush with the finished floor Extend conductors to equipment with rigid steel conduit FMC may be used 6 inches 150 mm above the floor Install screwdriver operated threaded flush plugs flush with floor for future equipment connections W Use maximum of 6 feet 1830 mm of flexible conduit for connection to recessed and semi recessed light ing fixtures Use maximum of 2 feet of flexible conduit for connection to equipment subject to vibration noise transmission or movement and for all mo
543. ve the ground surface Filter fabric shall be from a continuous roll cut to the length of the barrier to avoid the use of joints When joints are unavoidable filter fabric shall be spliced together at a support post with a minimum 6 inch overlap and securely sealed A trench shall be excavated approximately 4 inches wide and 4 inches deep on the upslope side of the location of the silt fence The 4 inch by 4 inch trench shall be backfilled and the soil compacted over the filter fabric Silt fences shall be removed upon approval by the Contracting Officer 3 2 MAINTENANCE The Contractor shall maintain the permanent vegetation erosion and sediment control measures and other protective measures in good and effective operating condition by performing routine inspections to determine condition and effectiveness by restoration of destroyed vegetative cover and by repair of erosion and sediment control measures and other protective measures The following procedures shall be followed to maintain the protective measures 3 21 Silt Fence Maintenance Silt fences shall be inspected in accordance with paragraph INSPECTIONS Any required repairs shall be made promptly Close attention shall be paid to the repair of damaged silt fence resulting from end runs and undercutting Should the fabric on a silt fence decompose or become ineffective and the barrier is still necessary the fabric shall be replaced promptly Sediment deposits shall be removed when
544. vers and Globes 100 percent virgin acrylic plastic or annealed crystal glass unless otherwise indicated 1 Plastic High resistance to yellowing and other changes due to aging exposure to heat and ultra violet radiation 2 Lens Thickness 0 125 inch 3 mm minimum unless greater thickness is indicated G Air Handling Fixtures For use with plenum ceiling for air return and heat extraction 1 Air Movement Performance Requirements Certified according to ADC 2 Heat Removal Units An air path through lamp cavity 3 Static Fixtures Supply slots are blanked off and fixture appearance matches active units 2 3 FLUORESCENT LAMP BALLASTS A General Requirements Unless otherwise indicated features include the following 1 Designed for type and quantity of lamps indicated at full light output and lamp life 2 Total Harmonic Distortion Rating Less than 10 percent 3 Sound Rating A 4 Ballasts for lamps of T5 T4 or T2 diameter shall contain dynamic end of lamp life sensing cir cuitry 5 Coordinate lamp and ballast compatibility with manufacturers B Electronic Ballasts for Linear Lamps Unless otherwise indicated features include the following besides those in General Requirements Paragraph above 10 11 12 13 Certified Ballast Manufacturer Certification Indicated by label Encapsulation Without voids in potting compound Parallel Lamp Circuits Multiple lamp ballasts connected to maintain full light
545. ves 4 1 2 by 6 inches 115 by 150 mm for eguipment 8 Multiple Systems Identify individual system number and service if multiple systems of same name are indicated PART 3 EXECUTION 3 1 3 2 LABELING AND IDENTIFYING PIPING SYSTEMS Install pipe markers on each system Include arrows showing normal direction of flow Marker Type Plastic markers with application systems Install on pipe insulation segment where reguired for hot noninsulated pipes Fasten markers on pipes and insulated pipes smaller than 6 inches 150 mm OD by the following method 1 Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe or to insulation Fasten markers on pipes and insulated pipes 6 inches 150 mm in diameter and larger by the following method 1 Strapped to pipe or insulation with manufacturer s standard stainless steel bands Locate pipe markers and color bands where piping is exposed in finished spaces machine rooms acces sible maintenance spaces such as shafts tunnels and plenums and exterior nonconcealed locations ac cording to the following 1 Near each valve and control device 2 Near each branch connection excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and terminal units Mark each pipe at branch where flow pattern is not obvious Near penetrations through walls floors ceilings or nonaccessible enclosures At access doors manholes and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping Near major eguipment items an
546. without damage or deterioration at the time of Substantial Completion B Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc rich paint recommended by manufacturer Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by manufacturer 3 5 CLEANING A Upon completion of installation including outlet fittings and devices inspect exposed finish Remove burrs dirt and construction debris and repair damaged finish including chips scratches and abrasions 3 6 SEGREGATION OF WIRING SYSTEMS A The use of common pullboxes wireways cabinets or any other type of enclosure shall not compromise segregation of wiring systems UPS circuits emergency circuits or normal circuits shall not share com mon raceway systems with circuits from other systems The raceway system for each feeder shall be a separate system completely fault isolated from all other raceways systems Branch circuits from different panelboards shall not share common raceways or common pullboxes with branch circuits from other panelboards END OF SECTION 16110 ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Raceways And Boxes Building 210 16110 8 ODG Engineering Inc SECTION 16120 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES PART 1 GENERAL 1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Section apply to this Section 1 2 SUMMARY A This Section includes building wires and cables wit
547. xothermic Welded Connections Use for connections to structural steel and for underground connections except those at test wells E Eguipment Grounding Conductor Terminations Use bolted pressure clamps F Grounding Bus Install in electrical and communications eguipment rooms in rooms housing service equipment and elsewhere as indicated Use insulated spacer space 1 inch 25 4 mm from wall and sup port from wall 6 inches 150 mm above finished floor unless otherwise indicated G Underground Grounding Conductors Bury at least 30 inches 750 mm below grade or bury 12 inches 300 mm above duct bank when installed as part of an underground duct bank 3 2 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING CONDUCTORS A General Comply with NFPA 70 Article 250 for types sizes and quantities of equipment grounding con ductors unless specific types larger sizes or more conductors than required by NFPA 70 are indicated B Raceways Install insulated equipment grounding conductors in ALL raceways of ALL systems Assure the electrical continuity of all metallic raceway systems pulling up all conduits and or locknuts wrench tight Where raceway expansion joints or telescoping joints occur provide braided bonding jumpers Pro vide grounding bushings on all feeder raceways terminating within panelboards and transformers Install grounding jumpers from these bushings to the equipment ground bus where one occurs or to ground lugs mounted to the frame of the enclosures C
548. y Assemblies Execution requirements for embedded anchors and attachments for metal fabrications specified by this section in masonry 1 2 REFERENCES A Aluminum Association 1 AA DAF 45 Designation System for Aluminum Finishes B American Architectural Manufacturers Association 1 AAMA 611 Voluntary Specification for Anodized Architectural Aluminum C ASTM International 1 ASTM A36 A36M Standard Specification for Carbon Structural Steel 2 ASTM A53 A53M Standard Specification for Pipe Steel Black and Hot Dipped Zinc Coated Welded and Seamless 3 ASTM A123 A123M Standard Specification for Zinc Hot Dip Galvanized Coatings on Iron and Steel Products 4 ASTM A153 A153M Standard Specification for Zinc Coating Hot Dip on Iron and Steel Hardware 5 ASTM A167 Standard Specification for Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium Nickel Steel Plate Sheet and Strip 6 ASTM A297 A297M Standard Specification for Steel Castings Iron Chromium and Iron Chromium Nickel Heat Resistant for General Application ADAL Hangar No 2 Addition Metal Fabrications Building 210 05500 1 06 006 7 ASTM A283 283M Standard Specification for Low and Intermediate Tensile Strength Carbon Steel Plates 8 ASTM A307 Standard Specification for Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs 60 000 PSI Tensile Strength 9 ASTM A325 Standard Specification for Structural Bolts Steel Heat Treated 120 105 ksi Minimum Tensile Strength 10 ASTM A3
549. ying devices before installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment 1 10 COORDINATION A Contractor shall be responsible for detailing coordinating and fitting his material and apparatus into the building and shall carefully lay out his work at the site to conform to the structural conditions to provide proper grading of lines to avoid all obstructions and to conform to the details of the installation supplied by the manufacturer of the equipment to be installed and thereby to provide an integrated satisfactory operat ing installation furnishing all necessary pilot lines and control lines whether indicated on the drawings or not At no additional cost to the Owner make all changes or additions to materials and or equipment nec essary to accommodate structural and architectural conditions B The mechanical plans do not give exact details as to hanging methods of pipes ducts materials etc Contractor shall refer to the Architectural and Structural Drawings for exact details but without exception all hangers or channels installed under this division of these specifications and spanning between framing members shall be secured to the building structure C The drawings do not give exact details as to elevations of pipe lines nor do they show exact locations of pipe to scale Piping elevations shall be handled by giving precedence to pipes which require a stated grade for proper operation Sewer piping shall take precedence over water pip
550. ype II for sheet materials 1 Adhesive As recommended by insulation material manufacturer 2 Ultraviolet Protective Coating As recommended by insulation manufacturer D Closed Cell Phenolic Foam Insulation Block insulation of rigid expanded closed cell structure Comply with ASTM standards Type II Grade 1 E Calcium Silicate Insulation Flat curved and grooved block sections of noncombustible inorganic hydrous calcium silicate with a nonasbestos fibrous reinforcement Comply with ASTM standards Type for temperatures up to 1200 and ASTM standards Type II for temperatures up to 1700 deg F 927 deg C 2 3 FIELD APPLIED JACKETS A General Company with applications ASTM Standards for Type 1 unless otherwise indicated B Foil and Paper Jacket Laminated glass fiber reinforced flame retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil C PVC Jacket High impact ultraviolet resistant PVC 20 mils 0 5 mm thick roll stock ready for shop or field cutting and forming 1 Adhesive As recommended by insulation material manufacturer 2 PVC Jacket Color White or as selected by the Contract Officer D Aluminum Jacket Deep corrugated sheets manufactured from aluminum alloy complying with applicable ASTM standards and having an integrally bonded moisture barrier over entire surface in contact with insulation Metal thickness and corrugation dimensions are scheduled at the end of this Section 1 Finish Smooth finish 2 Moisture Barrier 1

06-006 ADAL Hangar No. 2 Addition Table of Contents Building 210

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents